urmila chemopharma pvt. ltd.environmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/eia/20062019dx...environmental...

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

& ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

OF

URMILA CHEMOPHARMA PVT. LTD. LOCATED AT

Plot No.: F-24, MIDC, Chincholi Industrial Area, Chincholi Village, Mohal Taluk, Solapur District, Maharashtra state

FOR

PROPOSED BULK DRUG INTERMEDIATES MANUFACTURING UNIT

Proposal for

ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE Industry falls under 5(f) ‘A’ Category as per the EIA Notification, 2006

Area: 1.48 Acres (0.6 Hectares) Baseline Period: March to May, 2019

Project Proponent Mr. Lolabhattu Chinna Butchiraju Managing Director Flat No. 46, Hiramoti Tower, 04th Floor Vidigharkul, Near Hyderabad market yard Sonia Nagar, Solapur District Maharashtra State

Prepared by:

Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Plot No: 203, H. No: 5-36/203, Prashanthi Nagar, IDA, Kukatpally, Hyderabad – 500072. Ph: 040-23070602, 23075699. Email: [email protected]. NABET Accreditation No: NABET/EIA/1821/RA 0100

mailto:[email protected]

UNDERTAKING BY PROJECT AUTHORITIES

DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED

COPY OF TERMS OF REFERENCE [TOR]

No.IA-J-11011/345/2018-IA-II(I)

Goverment of India

Minister of Enviroment,Forest and Climate Change

Impact Assessment Division

***

Indira Paryavaran Bhavan,

Vayu Wing,3rd Floor,Aliganj,

Jor Bagh Road,New Delhi-110003

01 Apr 2019

To,

M/s URMILA CHEMOPHARMA PRIVATE LIMITED

Plot No. F-24, MIDC Chincholi Industrial area, Chincholi village,

Solapur-413255

Maharashtra

Tel.No.8421-447101; Email:[email protected]

Sir/Madam,

This has reference to the proposal submitted in the Ministry of Environment, Forest

and Climate Change to prescribe the Terms of Reference (TOR) for undertaking detailed EIA

study for the purpose of obtaining Environmental Clearance in accordance with the provisions of

the EIA Notification, 2006. For this purpose, the proponent had submitted online information in the

prescribed format (Form-1 ) along with a Pre-feasibility Report. The details of the proposal are

given below:

1. Proposal No.: IA/MH/IND2/83027/2018

2. Name of the Proposal:

Proposed Bulk Drug Intermediates

Manufacturing Unit by Urmila Chemopharma

Private Limited

3. Category of the Proposal: Industrial Projects - 2

4. Project/Activity applied for: 5(f) Synthetic organic chemicals industry (dyes

& dye intermediates; bulk

5. Date of submission for TOR: 28 Feb 2019

In this regard, under the provisions of the EIA Notification 2006 as amended, the Standard TOR

for the purpose of preparing environment impact assessment report and environment

management plan for obtaining prior environment clearance is prescribed with public consultation

as follows:

STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE

5(f):STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR CONDUCTINGENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT STUDY FOR SYNTHETICORGANIC CHEMICALS INDUSTRY (DYES & DYEINTERMEDIATES; BULK DRUGS AND INTERMEDIATESEXCLUDING DRUG FORMULATIONS; SYNTHETIC RUBBERS;BASIC ORGANIC CHEMICALS, OTHER SYNTHETIC ORGANICCHEMICALS AND CHEMICAL INTERMEDIATES) ANDINFORMATION TO BE INCLUDED IN EIA/EMP REPORT

A. STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE

1) Executive Summary

2) Introduction

i. Details of the EIA Consultant including NABET accreditation

ii. Information about the project proponent

iii. Importance and benefits of the project

3) Project Description

i. Cost of project and time of completion.

ii. Products with capacities for the proposed project.

iii. If expansion project, details of existing products with capacities and whether adequate landis available for expansion, reference of earlier EC if any.

iv. List of raw materials required and their source along with mode of transportation.

v. Other chemicals and materials required with quantities and storage capacities

vi. Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous waste generation and their management.

vii. Requirement of water, power, with source of supply, status of approval, water balance diagram,man-power requirement (regular and contract)

viii. Process description along with major equipments and machineries, process flow sheet(quantative) from raw material to products to be provided

ix. Hazard identification and details of proposed safety systems.

x. Expansion/modernization proposals:

c. Copy of all the Environmental Clearance(s) including Amendments thereto obtained forthe project from MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached as an Annexure. A certified copy of thelatest Monitoring Report of the Regional Office of the Ministry of Environment and Forestsas per circular dated 30th May, 2012 on the status of compliance of conditions stipulatedin all the existing environmental clearances including Amendments shall be provided. In

STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FORPROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE

addition, status of compliance of Consent to Operate for the ongoing Iexisting operationof the project from SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-EMP report.

d. In case the existing project has not obtained environmental clearance, reasons for nottaking EC under the provisions of the EIA Notification 1994 and/or EIA Notification2006 shall be provided. Copies of Consent to Establish/No Objection Certificate andConsent to Operate (in case of units operating prior to EIA Notification 2006, CTE andCTO of FY 2005-2006) obtained from the SPCB shall be submitted. Further, compliancereport to the conditions of consents from the SPCB shall be submitted.

4) Site Details

i. Location of the project site covering village, Taluka/Tehsil, District and State, Justificationfor selecting the site, whether other sites were considered.

ii. A toposheet of the study area of radius of 10km and site location on 1:50,000/1:25,000 scaleon an A3/A2 sheet. (including all eco-sensitive areas and environmentally sensitive places)

iii. Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection of site

iv. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of the site.

v. Google map-Earth downloaded of the project site.

vi. Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as proposed unit indicating storage area, plantarea, greenbelt area, utilities etc. If located within an Industrial area/Estate/Complex, layoutof Industrial Area indicating location of unit within the Industrial area/Estate.

vii. Photographs of the proposed and existing (if applicable) plant site. If existing, showphotographs of plantation/greenbelt, in particular.

viii. Landuse break-up of total land of the project site (identified and acquired), government/private - agricultural, forest, wasteland, water bodies, settlements, etc shall be included. (notrequired for industrial area)

ix. A list of major industries with name and type within study area (10km radius) shall beincorporated. Land use details of the study area

x. Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area shall be included.

xi. Details of Drainage of the project upto 5km radius of study area. If the site is within 1 kmradius of any major river, peak and lean season river discharge as well as flood occurrencefrequency based on peak rainfall data of the past 30 years. Details of Flood Level of theproject site and maximum Flood Level of the river shall also be provided. (mega green fieldprojects)

xii. Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is not complete, stage of the acquisition processand expected time of complete possession of the land.

xiii. R&R details in respect of land in line with state Government policy.


5) Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable):

i. Permission and approval for the use of forest land (forestry clearance), if any, andrecommendations of the State Forest Department. (if applicable)

ii. Landuse map based on High resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of the proposed site delineatingthe forestland (in case of projects involving forest land more than 40 ha)

iii. Status of Application submitted for obtaining the stage I forestry clearance along with lateststatus shall be submitted.

iv. The projects to be located within 10 km of the National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves,Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals, the project proponent shall submit the map dulyauthenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden showing these features vis-à-vis the project locationand the recommendations or comments of the Chief Wildlife Warden-thereon.

v. Wildlife Conservation Plan duly authenticated by the Chief Wildlife Warden of the StateGovernment for conservation of Schedule I fauna, if any exists in the study area.

vi. Copy of application submitted for clearance under the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, to theStanding Committee of the National Board for Wildlife.

6) Environmental Status

i. Determination of atmospheric inversion level at the project site and site-specific micro-meteorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and directionand rainfall.

ii. AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO and otherparameters relevant to the project shall be collected. The monitoring stations shall be basedCPCB guidelines and take into account the pre-dominant wind direction, population zoneand sensitive receptors including reserved forests.

iii. Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations as per frequency given in theNAQQM Notification of Nov. 2009 along with - min., max., average and 98% values foreach of the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be provided as an annexureto the EIA Report.

iv. Surface water quality of nearby River (100m upstream and downstream of discharge point)and other surface drains at eight locations as per CPCB/MoEF&CC guidelines.

v. Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch of river identified by the CPCB/MoEF&CC, ifyes give details.

vi. Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8 locations shall be included.

vii. Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within the study area.

viii. Soil Characteristic as per CPCB guidelines.

ix. Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, frequency of vehicles for transportation of materials,additional traffic due to proposed project, parking arrangement etc.


x. Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the study areashall be given with special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species. If Schedule-I fauna are found within the study area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be prepared andfurnished.

xi. Socio-economic status of the study area.

7) Impact and Environment Management Plan

i. Assessment of ground level concentration of pollutants from the stack emission based onsite-specific meteorological features. In case the project is located on a hilly terrain, theAQIP Modelling shall be done using inputs of the specific terrain characteristics fordetermining the potential impacts of the project on the AAQ. Cumulative impact of all sourcesof emissions (including transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be assessed. Details ofthe model used and the input data used for modelling shall also be provided. The air qualitycontours shall be plotted on a location map showing the location of project site, habitationnearby, sensitive receptors, if any.

ii. Water Quality modelling - in case of discharge in water body

iii. Impact of the transport of the raw materials and end products on the surrounding environmenthall be assessed and provided. In this regard, options for transport of raw materials andfinished products and wastes (large quantities) by rail or rail-cum road transport or conveyor-cum-rail transport shall be examined.

iv. A note on treatment of wastewater from different plant operations, extent recycled and reusedfor different purposes shall be included. Complete scheme of effluent treatment. Characteristicsof untreated and treated effluent to meet the prescribed standards of discharge under E(P)Rules.

v. Details of stack emission and action plan for control of emissions to meet standards.

vi. Measures for fugitive emission control

vii. Details of hazardous waste generation and their storage, utilization and management. Copiesof MOU regarding utilization of solid and hazardous waste in cement plant shall also beincluded. EMP shall include the concept of waste-minimization, recycle/reuse/recovertechniques, Energy conservation, and natural resource conservation.

viii. Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as per Fly Ash Notification, 2009. A detailedplan of action shall be provided.

ix. Action plan for the green belt development plan in 33 % area i.e. land with not less than1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of species, width of plantation, planning schedule etc. shallbe included. The green belt shall be around the project boundary and a scheme for greeningof the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated.

x. Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at plant site shall be submitted to harvestrainwater from the roof tops and storm water drains to recharge the ground water and also to


use for the various activities at the project site to conserve fresh water and reduce the waterrequirement from other sources.

xi. Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum for environmental pollution control measuresshall be included.

xii. Action plan for post-project environmental monitoring shall be submitted.

xiii. Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and Man-made) Preparedness and Emergency ManagementPlan including Risk Assessment and damage control. Disaster management plan should belinked with District Disaster Management Plan.

8) Occupational health

i. Plan and fund allocation to ensure the occupational health & safety of all contract and casualworkers

ii. Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of worker. If the workers' health is beingevaluated by pre designed format, chest x rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far& Near vision, colour vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, during pre placement andperiodical examinations give the details of the same. Details regarding last month analyzeddata of above mentioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and departmentwise.

iii. Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards. What are the exposure levels of hazardsand whether they are within Permissible Exposure level (PEL). If these are not within PEL,what measures the company has adopted to keep them within PEL so that health of the workerscan be preserved,

iv. Annual report of heath status of workers with special reference to Occupational Health andSafety.

9) Corporate Environment Policy

i. Does the company have a well laid down Environment Policy approved by its Board ofDirectors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report.

ii. Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operating process / procedures to bringinto focus any infringement / deviation / violation of the environmental or forest norms /conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA.

iii. What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company to deal with theenvironmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the environmental clearanceconditions? Details of this system may be given.

iv. Does the company have system of reporting of non compliances / violations of environmentalnorms to the Board of Directors of the company and / or shareholders or stakeholders atlarge? This reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report


10) Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be provided to thelabour force during construction as well as to the casual workers including truck drivers duringoperation phase.

11) Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC)

i. Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of the project cost) shall be earmarked towards the EnterpriseSocial Commitment based on Public Hearing issues and item-wise details along with timebound action plan shall be included. Socio-economic development activities need to beelaborated upon.

12) Any litigation pending against the project and/or any direction/order passed by any Court of Lawagainst the project, if so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the unit received any noticeunder the Section 5 of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of Air and WaterActs? If so, details thereof and compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and present status of the case.

13) 'A tabular chart with index for point wise compliance of above TOR.

B. SPECIFIC TERMS OF REFERENCEFOREIASTUDIES FOR SYNTHETICORGANIC CHEMICALS INDUSTRY (DYES & DYE INTERMEDIATES;BULK DRUGS AND INTERMEDIATES EXCLUDING DRUGFORMULATIONS; SYNTHETIC RUBBERS; BASIC ORGANICCHEMICALS, OTHER SYNTHETIC ORGANIC CHEMICALS ANDCHEMICAL INTERMEDIATES)

1. Detailsonsolvents to be used,measuresfor solventrecovery and for emissions control.

2. Details of process emissions from the proposed unit and its arrangement to control.

3. Ambient air quality data should include VOC, otherprocess-specificpollutants* like NH3*, chlorine*,HCl*, HBr*, H2S*, HF*,etc.,(*-asapplicable)

4. Work zone monitoring arrangements for hazardous chemicals.

5. Detailed effluent treatment scheme including ssegregation of effluent streams for units adopting'Zero' liquid discharge.

6. Action plan for odour control to be submitted.

7. A copy of the Memorandum of Understanding signed with cement manufacturers indicating clearlythat they co-process organic solid/hazardous waste generated.

8. Authorization/Membership for the disposal of liquid effluent in CETP and solid/hazardous waste inTSDF, if any.

9. Action plan for utilization of MEE/dryers salts.

10. Material Safety Data Sheet for all the Chemicals are being used/will be used.

11. Authorization/Membership for the disposal of solid/hazardous waste in TSDF.


12. Details of incinerator if to be installed.

13. Risk assessment for storage and handling of hazardous chemicals/solvents. Action plan for handling& safety system to be incorporated.

14. Arrangements for ensuring health and safety of workers engaged in handling of toxic materials.

***

TOR COMPLIANCE

ToR Compliance Urmila Chemopharma Pvt. Ltd.

ToR COMPLIANCE

S. No Standard Terms of Reference Chapters Page Nos

1. Executive Summary Enclosed in Draft EIA Report

2. Introduction

i. Details of the EIA Consultant including NABET accreditation Enclosed as Enclosure -V

ii. Information about the project proponent Chapter - I 1 iii. Importance and benefits of the project Chapter - VIII 209-210 3. Project Description

i. Cost of project and time of completion Chapter - I Chapter - II

1 15

ii. Products with capacities for the proposed project. Chapter - II 15

iii.

If expansion project, details of existing products with capacities and whether adequate land is available for expansion, reference of earlier EC if any.

The details of land (Land Document) enclosed as

Enclosure – I

iv. List of raw materials required and their source along with mode of transportation. Chapter - II 28

v. Other chemicals and materials required with quantities and storage capacities. Chapter - VII 162

vi. Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous waste generating and their management Chapter - X 235-244

vii.

Requirement of water, power, with source of supply, status of approval, water balance diagram, man-power requirement (regular and contract)

Chapter - II Chapter - VIII

23-25 206

viii.

Process description along with major equipments and machineries, process flow sheet (quantities) from raw material to products to be provided.

Chapter - II 16-21

ix. Hazard identification and details of proposed safety systems. Chapter - VII 151-161

x.

Expansion/modernization proposals a. Copy of all Environmental Clearance (s)including Amendments thereto obtained for the project from MOEF/ SEIAA shall be attached as an Annexure. A certified copy of the latest Monitoring report of the Regional Office of the Ministry of Environment and Forests as per circular dated 30th May, 2012 on the status of compliance of conditions stipulated in all the existing environmental clearances including Amendments shall be provided. In addition,

It is a Greenfield Project

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page I


S. No Standard Terms of Reference Chapters Page Nos status of compliance of Consent to Operate for the ongoing existing operation of the project from SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-EMP report.

b. In case the existing project has not obtainedenvironmental clearance, reasons for not taking EC under the provisions of the EIA Notification 2006 shall be provided. Copies of Consent to Establish /No Objection Certificate and Consent to Operate (in case of units operating prior to EIA Notification 2006, CTE and CTO of FY 2005-2006) obtained from the SPCB shall be submitted. Further, compliance report to the conditions of consents from the SPCB shall be submitted

4. Site Detailsi. Location of the project site covering village,Taluka /Tehsil, District and State, Justification for selecting the site, whether other sites were considered.

ii. A toposheet of the study area of radius of 10Km and site location on 1:50,000/1:25,000 scale on an A3/A2 sheet. (including all eco-sensitive areas and environmentally sensitive places)

iii. Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection ofsite

iv. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners ofthe site.

v. Google map –Earth downloaded of theproject site

vi. Layout maps indicating existing unit as wellas proposed unit indicating storage area, plant area, greenbelt area, utilities etc. If located within an Industrial area/Estate /Complex,

Chapter - II Chapter - I

Chapter - II

Site is suitable for Industrial

Establishment & no need of

alternative site analysis.

Chapter - II

Chapter - II

Chapter - II

81

13

13

11

14

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page II


S. No Standard Terms of Reference Chapters Page Nos layout of Industrial Area indicating location of unit within the Industrial area/Estate.

vii. Photographs of the proposed and existing (ifapplicable) plant site. If existing, show photographs of plantation /greenbelt, in particular.

viii. Land use break up of total land of theproject site (identified and acquired), government/ private-agricultural, forest, wasteland, water bodies, settlement, etc shall be included. (not required for industrial area)

ix. A list of major industries with name and typewithin study area (10 Km radius) shall be incorporated. Land use details of the study area

x. Geological features and Geo-hydrologicalstatus of the study area shall be included.

xi. Details of Drainage of the project upto 5 kmradius of study area. If the site is within 1 km radius of any major river, peak and lean season river discharge as well as flood occurrence frequency based on peak rainfall data of thee past 30 years, Details of Flood Level of the project site and maximum Flood level of the river shall also be provided. (mega green field projects)

xii. Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition isnot complete, stage of the acquisition process and expected time of complete possession of the land.

xiii. R&R details in respect of land in line withstate Government policy.

Chapter - II

Chapter - II

Chapter - I

Chapter - III

Chapter - III

Proposed land for unit was acquired by Proponent The proposed unit is established in 1.48 Acres, so R&R is not applicable

12

9

3-4

33-36

38-40

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page III


S. No Standard Terms of Reference Chapters Page Nos 5. Forest and wildlife related issues

(if applicable):

i. Permission and approval for the use of forestland (forestry clearance), if any, and recommendations of the State Forest Department (if applicable)

ii. Land use map base on High resolutionsatellite imagery (GPS) of the proposed site delineating the forestland (in case of projects involving forest land more than 40 ha)

iii. Status of Application submitted for obtainingthe stage I forestry clearance along with latest status shall be submitted.

iv. The projects to be located within 10 Km ofthe National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals, the project proponent shall submit the map duly authenticated by chief wildlife warden showing these features vis-à-vis the project location and the recommendations or comments of the Chief Wildlife Warden –there on.

v. Wildlife Conservation plan duly authenticatedby the chief wildlife warden of the state government for conservation of schedule 1 fauna, if any exists in the study area.

vi. Copy of application submitted for clearanceunder the wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, to be standing committee of the National Board for Wildlife.

The project area is non- forest land.

Land use map based on satellite imaginary of the proposed site is presented in chapter - III, Page no: 84-85

Not applicable

Great Indian Bustard Sanctuary, Kondi is at a distance of 2.45 Km from the Project site. Submitted the application to get clearance from Chief Wildlife Warden and the application under process.

The Wildlife Clearance application is filed vide proposal no.FP/MH/IND/3695/2018 dated: 17.12.2018 is attached as Enclosure - IV

6. Environmental Status

i) Determination of atmospheric inversion levelat the project site and site-specific micro- meteorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and direction and rainfall.

Chapter - III 42-47

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page IV

https://www.google.co.in/search?rlz=1C1AOHY_enIN718IN718&q=meteorological&spell=1&sa=X&ved=0ahUKEwjw2-_y-NfRAhXKq48KHe0rD1sQvwUIGCgA


S. No Standard Terms of Reference Chapters Page Nos

ii) AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locationsfor PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO and other parameters relevant to the project shall be collected. The monitoring stations shall be based CPCB guidelines and take into account the pre-dominant wind direction, population zone and sensitive receptors including reserved forests.

iii) Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12weeks of al stations as per frequency given in the NAQQM Notification of Nov. 2009 along with –min., max., average and 98% values for each of the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be provided as an annexure to the EIA Report.

. v. iv) Surface water quality of nearby River (100m

upstream and downstream of discharge point and other surface drains at eight locations as per CPCB / MoEF&CC guidelines.

v) Whether the site falls near to polluted stretchof river identified by the CPCB/ MoEF&CC, if yes give details.

vi) Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8locations shall be included

vii) Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations withinthe study area.

viii) Soil characteristic as per CPCB guidelines.

ix) Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles,frequency of vehicles for transportation of materials, additional traffic due to proposed project, parking arrangement etc.

x) Detailed description of flora and fauna(terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the study area shall be given with special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species. If Schedule-I fauna are found within the study

Chapter - III

Chapter - III

Chapter - III

Not Applicable

Chapter - III

Chapter - III

Chapter - III

Chapter - III

Chapter - III

48-49

51-58

60-67

60-66

67-70

74-78

71-73

86-97

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page V


S. No Standard Terms of Reference Chapters Page Nos area, a wildlife conservation plan shall be prepared and furnished xi) Socio-economic status of the study area.

Chapter - III

98-104 7. Impact and Environment Management Plan i) Assessment of ground level concentration of

pollutants from the stack emission based on site –specific meteorological features. In case the project is located on a hilly terrain, the AQIP Modelling shall be done using inputs of the specific terrain characteristics for determining the potential impacts of the project on the AAQ. Cumulative impact of all sources of emissions (including transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be assessed. Details of the model used and the input data used for modeling shall also be provided. The air quality contours shall be plotted on a location map showing the location of project site, habitation nearby, sensitive receptors, if any.

ii) Water Quality modeling –in case of discharge in water body iii) Impact of the transport of the raw materials and end products on the surrounding environment hall be assessed and provided. In this regard, options for transport of raw materials and finished products and wastes (large quantities) by rail or rail-cum road transport or conveyor- cum –rail transport shall be examined. iv) A note on treatment of wastewater from different plant operations, extent recycled and reused for different purposes shall be included. Complete scheme of effluent treatment, Characteristics of untreated and treated effluent to meet the prescribed standards of discharge under E (P) Rules. v) Details of stack emission and action plan for control of emissions to meet standards vi) Measures for fugitive emission control

Chapter - IV

The proposed project has ZLD system

Chapter - X

Chapter - X Chapter- II

Chapter - X

Chapter - X

114-122

215-216

216-226 25

241-242 238

239

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page VI


S. No Standard Terms of Reference Chapters Page Nos vii) Details of hazardous waste generation and their storage, utilization and management. Copies of MOU regarding utilization of solid and hazardous waste in cement plant shall also be included. EMP shall include the concept of waste – minimization, recycle/reuse/ recover techniques, Energy conservation, and natural resource conservation. viii) Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as per fly ash notification, 2009. A detailed plan of action shall be provided. ix) Acton plan for the green belt development plan in 33% area i.e. land with not less than 1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of species, width of plantation, planning schedule etc. shall be included. The green belt shall be around the project boundary and a scheme for greening of the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated. x) Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at plant site shall be submitted to harvest rainwater from the roof tops and storm water drains to recharge the ground water and also to use for the various activities at the project site to conserve fresh water and reduce the water requirement from other sources. xi) Total capital cost and recurring cost /annum for environmental pollution control measures shall be included. xii) Action plan for post –project environment monitoring shall be submitted. xiii) Onsite and offsite Disaster (natural and Man –made) Preparedness and Emergency Management Plan including Risk Assessment and damage control. Disaster management plan should be linked with District Disaster Management Plan.

Chapter - X

Chapter - X Chapter - IV

Chapter - X

Chapter - X

Chapter - X

Chapter - VI Chapter - X

Chapter - VII

243-244

230 129

232-235

244-245

246

139-145 235-238

190-205

8 Occupational health

i) Plan and fund allocation to ensure the

Chapter – VII

183-188

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page VII


S. No Standard Terms of Reference Chapters Page Nos occupational health & safety of all contract and casual workers

ii) Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of workers’ health is being evaluated by pre designed format, chest x rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far & Near vision, colour vision and any other ocular defect) EGG, during pre placement and periodical examinations give the details of the same details regarding last month analyzed data of above mentioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and department wise.

iii) Details of existing Occupational & safety

Hazards. What are the exposure levels of hazards and whether they are within permissible Exposure level (PEL) If these are not within PEL, what measures the company has adopted to keep them within PEL so that health of the workers. Can be preserved.

iv) Annual report of heath status of workers with

special reference to Occupational Health and safety.

--

--

--

--

--

--

9 Corporate Environment Policy

i. Does the company have a well laid down Environment Policy approved by its Board of Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report.

ii. Does the Environment Policy prescribe for

standard operation process / procedures to bring into focus any infringement / deviation / violation of the environmental or forest norms/ conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA.

iii. What is the hierarchical system or

Administrative order of the company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the environmental clearance conditions? Details of this system

Chapter -VI

--

--

136-138

--

--

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page VIII


S. No Standard Terms of Reference Chapters Page Nos may be given

iv. Does the company have system of reporting of non compliance /violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the company and / or shareholders or stakeholders at large? This reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report.

--

--

10 Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be provided to the labour force during construction as well as to the casual workers including truck drivers during operation phase.

No infrastructure facilities required during construction phase because the unit has existing infrastructural facilities and facilities such as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. will be provided to the workers including truck drivers during operation phase

11 Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC)

i. Adequate funds (at least 2.5% of the project cost) shall be earmarked towards the Enterprise social commitment based on public hearing issues and item –wise details along with time bound action plan shall be included socio-economic development activities need to be elaborated upon.

Chapter - VIII The fund allocated for Enterprise Social Commitment will be utilized as suggested during Public Hearing

207-208

12 Any litigation pending against the project and / or any direction/ order passed by any Court or law against the project, if so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the unit received any notice under the section 5 of environment (protection) Act 1986 or relevant sections of air and water acts? If so, details thereof and compliance /ATR to the notice (s) and present status of the case.

No Litigations against proposed project

13 A tabular chart with index for point wise compliance of above TOR.

Enclosed along with EIA & EMP Report

B Specific ToR

1 Details on solvents to be used, measures for solvent recovery and for emissions control. Chapter - X 239-241

2 Details of process emissions from the proposed Chapter – II 23

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page IX


S. No Standard Terms of Reference Chapters Page Nos unit and its arrangement to control Chapter - X 238

3 Ambient air quality data should include VOC, NH3, SO2, HBr, CH3Cl, HCl, etc., Chapter - III 49

4 Work zone monitoring arrangements for hazardous chemicals Chapter - VII 162-171

5 Detailed effluent treatment scheme including segregation of effluent streams for units adopting ‘zero liquid discharge’.

Chapter – X 216-225

6 Action plan for odour control to be submitted. -- -- 7 A copy of the Memorandum of Understanding

signed with cement manufacturers indicating clearly that they co-process organic solid/hazardous waste generated.

Yet to get MOU from Cement Industries.

8 Authorization / Membership for the disposal of liquid effluent in CETP and solid/ hazardous waste in TSDF, If any.

Yet to get Membership from TSDF to disposal of Solid/ Hazardous waste.

9 Action plan for utilization of MEE/ dryers salts. Chapter -X 244

10 Material safety data sheet for all the chemicals are being used/ will be used.

MSDS for all the chemicals will be used and kept in plant for reference.

11 Authorization/ Membership for the disposal of solid/hazardous waste in TSDF are being used/ will be used

Yet to get Membership from TSDF to disposal of Solid/ Hazardous waste.

12 Details of incinerator if to be installed No proposal for installation of Incinerator

13 Risk assessment for storage and hazardous chemicals/solvents, Action plan for handling & safety system to be incorporated.

Chapter - VII 168-188

14 Arrangements for ensuring health and safety of workers engaged in handling of toxic materials. Chapter - VII 167-169

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page X

LIST OF CONTENTS [INDEX]

Index of Draft EIA Report Urmila Chemopharma Pvt. Ltd

LIST OF CONTENTS

CHAPTER - I INTRODUCTION

S. No Description Page No 1.1 Purpose of the Report 1 1.2 Identification of Project & Project proponent 1

1.2.1 Identification of the Project 1 1.2.2 About the Promoters 2 1.3 Objective of the Study 2 1.4 Brief Description of the Project 2

1.4.1 Nature of the Project 2 1.4.2 Size of the Project 2-3 1.4.3 Location of the Project 3 1.4.4 Project and its Importance to the Country & Region 4-5 1.5 Scope of the Study 5

1.5.1 Environmental Impact Assessment 5 1.5.2 Socio-Economic Assessment 5 1.5.3 Regulatory Framework 5-6 1.5.4 Regulatory Scoping 6 1.6 Legal Policy and Institutional Frameworks 6

CHAPTER - II PROJECT DESCRIPTION

S. No Description Page No 2.1 Type of the project 8 2.2 Need for the Project 8 2.3 Location 8-9 2.4 Size and Magnitude of Operation 15 2.5 Proposed schedule for approval and implementation 15 2.6 Technology and process description 15-16

2.6.1 Manufacturing process of the Products 16-21 2.7 Pollution Load 21

2.8 Description of Process Emissions and its mitigation measures

23

2.9 Proposed Water Consumption Details 23-24 2.10 Details of Expected Waste Water Generation 24-25 2.11 Waste Water Characteristics 25 2.12 Hazardous & Solid Waste Generation Details 25-26 2.13 Power (Energy) requirement 26 2.14 Utilities 27 2.15 Proposed Boilers & DG Sets 27 2.16 Details of Proposed Solvents Input, Recovery & Loss 28 2.17 List of the Raw Materials Product Wise 28

2.18 Environmental aspects, impacts and mitigation measures of proposed industry

29-31

2.19 Assessment of new & untested technology for risk of technological failure

31

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd


CHAPTER - III DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

S. No Description Page No 3.0 Introduction 32 3.1 Study Area 32

3.1.2 Study Period 32 3.1.3 Location and Accessibility 32-33 3.2 Geological & Hydrogeological Environment 33-34

3.2.1 Topography & Drainage 34 3.2.2 Geomorphology and Soil Type 34-35 3.2.3 Regional Geology 35 3.2.4 Hydrogeology 35-36 3.2.5 Groundwater Conditions 38 3.2.6 Drainage Pattern of Study Area 38-39 3.2.7 Drainage Map 40 3.3 Micrometeorology and Climate 42-45 3.4 Air Environment 48-49

3.4.1 National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) 51 3.4.2 Ambient Air Quality Data (AAQ) 56-57 3.5 Water Environment 59

3.5.1 Methodology for Water Quality Monitoring 59 3.6 Noise Environment 67

3.6.1 Noise Monitoring Stations 67-70 3.6.2 Traffic Study 71 3.7 Soil Environment 74-77 3.8 Land Use Pattern 78

3.8.1 Data Used 78 3.8.2 Land use / Land Cover Map 79

3.8.2.1 Basic concepts of land use 80 3.8.2.2 Methodology for land use / land cover mapping 80-82

3.9 Ecological Environment 86 3.9.1 Detailed Description of Flora and Fauna 86-87 3.9.2 Vegetation and Flora of the Study area 88-92 3.9.3 Terrestrial fauna of the study area 92-93 3.9.4 Aquatic flora and fauna of the study area 96 3.9.5 Rare, Endangered, Endemic and Threatened (REET) and or

Schedule I Species 97

3.10 Socio Economic Study 98 3.10.1 Methodology Adopted for the Study 98 3.10.2 Distribution of Population in the study area 98-100 3.10.3 Literacy & Illiteracy Rate 100 3.10.4 Occupational Structure 101-102 3.10.5 Civic Amenities Available In The Study Area 102-104 3.10.6 Corporate Social Responsibility of the Project Proponent 104



CHAPTER - IV ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS

& MITIGATION MEASURES

S. No Description Page No 4.1 Introduction 105 4.2 Investigated Environmental Impacts Due To Proposed

Project 105-106

4.3 Construction Phase 106 4.3.1 Impact on Land Use 106 4.3.2 Impact on Soil Environment 106 4.3.3 Impact on Topography 106-107 4.3.4 Impact on Air Environment 107 4.3.5 Impact on Water Environment 107-108 4.3.6 Impact on Noise Levels 108 4.3.7 Impact on Ecology 108-109 4.3.8 Impact on Socio-Economic Environment 109-110 4.4 Mitigative measures of impacts during construction phase 111 4.5 Prediction of Impacts During Operational Phase 113 4.6 Air Environment 114

4.6.1 Source of Air Pollution 114-115 4.6.2 Prediction of Impacts on Air Environment 115-125 4.7 Water Environment 125-126 4.8 Noise Environment 126 4.9 Land/Soil Environment 126-128 4.10 Impact of Solid Waste 128-129 4.11 Impacts on Ecology 129-130 4.12 Impacts & Mitigation Measures Of Land Use 130

4.12.1 Impacts On Land Use 131-132 4.12.2 Mitigation Measures On Land Use 132 4.13 Impacts On Socio- Economy 132-133 4.14 Impacts On Hydrology & Geology 133

CHAPTER - V ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY & SITE)

S. No Description Page No 5.0 Analysis of Alternatives 134-135

CHAPTER - VI ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

S. No Description Page No 6.1 Introduction 136 6.2 Environmental Management System 136-137 6.3 Environmental Management Cell Responsibilities 137-138 6.4 Environmental Monitoring and Reporting Procedure 139

6.4.1 Objectives of Monitoring 139 6.4.2 Monitoring Schedule for Construction and Operation

Phases. 139-140

6.5 Location of Monitoring Stations 142-143



S. No Description Page No 6.6 Monitoring and Data Analysis 143

6.6.1 Air Quality Monitoring and Data Analysis 143-144 6.6.2 Water and Waste Water Quality Monitoring and Data

Analysis. 144

6.6.3 Noise Levels Monitoring 145 6.6.4 Soil Quality 145 6.7 Reporting Schedule of the Monitoring Data 145 6.8 Environmental Laboratory 145

6.8.1 Air Quality and Monitoring 146 6.9 Occupational Safety and Health aspects 146

CHAPTER -VII ADDITIONAL STUDIES

RISK ASSESSMENT & DISASTER MANAGEMENT REPORT

S. No Description Page No 7.1. Additional Studies 147

7.1.1 Scope of this Study 147 7.1.2 Methodology 147-148 7.2 Risk Assessment 148

7.2.1 Objectives of Risk Assessment 148 7.2.2 Identification of Hazards 149-150 7.3 Potential Hazards of solvents and chemicals 162-167 7.4 Safe practices [handling, storage, transportation and

unloading of chemicals] 167

7.4.1 Measures to avoid Evaporation 167-168 7.4.2 Safety Systems 168 7.4.3 Transportation /unloading 168-169 7.4.4 Spill Control 169 7.4.5 Effect and Consequence Analysis 169 7.5 Inventory 169-170 7.6 Loss of Containment 170-171 7.7 Damage Criteria 171-174 7.8 Damages to human life due to heat radiation 174-175 7.9 Maximum credible loss accident scenarios 175-176

7.10 Risk Analysis 176-177 7.11 Risk Modeling Scenarios 177-183 7.12 Occupational Health 183-184

7.12.1 Sampling Devices 185-188 7.13 Treatment of workers affected by accidental spillage of

chemicals 188-190

7.14 Communication System 190 7.15 Safety Inspections 190 7.16 Predictive And Preventive Maintenance 190 7.17 Onsite Emergency Plan 190-191 7.18 Structure of emergency management system 191 7.19 Emergency Management system-Roles & Responsibilities 192

7.19.1 Site Main Controller (SMC) 192



CHAPTER - VIII PROJECT BENEFITS

S. No Description Page No 8.1 Employment Potential 206 8.2 Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) & CER 206-208 8.3 Direct revenue earning to the National and State

exchequer 209

8.4 Improvements in the Physical Infrastructure 209 8.5 Improvements in the Social Infrastructure 209 8.6 Other Tangible Benefits 209-210

CHAPTER - IX ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

S. No Description Page No 9.0 Cost benefit analysis 211

CHAPTER - X ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

S. No Description Page No 10.1 Introduction 212 10.2 Pre-Project Environmental Management Plan 214

10.2.1 Site Preparation 214 10.2.2 Sanitation 214 10.2.3 Noise 214

7.19.2 Incident Controller/ Deputy Incident Controller 193 7.19.3 Key Personnel’s 193 7.19.4 Essential Workers 194 7.20 Other Elements of DMP 194

7.20.1 Assembly Point 195 7.20.2 Emergency Control Center 195-196 7.20.3 Fire Services 196 7.20.4 Medical Services 197 7.20.5 Security Services 197 7.20.6 Mutual Aid 197-198 7.21 Emergency Response 198 7.22 Emergency Capabilities 198 7.23 Emergency Handling Procedures 198-200

7.23.1 Mitigation Of Environmental Impact During Fire Emergency 200-201 7.24 Declaring Major Emergency 201 7.25 Transport And Evacuation Arrangements 202 7.26 Plant Operations 202-203 7.27 Offsite Emergency Plan 203-204 7.28 Role Of The Factory Management 204

7.28.1 Role Of Local Authority 204 7.28.2 Role Of Fire Authority 205 7.28.3 Role Of Police 205 7.28.4 Role Of Health Authorities 205 7.28.5 Role Of The “Mutual Aid” Agencies 205 7.28.6 Role Of The Factory Inspectorate 205



S. No Description Page No 10.2.4 Construction Equipment And Waste 214 10.2.5 Site Security 214 10.3 Environmental Management During Operation 214

10.3.1 Air Quality 214-215 10.3.1.1 Air Pollution Control / Management 215

A Stack Design 215 B Fugitive Emission from Solvents 215 C Storage and Transportation of Raw Materials 215-216

10.3.2 Noise Pollution 216 10.3.3 Water Quality 216-218

10.3.3.1 Details of ZLD system 222 10.3.3.2 The technical details of the systems are as follows 223 10.3.3.3 MEE plant configuration 223 10.3.3.4 Process description (Part - A) 223 10.3.3.5 Process description (Part - B) 224-225 10.3.3.6 Process description (Part - C) 225

10.4 Hazardous/ Solid Waste Management 227-228 10.5 EB [Ecology & Biodiversity 228 10.6 SE [Socio-Economic Aspects 228 10.7 HG [Hydrogeology, Ground Water & Water Conservation] 229-230 10.8 GEO [Geology] 231 10.9 SC [Soil Conservation] 231

10.10 RH [Risk & Hazards Management] 231-232 10.11 Greenbelt Development 232

10.11.1 Objective 232-233 10.11.2 Action Plan 233 10.12 Post Project Monitoring 235

10.12.1 Air Pollution Monitoring 235 10.12.2 Waste Water Monitoring 235 10.12.3 Ground Water Monitoring 236 10.12.4 Hazardous / Solid Waste Monitoring 236-237 10.13 Management of Public Interests 237

10.13.1 Objective 237 10.13.2 Preference To Local Population 237 10.13.3 Health Camps 237 10.13.4 Public Amenities 237 10.13.5 Public Relations 237 10.14 Water Requirement 237 10.15 Process Emission Control System 238 10.16 Fugitive Emissions 239 10.17 Solvent Management Plan 239-241 10.18 Emissions – Utilities 241 10.19 Wastewater Loads 242-243 10.20 Stage wise Effluent Characteristics 243 10.21 Hazardous & Solid Waste details 243-244 10.22 Proposed Roof Water Harvesting 244-245 10.23 Investment 246



S. No Description Page No 10.23.1 Budget allocation 246 10.24 Mitigation Plan 246-247 10.25 Socio-Economic development activities 247-248 10.26 Waste Minimization / Resource Conservation

5 R concept (Recycle / Refuse / Reduce / Reuse / Reform) 248-249

10.27 Conclusion 249 CHAPTER - XI SUMMARY & CONCLUSION

(THIS WILL CONSTITUTE THE SUMMARY OF THE EIA REPORT) S. No Description Page No

11.1 Salient features of the project 250 11.2 Conclusions 251

LIST OF TABLES

CHAPTER - I INTRODUCTION

Table No Description Page No 1.1 List of Proposed Products and Quantities 3 1.2 List of By-Products and Quantities 3 1.3 Project location and Compliance of Site 3-4 1.4 Applicability of legal policies to the Project 6-7


Table No Description Page No 2.1 Land use details 9 2.2 List of Proposed Products and Quantities 15 2.3 List of By-Products and Quantities 15 2.4 Consolidated Pollution Load of all Products 22 2.5 Process Emission details and Treatment Method 23 2.6 Process Emission Details - Product wise 23 2.7 Proposed Water consumption details 23 2.8 Proposed Water consumption in process - Product wise 24 2.9 Expected Effluent Generation details 24

2.10 Expected HTDS & LTDS effluent generation details & Treatment method

24

2.11 Expected Waste water generation - Product wise 25 2.12 Estimated Waste water Characteristics 25

2.13 Expected Hazardous & Solid Waste Generation details and Disposal Methods

26

2.14 Solid waste generation - Product wise 26 2.15 Details of Utilities 27 2.16 Stack Emission Details of Proposed Boiler 27 2.17 Stack Emission details of Proposed DG Set 27

2.18 Details of Proposed Solvent Input, Recovery & Loss [Product Wise]

28




Table No Description Page No

3.1 Showing drainage density based criteria by smith and Strahler 39

3.2 Showing drainage density based criteria proposed by Long Bein 39

3.3 Showing Drainage Density Based Criteria proposed by Horton 39

3.4 Climatological Summary – Solapur Region (1981-2010) 42-43 3.5 Frequency Distribution Wind Directions And Wind Speed 46

3.6 Comparison Of Primary Data (Project Site) With Secondary Data (IMD Data) 47

3.7 Ambient air quality sampling locations 48 3.8 National ambient air quality standards 51 3.9 Ambient Air Quality Results for PM10 52

3.10 Ambient Air Quality Results for PM2.5 52 3.11 Ambient Air Quality Results for SO2 53 3.12 Ambient Air Quality Results for NOx 54 3.13 Ambient Air Quality Results for CO 54 3.14 Ambient Air Quality Results for NH3 55 3.15 AAQ Monitoring Results during Summer Season 58 3.16 Ground water and Surface sampling locations 60 3.17 Ground water quality in the study area 62-63 3.18 Surface water quality the study area 64-65 3.19 Noise monitoring locations 68 3.20 Ambient noise levels within study area 70

3.21 Traffic Study At National Highway (NH) - 9 (Solapur To Pune Road) (To & From) 72-73

3.22 Soil sampling locations 74 3.23 Soil sampling analysis results 76 3.24 Standard Soil Classification 77-78 3.25 Showing the Details of Sources & the Maps Prepared 78 3.26 Showing the Topographic Maps 78 3.27 Satellite Data of National Remote Sensing Center 79 3.28 Land Use / Land Cover Statistics of the Study Area 83

3.29 Ecological Sensitivity details of the project site and its Study area of 10 Km Radius 87

3.30 List of plants found in the project area 88

3.31 List of Trees, Shrubs, Perennial Climbers and Perennial Grasses found in the Study area of the Project Site 89-91

3.32 List of vertebrates other than birds found in and around the project site 93-94

3.33 List of birds either spotted or reported from the areas in and around the project site 94-96

3.34 List of Fish Species Reported /Recorded from the Water Bodies of the Study Area 96-97

3.35 Population Distribution 99 3.36 Distribution of Literacy Rate and Illiteracy Rate in the 100-101



Table No Description Page No Study Area

3.37 Occupational Structure in the Study Area 102 CHAPTER - IV ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS



4.1 Summary – Identification of Impacts During Construction Phase 110

4.2 Mitigation Measures During Construction Phase 111-113 4.3 Stack Emission Details of Boilers 114 4.4 Stack Emission Details of Proposed Dg Sets 115 4.5 Predicted Maximum Incremental Concentrations 118 4.6 1st High 24-Hour Average Incremental and Resultant

Concentrations of PM10 119

4.7 1st High 24-Hour Average Incremental and Resultant Concentrations of PM2.5

120

4.8 1st High 24-Hour Average Incremental and Resultant Concentrations of SO2

121

4.9 1st High 24-Hour Average Incremental and Resultant Concentrations of NOx

122

4.10 Process Emission details and Treatment method 123 4.11 Expected Hazardous & Solid Waste Generation details and

Disposal Method 129

CHAPTER – V ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY & SITE)

Table No Description Page No 5.1 Site Description 134 -135



6.1 Post Project Environmental Monitoring schedule details 140 6.2 Environmental Monitoring Plan during Operation Phase 140-142 6.3 Details of Post Project Monitoring Locations 143

CHAPTER -VII ADDITIONAL STUDIES

RISK ASSESSMENT & DISASTER MANAGEMENT REPORT


7.1 Area Wise Identified Hazards, Precautions proposed with Mitigation Measures. 151-161

7.2 List of Solvent/ Chemicals 162 7.3 Severity Categories of Consequence and Criteria 172




7.4 Heat flux Intensity and exposure time-Damage criteria for people 175

7.5 Damage due to overpressures 175 7.6 Solvent/ Chemical Exposure Limits 186



10.1 List Of Plants Recommended For Greenbelt And 234 10.2 Year-Wise Target And Budget Allocation For

Development Of Greenbelt And Block Plantations 234-235

10.3 Details Of The Monitoring Program 236 10.4 Proposed Water Consumption Details 238 10.5 Stack Emission Details of Proposed Boiler 241 10.6 Stack Emission Details of Proposed DG sets 241 10.7 Effluent Generation Details 242 10.8 Expected HTDS & LTDS effluent Generation details and

Treatment Method 243

10.9 Expected Hazardous & Solid waste generation details & Disposal Method

243-244

10.10 Available rain water (annual) for Harvesting 245 10.11 Proposed Budget for Environmental Management plan

[EMP] 246

LIST OF FIGURES


Figure No Description Page No 2.1 Location map 10 2.2 Google Earth Map Showing Urmila Chemopharma

Private Limited 11

2.3 Latest Photographs of Project site 12 2.4 Topo map showing 10 Km radius 13 2.5 Site Layout 14


Figure No Description Page No 3.1 Showing Geomorphology, Geology & Structural Map of

the Study Area 37

3.2 Showing Drainage Map Of The Study Area 41 3.3 Wind rose for Nearest IMD Station - Solapur 43 3.4 Wind rose for Project Site 47 3.5 Ambient Air Quality Sampling Locations Map 50 3.6 Showing Ambient Air Quality Results for PM10 52 3.7 Showing Ambient Air Quality Results for PM2.5 53 3.8 Showing Ambient Air Quality Results for SO2 53



Figure No Description Page No 3.9 Showing Ambient Air Quality Results for NOx 54 3.10 Showing Ambient Air Quality Results for CO 55 3.11 Showing Ambient Air Quality Results for NH3 55 3.12 Ground & Surface Water Sampling Locations Map 61 3.13 Noise Sampling Locations Map 69 3.14 Soil Sampling Locations Map 75 3.15 Pie Diagram Showing Land Use in the Study Area 83 3.16 Satellite Image of the Study Area 84 3.17 Land Use / Land Cover Map of the Study Area 85 3.18 Showing Total Population Distribution in the Study Area 100 3.19 Showing Literates and Illiterates in the Study Area 101 3.20 Showing Occupational Structure in the Study Area 102

CHAPTER - IV ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS


Figure No Description Page No

4.1 Isopleth For 1st High 24-Hr Average Incremental Concentration of PM10

118

4.2 Isopleth For 1st High 24-Hr Average Incremental Concentration of PM2.5

119

4.3 Isopleth For 1st High 24-Hr Average Incremental Concentration of SO2

120

4.4 Isopleth For 1st High 24-Hr Average Incremental Concentration of NOx 121


Figure No Description Page No 6.1 Organisational Structure of Environment Health & Safety 138


Figure No Description Page No 10.1 Flow chart of EMP 213

10.2 Schematic diagram of Proposed waste water treatment – ZLD System

219

10.3 Flow chart for HTDS effluent treatment 220 10.4 Flow chart for LTDS effluent treatment 221 10.5 Flow chart for effluent treatment 222 10.6 Schematic diagram of MEE system 226

10.7 Schematic diagram Emissions Control Scrubbing System

238

10.8 Roof water harvesting Structure 245 10.9 5 R concept 248



LIST OF FLOW CHART

Flow Chart No Description Page No

3.1 LU/ LC Mapping Methodology 82

LIST OF ENCLOSURES

S. No Description Enclosure No 1 Land Document Enclosure – I 2 Industrial GO Enclosure – II 3 GIB Distance Letter Enclosure – III 4 Wildlife Report submitted to Standing Committee of

NBWL/ SBWL Enclosure – IV

5 NABET Accreditation Certificate Enclosure – V


EXECUTIVE SUMMARY OF EIA REPORT

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

OF

EIA REPORT OF

URMILA CHEMOPHARMA PVT. LTD.

For

PROPOSED BULK DRUG INTERMEDIATES MANUFACTURING UNIT

AT

Plot No.: F-24, MIDC, Chincholi Industrial Area, Chincholi Village, Mohal Taluk, Solapur District,

Maharashtra State

PREPARED BY

Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Plot No: 203, H.No:5-36/203, Prashanthi Nagar,

IDA, Kukatpally, Hyderabad – 500 072.

Ph: 040- 23070602, 23075699.

Mail: [email protected]

NABET Accreditation No. NABET/EIA/1821/RA 0100

mailto:[email protected]

Executive Summary of EIA Report Urmila Chemopharma Pvt. Ltd.

1. INTRODUCTION

Urmila Chemopharma Pvt. Ltd. proposed Bulk Drug Intermediates manufacturing

unit at Plot No.: F-24, MIDC, Chincholi Industrial Area, Chincholi Village, Mohal

Taluk, Solapur District, Maharashtra state.

The proposed project cost is about Rs. 2.5 Crores, which includes land cost,

construction of the buildings, equipment, machinery and greenbelt development.

As per the Office Memorandum issued by Ministry of Environment, Forest and

Climate Change, Government of India Vide No. J-11011/321/2016-IA-II (I) dt. 27th

April, 2018 noted as Public hearing is exemption for the unit “if it is located in a

Notified Industrial Area established prior to 14th September, 2006.” The proposed

project falls under Industrial park – MIDC Chincholi and it has been notified as

Industrial estate by the Government of Maharashtra State on 16.05.1988. But the

project boundary is located at a distance of 2.45 Km from Great Indian Bustard

Sanctuary (GIBS), Kondi (Gat No. 104), which is a Notified Eco- sensitive area and

satisfies the General Condition as per EIA Notification, 14th Sep, 2006. Hence, the

project comes under Category “A”.

The project proposal has granted with Standard Terms of Reference vide F. No: IA-

J-11011/345/2018-IA II (I) Dated on 01st April 2019, to carryout EIA Study. The

Environmental monitoring and analysis was carried out during the period of March to

May, 2019 and EIA Report was prepared.

The proposed project is located 2.45 Km away from the GIBS, Kondi. Hence, the

proponent has submitted the online application to get the clearance from Chief

Wildlife Warden, Proposal No. FP/MH/IND/3695/2018 dated: 17.12.2018 which is

under process.

1.1. PROJECT DESCRIPTION

The salient features of the unit are furnished below.

TABLE 1: SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT Project location Details

Latitude & Longitude Latitude: 17°46'36.51" N Longitude: 75°48'9.69" E

Climatic Conditions Annual Max Temp is 43.8 oC Annual Min Temp is 11 oC

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page 1


2.0 PROCESS DESCRIPTION

The manufacturing process of Proposed Bulk Drug Intermediates consists of

chemical synthesis extending to stages of processing involving different type of

Normal Annual Rainfall is 742.5 mm (Source: IMD Climatalogical Normals, Solapur 1981 - 2010)

Land acquired for the plant 1.48 Acres (6000 Sq. m) Land use Industrial Land Nearest Habitation Chincholikati Village - 1.9 Km (S) Nearest Town Solapur - 13 Km (SE) Major urban Settlements Solapur – 13 Km (SE) Nearest State Highway Nearest National Highway Nearest Railway station Airport

State Highway No. 151 – 6.3 Km (E) (Solapur to Vairag Road) National Highway No. 9 – 3.3 Km (SW) (Pune to Solapur highway) Pakani Railway Station – 6 Km (SW) Solapur Airport – 21.7 Km (SE)

Major Industries near the plant site

1. HPCL Bottling Plant 2. SWI Industry 3. M/s. Srikrishna Pharmaceuticals Ltd. 4. Balaji Amines Ltd (Unit- IV) 5. Thermax Ltd. 6. Precision Camshafts Ltd. 7. Shilpa Sand Pvt. Ltd. 8. Srujana Foods Pvt. Ltd. 9. GRP Ltd. 10. M/s Lucky Aroma Industries 11. Regency Exports Pvt. Ltd. 12. Smruthi Organics Ltd. 13. Khem Solutions 14. Swastik Pipes (M/s Vardhaman Polyextrusion) 15. Rasayan Drugs Pvt. Ltd. 16. M/s Solapur Econ Recyfine 17. Lusha Print n Pack 18. Kanswa Textiles 19. Ashok Polymers Ltd. 20. Balaji amines Ltd. 21. Bang Data Forms Pvt. Ltd. 22. Niwas Spinning Mills Ltd. 23. Prabhavati Spinning Mills Ltd. 24. Volant Textile Mills Ltd.

National Parks None within 10 Km radius

Wild life sanctuary Great Indian Bustard (GIB) Wild Life Sanctuary, Kondi – 2.45 Km distance at ESE direction

Historical Places None within 10 Km radius Water Bodies within 10 km radius Sina River flowing from NW to SW direction– 6.7 Km



chemical reactions. Total production capacity of proposal will be 10 TPM (Given in

Table 2). The unit will take adequate control measures for storage and handling of

Raw materials and cylinders with in factory premises.

TABLE 2: LIST OF PROPOSED PRODUCTS AND QUANTITIES S. No Name of the Product Quantity in

MT/Month CAS No. Therapeutic Category

1 3,5 Dimethyl 4–Nitro pyridine – N-Oxide 5.0 14248-66-9 Omeprazole Nitro

Compound 2 3-Carbamoylmethyl-5-

Methyl-hexanoic acid 5.0 181289-15-6 Pregablin Intermediate

Total 10.0

TABLE 3: LIST OF BY-PRODUCTS AND QUANTITIES S. No Name of the Product Name of the By-Product Quantity

in Kg/Day

1 3,5 Dimethyl 4–Nitro pyridine – N-Oxide

Ammonium sulphate 696

2 3-Carbamoylmethyl-5-Methyl-hexanoic acid

Ammonium sulphate 360 Spent Sulphuric acid (40 %) 790

2.1 RESOURCE REQUIREMENT & INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES

A) Land Use Details:

The proposed unit is an area of 1.48 Acres (6000 Sq. m) and the land usage details

are given in below Table 4.

TABLE 4: PROPOSED LAND USE DETAILS

S. No. DESCRIPTION AREA in Sq. m AREA in ACRES AREA in % 1 Total Built up Area 768.32 0.19 12.81 2 Green Belt Area 2148.20 0.53 35.80 3 Road area 621.50 0.15 10.36 4 Open Area 2461.98 0.61 41.03

TOTAL 6000.00 1.48 100

35.8 % of Land is allotted For Green Belt Development B) Proposed Water Consumption Details

The total water requirement for the industry is 35.43 KLD will be met through MIDC

water supply.

TABLE 5: PROPOSED WATER CONSUMPTION DETAILS

S. No Purpose Water input KLD 1 Process 1.43 2 Washings 3.00 3 Boiler make up 14.00



S. No Purpose Water input KLD 4 Cooling tower make up 11.00 5 Scrubbing system 1.00 6 Domestic 3.00 7 Gardening 2.00

Total 35.43

C) Energy Requirement

Power requirement of proposed project will be made available through Maharashtra

State Electricity Distribution Company Limited [MSEDCL]. The power requirement of

the project will be 200 KVA.

D) Utilities:

For generation of Steam, the industry proposed to install 2.0 TPH Coal fired boiler.

The fuel requirement is 8.0 MT/Day will be met from local authorized sources.

The unit has proposed to install 1 No. x 125 KVA DG set, for usage during the power

failures.

The emission details are presented in Tables 7 & 8.

TABLE 6: DETAILS OF UTILITIES

TABLE 7: STACK EMISSION CHARACTERISTIC DETAILS OF PROPOSED BOILER Particulars Units 2.0 TPH Coal Fired Boiler

Type of Fuel -- Indian Coal with CV of 4000 kcal/kg to 5000 kcal/kg

Coal Consumption TPD 8.0 Ash Content % 35 Sulphur Content % 0.4 No. of Stacks No 1 Height of the stack m 20 Diameter of the stack m 0.3 Flue Gas Temperature oC 125 Flue Gas Velocity m/s 15 Emission Rate Particulate Matter gm/sec 0.13

S. No Description Capacities 1 Coal fired boiler 2.0 TPH 2 D. G. Set 1 No. x 125 KVA 3 Cooling Tower 1 x 150 TR 4 Electricity supply from MSEDCL 200 KVA

Fuel Consumption Details 5 Coal requirement 8.0 TPD 6 Diesel 60 Liters/ Day



Particulars Units 2.0 TPH Coal Fired Boiler Sulphur dioxide gm/sec 0.59 Oxides of Nitrogen gm/sec 1.22 Control Equipment details Pollution control equipment -- Cyclone separator followed by

suitable pack of Bag filters

TABLE 8: STACK EMISSION DETAILS OF PROPOSED DG SET

Capacity in KVA

Emission of PM in mg/Nm3

Emission of SO2 in mg/Nm3

Emission of NOx

in mg/Nm3

Stack dia. in m

Flue Gas Temp. in

OC

Stack Height in m

Flue gas Velocity in m/sec.

125 KVA 50 70 85 0.2 190 8.0 14

E) Pollution Control Equipment:

i) Cyclone separator: The denser particles which are carried away by boiler flue

gases will get separated in the cyclone separator and collected in the bottom of the

cyclone separator at a definite interval.

ii) Bag Filter: The boiler flue gases from cyclone separator enter into pack of bag

filters, where particulate matter will be separated leaving as cake on bags surface.

They are cleared by shaking or vibrating by pulse jet causing the filter cake to be

loosened and to fall in the Hopper.

iii) Boiler Stack: The adequate stack of height 20 mtrs will be provided for pollutants

(SO2, NOx, PM & CO) dispersed in a very large area so that ground level

concentration is within CPCB permissible limits.

iv) Scrubber: One scrubber of 2-Stage are proposed to scrub NH3 gas. The packing

media in the scrubber is 25 mm poly propylene rings.

3. BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS

3.1 Study Area Included In Environmental Setting

Studies were carried out in about 10 km radius area from the site with respect to

meteorology, flora, fauna, land and socio-economies of the area. Further sampling

and analysis of air quality, water quality, noise level and soil quality were carried out.

The air quality, water quality, noise level and soil quality in the study area is

evaluated based on this physical sampling and analysis.

The base line data were monitored during the study period of March to May, 2019.

The study team conducted site surveys and field experiments for gathering the

information on air quality, water quality, noise quality and soil quality.



3.2 CLIMATE OF THE STUDY AREA

A. Temperature:

During the study period the minimum and maximum temperatures were recorded as

24 °C and 45 °C respectively.

B. Relative Humidity:

During study period at project site during study period, the relative humidity was

recorded as 55 %

C. Wind Pattern during Study Period

Dispersion of different air pollutants released into the atmosphere has significant

impacts on neighborhood air environment. The dispersion/dilution of the released

pollutant over a large area will result in considerable reduction of the concentration of

a pollutant. The dispersion in turn depends on the weather conditions like the wind

speed, wind direction, temperature, relative humidity, mixing height, cloud cover and

also the rainfall in the area.

Wind speed and direction data recorded during the study period is useful in

identifying the influence of meteorology on the air quality of the area. Wind roses on

sixteen sector basis have been drawn. Wind directions and wind speed frequency

observed during study period is given in Table 3.5 and wind rose was given in

Figure 3.4 (Chapter-3 in EIA Report)

The following observations can be made from the collected data:

• Calm period is observed to be 16.7 % during the time of monitoring.

• The predominant wind direction is W & NW.

• Other than predominant wind directions wind was blowing in SE direction.

• Average wind speed is 2.73 m/sec.

• Mostly the wind speeds are observed in the wind rose are in the range of 8.80

– 11.10 m/sec, 5.70 – 8.80 m/sec, 3.6 – 5.7 m/sec, 2.10 – 3.6 m/sec and 0.5 –

2.1 m/sec with frequency of distribution percentages of 2.9, 11, 16.4, 15.4 &

37.6 respectively.

D. Rainfall



Rainfall during the Study Period at the Project Site is 26.1 mm. Normal annual

rainfall is 742.5 mm. (Source: IMD Climatatological Normals, Solapur 1981 - 2010)

3.3 SAMPLING LOCATION DETAILS

Total eight locations were selected for Baseline status. Air, Water & Noise results are

presented in Table 9, 10 & 11 respectively.

3.4 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY

The ambient air monitoring was carried out for 24 hours a day, twice a week for 12

week per location in the study area. Ambient Air Quality Monitoring (AAQM) was

carried out at eight locations during period of March to May, 2019.

1. Particulate Matter (PM10)

The maximum, minimum, average and 98th percentile concentrations for PM10 were

recorded in the study area in the range of 53.0 – 65.1 μg/ m3. The maximum 98th

Percentile concentration is 64.0 μg/ m3 were recorded at Project location. The

concentrations of PM10 are well below the CPCB standard of 100 μg/ m3.

2. Particulate Matter (PM2.5)

The CPCB Standard for concentration of PM2.5 is 60 μg/ m3. The maximum,

minimum, average and 98th percentile concentrations for Particulate Matter (PM2.5)

monitored in the study area were 22.1 – 29.5 μg/m3 respectively. Highest 98th

percentile value is 29.4 μg/ m3 was at Project location. The concentration of PM2.5 is

well below the prescribed limit of 60 μg/ m3.

3. Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)

The Minimum, maximum, average and 98th percentile value of Sulphur dioxide in the

study area from the monitored data was in the range of 12.3 – 16.4 μg/ m3.

Maximum 98th Percentile value of Sulpur dioxide is 16.3 μg/ m3 obtained at Project

location. The concentration of SO2 is well below the prescribed limit of 80 μg/ m3.

4. Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx)

Ambient air quality status monitored for oxides of nitrogen in the study area were in

the range with maximum, minimum, average and 98th percentile values between

19.7 – 23.8 μg/ m3. The maximum 98th Percentile value is 23.7 μg/ m3 was prevailing

at the time of sampling at Project location. The concentration of NOX is well below

the prescribed limit of 80 μg/ m3.



5. Carbon Monoxide (CO)

The maximum, minimum, average and 98th percentile concentrations for Carbon

Monoxide (CO) monitored in the study area were 0.11 – 0.88 mg/m3 respectively.

Highest 98th Percentile value is 0.87 mg/ m3 was recorded at the Sawaleshwar

location. The concentration of CO is well below the prescribed limit of 2 mg/ m3

6. Ammonia (NH3)

The maximum, minimum, average and 98th percentile concentrations for Ammonia

(NH3) monitored in the study area were in the range of 25.0 – 29.1 μg/m3

respectively. Highest 98th percentile value is 29.0 μg/ m3 was recorded at Project

location. The concentration of NH3 is well below the prescribed limit of 400 μg/ m3.

7. Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs)

Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs) concentration in study area was found to be

Below Detectable Limit of 1 ppm.

The ambient air quality monitoring results indicates that the overall air quality in the

study area is within permissible standards prescribed by NAAQ Standards.



TABLE 9: AAQ MONITORING RESULTS DURING SUMMER SEASON

Code Name of

Sampling Location

PM10 (µg/m3) PM2.5 (µg/m3) SO2 (µg/m3) NOX (µg/m3) CO (mg/m3) NH3 (µg/m3)

Min Max 98th Min Max 98th Min Max 98th Min Max 98th Min Max 98th Min Max 98th

A1 Project Site 57.4 65.1 64.0 25.8 29.5 29.4 14.3 16.4 16.3 21.7 23.8 23.7 0.11 0.51 0.44 27.0 29.1 29.0

A2 Chincholi 53.1 59.1 58.8 24.9 28.1 27.9 13.8 15.6 15.5 21.2 23.0 22.9 0.24 0.88 0.82 26.5 28.3 28.2

A3 Darphal Bibi 54.2 60.2 59.7 25.0 28.1 28.1 13.9 15.6 15.6 21.3 23.0 23.0 0.24 0.88 0.82 26.6 28.3 28.3

A4 Akolekati 55.9 60.1 59.5 22.7 28.1 28.0 12.6 15.6 15.5 20.0 23.0 22.9 0.12 0.36 0.35 25.3 28.3 28.2

A5 Kondi 54.8 58.7 58.6 24.9 28.1 28.1 13.9 15.6 15.6 21.3 23.0 23.0 0.75 0.86 0.86 26.6 28.3 28.3

A6 Gulvanchi 53.3 60.3 59.3 25.8 29.1 29.0 14.3 16.1 16.1 21.7 23.5 23.5 0.70 0.83 0.83 27.0 28.8 28.8 A7 Karamba 54.2 60.2 59.5 23.7 27.3 27.3 13.2 15.2 15.2 20.6 22.6 22.6 0.21 0.58 0.57 25.9 27.9 27.9 A8 Sawaleshwar 53.0 57.4 57.3 22.1 25.5 25.4 12.3 14.2 14.1 19.7 21.6 21.5 0.66 0.87 0.87 25.0 26.9 26.8

NAAQ Standards 100 60 80 80 2.0 400



3.5 WATER QUALITY

Water sampling and subsequent analysis was carried out to determine both the

groundwater and surface water quality of the study area.

Ground water & Surface water samples were collected at 8 locations in the study

area. These samples were analyzed for physical and chemical parameters to

ascertain the Baseline status in the existing surface water and ground water bodies.

TABLE 10: WATER ANALYSIS RESULTS

S. No Parameters Ground water Surface water Min Max Min Max

1 pH 7.34 8.04 7.16 8.09 2 Total dissolved solids (mg/l) 280 946 205 640 3 Total hardness (mg/l) 183 536 115 196 4 Chlorides (mg/l) 48 232 14 187 5 Fluoride (mg/l) <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 6 Sulphates (mg/l) 16.8 120 4.6 85.5

Ground water samples collected was analyzed as per the Standard methods and

the water quality of the study area is found within the permissible limits of IS: 10500

- 2012

3.6 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

Noise level monitoring was carried out at eight locations during the period of March

to May, 2019.

Daytime Noise Levels (Lday)

Industrial Zone: The day time noise level at the Project site was 66.1 dB (A), which

is well below the permissible limits of 75 dB (A).

Residential Zone: The daytime noise levels in all the residential locations were

observed to be in the range of 40.3 dB (A) to 49.4 dB (A). The noise levels at all the

locations were below the permissible limits of 55 dB (A).

Night time Noise Levels (Lnight)

Industrial Zone: The night time noise level in the Project site was observed be 54.3

dB (A), which is well below the permissible limits of 70 dB (A).

Residential Zone: The nighttime noise levels in all the residential locations were

observed to be in the range of 32 dB (A) to 40.2 dB (A). The noise levels were below

the permissible limits of 45 dB (A) in nighttime at all the locations.



TABLE 11: NOISE LEVELS OF THE STUDY AREA

S. No

Name of the Location

Category of

Area/zone

Day Time in Leq dB (A)

CPCB Standard

Day Time

Night Time in

Leq dB (A)

CPCB Standard

Night time

1. Project site Industrial 66.1 75 dB (A) 54.3 70 dB (A) 2. Chincholi Residential 48.6 55 dB (A) 39.5 45 dB (A) 3. Darphal Bibi Residential 47.1 55 dB (A) 38.4 45 dB (A) 4. Akolekati Residential 49.4 55 dB (A) 40.2 45 dB (A) 5. Kondi Residential 40.3 55 dB (A) 32.0 45 dB (A) 6. Pakni Residential 42.1 55 dB (A) 33.6 45 dB (A) 7. Sawaleshwar Residential 46.4 55 dB (A) 37.1 45 dB (A) 8. Karamba Residential 45.1 55 dB (A) 36.4 45 dB (A)

3.7 SOIL ENVIRONMENT

Based on the baseline data, the soil results were found to be normal.

3.8 LAND USE/ LAND COVER OF THE STUDY AREA

Land use / Land cover map is prepared by visual interpretation of high-resolution

satellite data (Satellite Imagery Acquisition: 21-Feb-2019) and with the help of

Survey of India Topographic maps on 1: 50,000 scale. One season data is used for

the delineation of different units. The units are confirmed by the ground truth/field

visits.

TABLE 12: LAND USE / LAND COVER OF THE STUDY AREA

S. No. LAND USE AREA (Sq. km) %

1 Built- Up Land 30.458 9.7 2 Water Bodies 11.932 3.8 3 Crop Land 224.196 71.4 4 Waste Land 37.052 11.8 5 Others 10.362 3.3

TOTAL 314 100

3.9 DEMOGRAPHIC AND SOCIO-ECONOMIC PROFILE

• The total population of the study area is 63,163 in which male and female

population constitutes about 52.22 % and 47.78 % in the study area

respectively.

• The literate male and female in the study area are 23,765 and 17,438 which

implies that the percentage of literacy rate is 72.05 % with male and 57.78 %

with female respectively.



• In the study area the main and marginal workers are 26,975 (42.71 %) and

2191 (3.47%) respectively of the total population while the remaining 33,997

(53.82%) constitutes non-workers

All the Villages, in the study area, are electrified – both for Domestic Purpose and

common facilities like, Street Lights, Public Water Pumping, etc. and also are

provided with Domestic Water.

4.0 IDENTIFICATION, PREDICTION & MITIGATION MEASURES

4.1 Expected Air Environment

A. PROCESS EMISSIONS DETAILS

The Predicted Process emissions are CO2 & NH3 which are liberated from

manufacturing process of proposed products.

TABLE 13: PROCESS EMISSION DETAILS AND TREATMENT METHOD S.

No. Name of the Gas Quantity in Kg/ Day Treatment Method

1 Carbon dioxide 175 Dispersed into the atmosphere 2 Ammonia 21 Scrubbed by using chilled water media

4.2 PROPOSED PROCESS EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM

One Scrubber with 300 mm (Diameter) x 3 meters (Height) will be installed for control

of process emission. The Schematic diagram of emission control system is given

below.

FIGURE 1: SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF PROPOSED EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM



B. EMISSIONS FROM BOILER

The Particulate matter generated from 2.0 TPH Boiler will be controlled by using

cyclone separator followed by bag filters. The Sulphur dioxide (SO2) and oxides of

nitrogen (NOX) from boiler will be dispersed in to atmosphere by providing adequate

stack of height 20 mtrs for effective dispersion and dilution.

The predicted ground level concentrations when added to Baseline scenario, the

overall scenario levels of PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NOX are well within the permissible

limits as specified by NAAQ Standards.

TABLE 14: RESULTANT CONCENTRATIONS DUE TO INCREMENTAL GLC's

Pollutant Maximum Baseline

Concentration

Incremental Concentrations due to Proposed

Project

Resultant Concentration

NAAQ Standards

PM10 (μg/m3) 64.0 0.40 64.40 100 PM2.5 (μg/m3) 29.4 0.10 29.50 60 SO2 (μg/m3) 16.3 0.85 17.15 80 NOx (μg/m3) 23.7 1.55 25.25 80

4.3 Expected Effluent Water Details

The waste water generation will be 10.82 KLD which is from Process, washings,

cooling tower bleed off, Boiler blow down, Scrubber and domestic usage. The

effluent generation and its HTDS & LTDS effluent details are given in Table 15.

TABLE 15: EXPECTED EFFLUENT GENERATION DETAILS

S. No. Purpose Effluent Details KLD

1 Process 1.32 2 Washings 3.00 3 Boiler Blow down 2.00 4 Cooling tower Bleed off 1.00 5 Scrubbing system 1.00 6 Domestic 2.50

Total 10.82



TABLE 16: EXPECTED HTDS & LTDS EFFLUENT GENERATION DETAILS AND TREATMENT METHOD

Unit HTDS KLD

LTDS KLD

Effluent KLD Treatment Method

Process 0.61 0.71 1.32 ZLD System: HTDS effluents sent to MEE system followed by ETP. LTDS effluents treated in ETP – RO Plant. RO Rejects to MEE System and RO permeate to reuse, Condensate from MEE to reuse and MEE concentrated to ATFD.

Washings 0.00 3.00 3.00

Boiler Blow down 0.00 2.00 2.00

Cooling tower Bleed off 0.00 1.00 1.00

Scrubbing system 1.00 0.00 1.00

Domestic 0.00 2.50 2.50

Total 1.61 9.21 10.82

Effluent Treatment/ Disposal: Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) concept consisting of

steam stripper, MEE system, ATFD, Biological Treatment Plant and RO will be

installed to treat the effluents generated from plant and to reuse the treated water.

The MEE System with 10 KLD capacity & RO system with 15 KLD capacity will be

installed for treatment of effluents generated from plant operations.

4.4 Noise Environment

The main sources of noise pollution in the plant operations are Boiler, Reactors, DG

Set, compressors and other Noise generating units. Vehicular movements during

operation phase for loading / unloading of raw materials and finished products and

transporting activity may also increases the noise levels.

All the noise generating equipments like motors, gear boxes and compressors will be

regularly maintained with lubricating material to avoid noise generation. DG set will

be provided with acoustic enclosures. A thick greenbelt will be developed along the

periphery of the plant boundaries to minimize the noise pollution from the source.

4.5 Land Environment

The plant activities are unlikely to alter the land-use pattern in the project site. The

unit will take adequate measures for storage, handling and disposal of hazardous

waste. Hence, there will be no significant adverse impact on land environment.



4.6 Ecological Environment

Detailed flora and fauna studies were carried in the study area. As per baseline

studies, there are no rare or endangered, threatened & protected plants and animal

species were recorded in the study area. Hence, no significant adverse impact is

envisaged on ecology.

4.7 Expected Hazardous and Solid Waste Details

The Hazardous and Solid waste generated and disposal methods from proposed

project are given in Table 17.

TABLE 17: EXPECTED HAZARDOUS & SOLID WASTE GENERATION DETAILS AND DISPOSAL METHOD

S. No Name of the Waste Quantity in

Kg/Day Disposal Method

Hazardous Waste Details 1 Organic solid waste 134

Will be sent to Cement Industries

2 Spent Carbon 3.0 3 Solvent Distillation Residue 10

4 Organic distillate from Stripper 30

5 ETP Sludge 50 Will be sent to TSDF

6 MEE Salts 197

7 Used Oils 500 Ltrs/Annum Will be sent to SPCB Authorized Agencies for Reprocessing/Recycling

8 Detoxified Containers 300 No’s / Month After Detoxification will be sent to SPCB Authorized Agencies

9 Used Lead Acid Batteries 2 No’s/ Annum Send back to suppliers for buyback of New Batteries

Solid Waste details

10 Ash from boiler 2800 Will be sent to Brick Manufacturers

4.8. Risk Assessment and Disaster Management Plan

The Risk assessment studies have been conducted for identification of hazards, to

calculate damage distances and to spell out risk mitigation measures. The details

are discussed in detail in Chapter – 7 of EIA Report.

5.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

5.1 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR CONSTRUCTION PHASE

Adequate and effective environment protection measures will be planned and

designed to minimize the impacts due to activities related to pre-construction



(preparatory phase) of the project, machinery installation and commissioning stages

and end with the induction of manpower and start up. The impacts identified during

the construction phase are mainly due to site preparation, foundation work, material

handling, and construction of buildings and installation of the machinery.

All possible care will be taken to reduce the noise levels due to construction activity.

Also, noise prone activities shall be restricted to the extent possible during night

particularly during the period of 10 PM to 6 AM in order to have minimum

environmental impact.

5.2 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR OPERATIONAL PHASE

A) Air Pollution Management

• The industry will take measures for reduction of fugitive emissions emanating

out of process reactions by providing vent condensers.

• Good ventilation will be provided to reduce the workroom concentrations.

• Fugitive emissions will be reduced by providing vent condensers to the all the

reactors.

• Adequate stack of height of 20 meters will be provided to the 2.0 TPH coal

fired boiler.

• Stack monitoring facilities for the periodic monitoring of the stack to verify the

compliance of the stipulated norms. Apart from this Cyclone Separator, Bag

filters will be provided to the boiler.

• In order to minimize the air pollution, unit will develop greenbelt in and around

its premises.

B) Water Pollution Management

• Effluent generated in the plant will be treated in Proposed ZLD system.

• The industry is proposing to install a MEE System with 10 KLD capacity and

RO system with 15 KLD capacities for treatment of 10.82 KLD effluents

generated from plant operations.

• Total Water requirement is 35.43 KLD out of which 9.35 KLD recycled water

recovered from ZLD system. The fresh water of 26.08 KLD will be met from

MIDC water supply.



• Unit is proposed to recharge ground water through roof water harvesting pits

in the project area and rain water harvesting pits outside plant area wherever

possible to balance the water table.

• Use of high-pressure hoses for cleaning the floor and process equipment to

reduce the amount of wastewater generated during washings.

C) Noise Pollution Management

• Noise suppression measures such as enclosures, buffers and / or protective

measures will be provided, if required.

• Extensive oiling, lubrication and preventive maintenance will be carried out for

the machineries and equipments to reduce noise generation.

• Greenbelt Development.

D) Hazardous & Solid Waste Management

To reduce the quantity of hazardous & solid waste generation as well as possible

contamination of land (soil) due to spillages / leaks from the plant operations,

following Mitigation measures are proposed:

• There will not be any leakages / spillage from the raw-materials storage.

• The generated Hazardous waste will be stored on floor with suitable packing

and this dedicated area will be covered with the roof.

• The records on quantity of hazardous waste generation and disposal will be

maintained for each category and possibilities will be explored for

minimization and reuse.

E) Green Belt

Greenbelt will be developed in an area of 0.53 Acres (2148.2 Sq. m). The industry

will spend 3.0 Lakhs as capital cost for planting of samplings. Lists of plants suitable

for greenbelt as per the local agro climatic conditions are given in the EIA Report.

F) Solvent Recovery

Solvents will be recovered up to 95% using distillation column and necessary cooling

condensers.



5.3 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT CELL

Urmila Chemopharma Pvt. Ltd. will provide dedicated Environmental Management

Cell with experienced staff to look after the proper environmental management of the

plant including operation & maintenance of all pollution control facilities.

5.4 ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PROGRAM

Regular monitoring of environmental parameters is of immense importance to

assess the status of environment during project operation. The regular monitoring

will be carried out with the MoEF&CC Registered / NABL Accredited Laboratory.

6.0 PROPOSED ROOF WATER HARVESTING

Roof top rainwater harvesting is one of the appropriate options for augmenting

ground water recharge/ storage in this industry.

The following table gives expected quantity of rain water harvesting using buildings

Roof top.

TABLE 18: AVAILABLE RAINWATER (ANNUAL) FOR HARVESTING

Description Area (m2) Rainfall (m/Annum)

Runoff coefficient

Total Rainwater (m3/Annum)

Roof Area 768.32 0.7425 0.8 456.4 Total available rainwater (in m3/annum) 456

FIGURE 2: PROPOSED ROOF WATER HARVESTING STRUCTURE



7. EMP BUDGET

The unit has proposed for Rs. 56 Lakhs as capital cost and Rs. 11 Lakhs as

recurring cost/ Annum for environment pollution control measures.

TABLE 19: PROPOSED BUDGET FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN [EMP]

S. No

Particulars Proposed

Capital Cost (Rs. Lakhs)

Recurring Cost/ Annum (Rs. Lakhs)

1 Pollution Control Equipment (Scrubber, Cyclone separator, Bag filter, Sampling port arrangements etc.,)

8.0 2.0

2 ZLD System (MEE & RO system)

40 4.0

3 Rain Water Harvesting (Roof top water harvesting collection pits) 2.0 1.0

4 Green Belt Development (Plantation and Maintenance)

3.0 1.0

5 Health & Safety (PPEs, Medical Surveillances Expenses etc.,)

3.0 1.0

6

Environmental Monitoring (Air, Water, Noise, VOCs, Boiler Stack flue gases, DG sets stack monitoring expenses etc.,)

--- 2.0

Total 56 11

8.0 SOCIO-ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT

It is predicted that socio-economic impact due to this project will positively increase

the chance of more employment opportunities for local people. There are no

Resettlement and Rehabilitation issues involved in this project. The project

infrastructures will be of use to people of the area. The revenue of the village will be

definitely increased due to the proposed project.

9.0 PROJECT BENEFITS

Proposed project will result in considerable growth and upliftment of local community

in the nearby villages by providing the employment. The project will generate direct

and indirect employment to the nearby villages and the unavailable technical

persons will be recruited from outside.



Urmila Chemopharma Pvt. Ltd. has committed to implement all the pollution

control measures to protect the surrounding environment – adapting Zero-Liquid-

Discharge System for all its Effluents, by controlling process emissions and Safe-

Disposal of all Solid Wastes – generated either as process wastes or packing

wastes.

The project can definitely improve the regional, state and national economy.

Industrial growth is an indication of all-round Socio-Economic Development – by

generating local Employment and Business Opportunities. The implementation of

this project will definitely improve the physical and social infrastructure of the

surrounding area.


10.0 CONCLUSION

CHAPTER -I

INTRODUCTION

EIA Report Urmila Chemopharma Pvt. Ltd.

CHAPTER- I

INTRODUCTION

1.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT

As per the EIA Notification dated 14th September 2006 and its amendments from time to

time, the project falls under 5(f) “A” category and requires Environmental Clearance. Urmila

Chemopharma Pvt. Ltd. engaged the services of Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd,

Hyderabad to prepare and submit the necessary documents.

As per the Office Memorandum issued by Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate

Change, Government of India vide No. J-11011/321/2016-IA-II (I) dt. 27th April, 2018 noted

as Public hearing is exemption for the unit “if it is located in a Notified Industrial Area

established prior to 14th September, 2006.” Urmila Chemopharma Pvt. Ltd. located in

Industrial park – MIDC Chincholi and it has been notified as Industrial estate by the

Government of Maharashtra State on 16.05.1988. But the project boundary is located at a

distance of 2.45 Km from Great Indian Bustard Sanctuary (GIBS), Kondi (Gat No. 104),

which is a Notified Eco- sensitive area and satisfies the General Condition as per EIA

Notification, 14th Sep, 2006. Hence, the project comes under Category “A”.

The project proposal has granted with Standard Terms of Reference F. No: IA-J-

11011/345/2018-IA II (I) Dated on 01st April 2019, to carryout EIA Study. The

Environmental monitoring and analysis was carried out during the period of March to May,

2019 and EIA Report was prepared.

The proposed project is located 2.45 Km away from the GIBS, Kondi. Hence, the proponent

has submitted the online application to get the clearance from Chief Wildlife Warden,

Proposal No. FP/MH/IND/3695/2018 dated: 17.12.2018 which is under process.

1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT & PROJECT PROPONENT

1.2.1 IDENTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT

Urmila Chemopharma Pvt. Ltd. has registered office located at Flat No. 46, Hiramoti

Tower, 04th Floor, Vidigharkul, Near Hyderabad market yard, Sonia Nagar, Solapur District

– 413 005, Maharashtra State. Industry proposed a Bulk Drug Intermediates Manufacturing

Unit at Plot No.: F-24, MIDC, Chincholi Industrial Area, Chincholi Village, Mohal Taluk,

Solapur District, Maharashtra state.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - I Page 1


The manufacturing unit is in an area of 1.48 Acres (6000 Sq. m). The proposed project cost

is about Rs. 2.5 Crores will be used for constructing building, Equipments & misc.

1.2.2 ABOUT THE PROMOTERS

Shri Chinna Butchiraju Lolabhattu is a Managing Director, studied B. Sc Chemistry and

having 25 years experience in Chemical Industry.

1.3 OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDY

The objective of the study is to carry out Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) for the

proposed project to meet the Environmental compliances laid down by the Ministry of

Environment, Forest and Climate Change (MoEF&CC) Government of India.

The study would include the description of project setting, appraisal of project activities and

assessment of adverse impacts related to the location, design, construction and operation

of the project. Environmental Management Plan (EMP) will be prepared that includes

mitigation measures, including evaluation of alternatives to reduce or mitigate/eliminate the

impacts that likely to cause most significant environmental burdens. As per the above

notification the industry seeks Environment Clearance from MoEF&CC, GoI, New Delhi.

Preparation of Environmental Impact Assessment Report (EIA) based on one season

(Three Months) data, which would be used as management planning tool for better

Environmental Management by suggesting control measures to avoid pollution problems

arising out of the project. The report will include a detailed Environmental Management

Plan (EMP). The study will be carried out incorporating all the details and requirements of

State Pollution Control Board (SPCB) and Ministry of Ministry of Environment, Forest and

Climatic Change as per their requirements.

1.4 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT

1.4.1 NATURE OF THE PROJECT

Urmila Chemopharma Pvt. Ltd. has proposed a Bulk Drug Intermediates manufacturing

unit, which falls under 5(f) “A” category of Synthetic Organic Chemicals Industry as per EIA

Notification, 2006 and its amendment thereof and requires Environmental Clearance.

1.4.2 SIZE OF THE PROJECT

The industry proposed a manufacturing unit in an area of 1.48 Acres (6000 Sq. m). The

proposed project cost is about Rs. 2.5 Crores, which includes land cost, construction of the

buildings, equipment, machinery and greenbelt development.



Urmila Chemopharma Pvt. Ltd. is proposed for manufacture the below mention products

with manufacturing capacity of 10 TPM. The list of proposed products is shown in Table

1.1.

TABLE 1.1: LIST OF PROPOSED PRODUCTS AND QUANTITIES

S. No

Name of the Product Quantity in MT/Month CAS No. Therapeutic Category

1 3,5 Dimethyl- 4-Nitropyridine N-Oxide 5.0 14248-66-9 Omeprazole Nitro

Compound Intermediate

2 3-Carbamoylmethyl-5-Methylhexanoic acid 5.0 181289-15-

6 Pregablin Intermediate

Total 10.0

TABLE 1.2: LIST OF BY-PRODUCTS AND QUANTITIES S. No

Name of the Product

Name of the By-Product

Quantity in Kg/Day

1 3,5 Dimethyl- 4-Nitropyridine N-Oxide


2 3-Carbamoylmethyl-5-Methylhexanoic acid

Ammonium sulphate 360 Spent Sulphuric acid (40%) 790

1.4.3 LOCATION OF THE PROJECT

Urmila Chemopharma Pvt. Ltd proposed Bulk Drug Intermediates Manufacturing Unit at

Plot No.: F-24, MIDC, Chincholi Industrial Area, Chincholi Village, Mohal Taluk, Solapur

District, Maharashtra state.

TABLE 1.3: PROJECT LOCATION AND COMPLIANCE OF SITE

Project location Details


Climatic Conditions

Annual Max Temp is 43.8 oC Annual Min Temp is 11 oC Normal Annual Rainfall is 742.5 mm (Source: IMD Climatalogical Normals, Solapur 1981 - 2010)

Land acquired for the plant 1.48 Acres (6000 Sq. m) Land use Industrial Land Nearest Habitation Chincholi Village - 1.9 Km (S) Nearest Town Solapur - 13 Km (SE) Major urban Settlements Solapur – 13 Km (SE) Nearest State Highway Nearest National Highway Nearest Railway station

State Highway No. 151 – 6.3 Km (E) (Solapur to Vairag Road) National Highway No. 9 – 3.3 Km (SW) (Solapur to Pune highway) Pakani Railway Station – 6 Km (SW)



1.4.4 PROJECT AND ITS IMPORTANCE TO THE COUNTRY & REGION

Urmila Chemopharma Pvt. Ltd. is intended to manufacture Bulk Drug Intermediates.

• Availability of the well-connected road and railway network for easy transportation of

the construction equipments and materials, Raw materials and finished products.

• Easy availability of skilled and unskilled labor for construction of Plant and its

operation.

India is the largest provider of generic drugs globally. Indian pharmaceutical sector industry

supplies over 50 per cent of global demand for various vaccines, 40 per cent of generic

demand in the US and 25 per cent of all medicine in UK.

India enjoys an important position in the global pharmaceuticals sector. The country also

has a large pool of scientists and engineers who have the potential to steer the industry

Airport Solapur Airport – 21.7 Km (SE)

Major Industries near the plant site

1. HPCL Bottling Plant 2. SWI Industry 3. M/s. Srikrishna Pharmaceuticals Ltd. 4. Balaji Amines Ltd (Unit- IV) 5. Thermax Ltd. 6. Precision Camshafts Ltd. 7. Shilpa Sand Pvt. Ltd. 8. Srujana Foods Pvt. Ltd. 9. GRP Ltd. 10. M/s Lucky Aroma Industries 11. Regency Exports Pvt. Ltd. 12. Smruthi Organics Ltd. 13. Khem Solutions 14. Swastik Pipes (M/s Vardhaman Polyextrusion) 15. Rasayan Drugs Pvt. Ltd. 16. M/s Solapur Econ Recyfine 17. Lusha Print n Pack 18. Kanswa Textiles 19. Ashok Polymers Ltd. 20. Balaji amines Ltd. 21. Bang Data Forms Pvt. Ltd. 22. Niwas Spinning Mills Ltd. 23. Prabhavati Spinning Mills Ltd. 24. Volant Textile Mills Ltd.

National Parks None within 10 Km radius

Wild life sanctuary Great Indian Bustard (GIB) Wild Life Sanctuary, Kondi (Gat No. 104) – 2.45 Km distance at ESE direction

Historical Places None within 10 Km radius Water Bodies within 10 km radius Sina River flowing from NW to SW direction– 6.7 Km



ahead to an even higher level. Presently over 80 per cent of the antiretroviral drugs used

globally to combat AIDS (Acquired immune Deficiency Syndrome) are supplied by Indian

pharmaceutical firms.

The pharmaceutical sector was valued at US$ 33 billion in 2017. The country’s

pharmaceutical industry is expected to expand at a CAGR of 22.4 per cent over 2015-20 to

reach US$ 55 billion India’s pharmaceutical exports stood at US$ 17.27 billion in FY18 and

have reached US$ 10.80 billion in FY19 (up to October 2018). India’s generics market has

shown an immense potential for future growth.

1.5 SCOPE OF THE STUDY

1.5.1 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

To assess the impact of the project on Land use, Ambient Air Quality, Water Quality,

Noise levels, Ecology & Biodiversity, Hydrology & Geology, and Socio- economic

status of area.

To prepare Environmental Management Plan (EMP) for mitigating adverse impacts

due to proposed project.

Collection and testing of water sources and soil.

To prepare environmental monitoring plan for operational phase.

Greenbelt development.

1.5.2 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ASSESSMENT

This Study Report covers Population, Gender Ratio, Rural & Semi-Urban Demographic

Distribution, Literacy Rate and Social Amenities available in the study Area like, Transport,

Sanitation, Drinking Water, Medical & Health Facilities, Employment Rate and other

Developmental Indices of Villages falling within the 10 Km radius of the Proposed Project

site.

1.5.3 REGULATORY FRAMEWORK

The MoEF & CC, CPCB and SPCBs together form the regulatory and administrative core of

the sector. Legislation for environmental protection in India for chemical industry is mainly

EIA Notification- 2006, Water (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act -1974, Air (Prevention

& Control of Pollution) Act, 1981, Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Cess Act,

1977, Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Trans boundary Movement) Rules,

2016, amended time to time etc are major Act/rules/notification applicable to industry.



1.5.4 REGULATORY SCOPING

Obtaining Consent for Establishment & Consent for Operation from State

Pollution control board.

1.6 LEGAL POLICY AND INSTITUTIONAL FRAMEWORKS

The principal environmental regulatory authority is the Ministry of Environment, Forest and

Climatic Change (MoEF&CC), New Delhi which formulates environmental policies and

accords environmental clearances for different projects. Table 1.4 highlights the relevant

environmental legislations applicable to this project.

TABLE 1.4: APPLICABILITY OF LEGAL POLICIES TO THE PROJECT

S. No Legal frame work coordinating

authority Objectives of the policy Applicability

to the project

Environmental Legality

1 Water (Prevention and Control of pollution) Act, 1974

SPCB

Prohibits the discharge of pollutants into water bodies beyond a given standard, and lays down penalties for non-compliance

Applicable

2

Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Cess Act, 1977

SPCB

Provides for a levy and collection of a cess on water consumed by industries and local authorities

Applicable

3 Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981

SPCB Provides means for the control and abatement of air pollution.

Applicable

4

The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Rules, 1982

SPCB

Defined the procedures for conducting meetings of the boards, the powers of the presiding officers, decision-making etc

Applicable

5 Public Liability Insurance Act, 1991

Director of Factories

An act to provide for public liability insurance for the purpose of providing immediate relief to the persons affected by accident occurring while handling any hazardous substance and for matters connected herewith or incidental thereto

Applicable

6

Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 (EPA) followed by

Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climatic

Ensure that appropriate measures are taken to conserve and protect the Environment before

Applicable



S. No Legal frame work coordinating

authority Objectives of the policy Applicability

to the project

amendment in May 1994 (Schedule-I)

Change (MoEF&CC)

commencement of operations.

7

Environmental Impact Assessment Notification no. S.O. 1533

MoEF&CC

Under its ambit various industries are liable to opt for Environmental clearance from MoEF&CC by providing EIA report

Applicable

8 The Environment (Protection) Rules, 1986

CPCB

Lay down the procedures for setting standards of emission or discharge of environmental pollutants

Applicable

9

The Hazardous Wastes management (Management and Handling) Rules, 1989 and amended in 2000

SPCB

Procedure for inventory, control, handling and disposal of hazardous waste. Provide for setting up of disposal sites/landfill sites design, operation and closure

Applicable

10 Solid Waste Management Rules, 2016

SPCB Procedure for management and handling of solid wastes Applicable

11

Batteries (Management and Handling) Amendment Rules, 2010

SPCB

To ensure that the used batteries are collected back as per the schedule against new batteries

Applicable

12 E- Waste (Management Rules), 2016

SPCB

Procedure to recovery/and/or reuse of useful material from waste electrical and electronic equipment

Applicable

13 The Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972

NBWL/ SBWL

Under its ambit various industries under NP/WL Sanctuary, the industries are within 10 Km from the Wildlife Sanctuary are required to submit the application for clearance from Chief Wildlife Warden by providing Bio-diversity Impact Assessment report along with supporting documents.

Applicable


PROJECT DESCRIPTION

CHAPTER -II


CHAPTER-II

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 TYPE OF THE PROJECT

Urmila Chemopharma Pvt. Ltd. is proposed a Bulk Drug Intermediates

Manufacturing Unit at Plot No.: F-24, MIDC, Chincholi Industrial Area, Chincholi

Village, Mohal Taluk, Solapur District, Maharashtra state.

The industry proposes to manufacturing unit in an area of 1.48 Acres (6000 Sq. m).

The Industry is having its registered office at Flat No. 46, Hiramoti Tower, 04th Floor,

Vidigharkul, Near Hyderabad market yard, Sonia Nagar, Solapur District – 413 005,

Maharashtra State

The proposed project cost is about Rs. 2.5 Crores, which includes Land cost,

construction of the buildings, equipments, machinery and greenbelt development.

2.2 NEED FOR THE PROJECT

India’s healthcare sector, one of the fastest growing sectors, is expected to advance

at a compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) of 17 per cent to reach USD$ 250

billion by 2020. The pharmaceutical sector was valued at US$ 33 billion in 2017. The

country’s pharmaceutical industry is expected to expand at a CAGR of 22.4 per cent

over 2015-20 to reach US$ 55 billion India’s pharmaceutical exports stood at US$

17.27 billion in FY18 and have reached US$ 10.80 billion in FY19 (up to October

2018). India’s generics market has shown an immense potential for future growth.

Hence, the proponent has decided to proposed Bulk drugs & Intermedaite industry in

this location keeping in view of Low cost manpower, Semi–skilled and un-skilled

labor availability.

2.3 LOCATION

The proposed site is located at Plot No.: F-24, MIDC, Chincholi Industrial Area,

Chincholi Village, Mohal Taluk, Solapur District, Maharashtra state. It has good

connectivity and infrastructure availability. National Highway - 9 is at a distance of

3.3 Km (SW); the proposed site is located about 1.9 Km from Chicholikati. The

Pakani Railway Station is at distance of 6.0 Km (SW). Solapur Airport is about 21.7

Km from the project site.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 8


The industry proposes manufacturing unit in an area of 1.48 Acres (6000 Sq. m).

The co-ordinates of the Project site are Latitude: 17°46'36.51" N, Longitude:

75°48'9.69" E. The land usage details are given in Table 2.1.

TABLE 2.1: LAND USE DETAILS

S. No. DESCRIPTION AREA IN Sq. m AREA IN Acres AREA IN % 1 Total Built up Area 768.32 0.19 12.81 2 Green Belt Area 2148.20 0.53 35.80 3 Road Area 621.50 0.15 10.36 4 Open Area 2461.98 0.61 41.03

TOTAL 6000.00 1.48 100

*35.80 % of Land allotted for Green Belt Development



FIGURE 2.1: LOCATION MAP

Urmila Chemopharma Private Limited



FIGURE 2.2: GOOGLE EARTH MAP SHOWING URMILA CHEMOPHARMA PRIVATE LIMITED



FIGURE 2.3: LATEST PHOTOGRAPHS OF PROJECT SITE



FIGURE 2.4: TOPO MAP SHOWING 10 KM RADIUS

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – II Page 13


FIGURE 2.5: SITE LAYOUT



2.4 SIZE AND MAGNITUDE OF OPERATION

Total manufacturing capacity of the proposed Bulk Drug Intermediate is 10 TPM given in

Table 2.2.

TABLE 2.2: LIST OF PROPOSED PRODUCTS AND QUANTITIES

S. No

Name of the Product Quantity in MT/Month CAS No. Therapeutic Category

1 3,5 Dimethyl - 4 - Nitropyridine – N - Oxide 5.0 14248-66-9 Omeprazole Nitro

Compound Intermediate

2 3-Carbamoylmethyl-5-Methyl-hexanoic acid 5.0 181289-15-6 Pregablin Intermediate

Total 10.0

TABLE 2.3: LIST OF BY-PRODUCTS AND QUANTITIES

S. No Name of the Product Name of the By-Product Quantity

in Kg/Day

1 3,5 Dimethyl- 4-Nitropyrid.ine N-Oxide


2 3-Carbamoylmethyl-5-Methyl-hexanoic acid

Ammonium sulphate 360 Spent Sulphuric acid (40%) 790

2.5 PROPOSED SCHEDULE FOR APPROVAL AND IMPLEMENTATION

The industry intends to obtain approval within one year and to implement the

recommendations. The industry proposes to implement the recommendations of the

Authorities. The MoEF&CC has granted Terms of Reference vide F. No: IA-J-

11011/345/2018-IA-II (I) Dated on 01st April, 2019, to carryout EIA Study. The

Environmental monitoring and analysis were carried out during the period of March to May,

2019 and EIA Report was prepared.

The proposed project is 2.45 Km away from Great Indian Bustard Sanctuary, Kondi (Gat

No. 104) in ESE direction. Hence, the proponent has submitted the online application to get

the clearance from Chief Wildlife Warden, Proposal No. FP/MH/IND/3695/2018 dated:

17.12.2018 which is under process.

The proponent after receiving the EC will approach SPCB to get CFE/CFO and other

statutory approvals from respective authorities for plant operations.

2.6 TECHNOLOGY AND PROCESS DESCRIPTION

The manufacturing process of Bulk Drug Intermediates consists of chemical synthesis

extending to stages of processing involving different types of chemical reactions. The unit



will take adequate control measures for storage and handling of Raw materials, solvents

and gas cylinders within factory premises. The proponent is having proven technology to

manufacture the proposed products.

2.6.1 MANUFACTURING PROCESS OF THE PRODUCTS

1. 3, 5 Di-methyl- 4-Nitropyridine N-Oxide

(Omeprazole Nitro Compound Intermediate)

Process Description: Stage-1: 3,5 Lutidine undergoes reaction with Hydrogen peroxide in presence of Acetic

acid to give stage-1(4- nitro 3,5 dimethylpyridine –N-oxide)

Stage-2: stage -1 product undergoes reacts with nitric acid in presence of sulfuric acid and

ammonia to give 3, 5 Dimethyl 4- Nitropyridine N-oxide.

Route of Synthesis:

Stage-1:

N

CH3H3CN

CH3H3C

3,5 LutidineO

3,5 di methyl pyridine n-Oxide

C7H9N107.15

123.15

C7H9NO

+ H2O2

34.03

Hydrogen peroxide

+ H2O

18.02

Acetic acid



Stage-2:

N

CH3H3C

O3,5 Dimethyl pyridine n-Oxide

123.15C7H9NO

+

+

HNO3 H2SO4+

Nitric Acid Sulfuric acid

63.01 98.08

N

CH3H3C

O

NO2

(NH4)2SO4 +

3,5 Dimethyl-4-nitro pyridine n-Oxide

168.15

C7H8N2O3

Ammonium Sulphate

132.14

+ 2NH3

34.06

Ammonia

18.02

H2O

Flow Chart:

Stage-1

Stage-2

3,5 Lutidine Hydrogen peroxide (50%)Acetic acid

Acetic acid Recovery

Stage-1Nitric acid (72%)Sulphuric acid Ammonia

Effluent water

3, 5 Dimethyl 4-Nitro pyridine N-Oxide

Material Balance:

Material balance of 3, 5 Dimethyl 4-Nitro pyridine N-Oxide (Omeprazole Nitro Compound Intermediate)

Stage-1 Batch Size: 500.00 Kg

Name of the input Quantity in Kg

Name of the out put Quantity In Kg

3,5 Lutidine 394.00 Stage-1 407.00 Hydrogen peroxide (50%) 300.00 Acetic acid Recovery 285.00 Acetic acid 300.00 Acetic acid loss 6.00



Effluent water -191.26 (Generated water-66.26+ water from Hydrogen peroxide-125) Hydrogen peroxide (50%) -50

241.26

process residue Organic residue-45.74 Distillation residue -9 (Acetic acid)

54.74

Total 994.00 Total 994.00

Material balance of 3, 5 Dimethyl 4-Nitro pyridine N-Oxide (Omeprazole Nitro Compound Intermediate)

Stage-2 Batch Size: 500.00 Kg

Name of the input Quantity in Kg

Name of the out put Quantity In Kg

Stage-1 407.00 3, 5 Dimethyl 4-Nitro pyridine N-Oxide

500.00

Nitric acid (72%) 788.00 By product

(Ammonium sulphate-2088) 2088.00

Sulphuric acid 1550.00

Effluent water (Water-1500, Nitric acid with water -580,Generated water -59.55

2139.55

Ammonia 550.00

process residue Organic residue

67.45

Water 1500.00 Total 4795.00 Total 4795.00

2. 3-CARBAMOYLMETHYL-5-METHYLHEXANOIC ACID

(Pregabalin Intermediate)

Process Description:

Stage-1:

Step-A: Isovaleradehyde undergoes reaction with 2-cyano–acetamide in presence of

piperdine & water to give step-A product (2, 4 –Dicyano-3-isobutyl –pentanedioic acid

diamide)

Step-B: Step-A product undergoes reaction with Sulfuric acid and water in presence of

toluene to give Stage-1 product.

Stage-2:

Step-A: Stage-1 product undergoes reaction with urea in presence of Activated carbon and

Hydrose to give step-A product (4-Isobutyl-Piperdine-2-6 di-one)



Step-B: Step-A product undergoes reaction with Sodium hydroxide and Hydrochloric acid

in presence of EDTA to give 3-Carbamoylmethyl-5-methylhexanoic acid.

Route of Synthesis: Stage-1: Step-A:

Isovaleradehyde

+

NC

H2N OCN

NH2

O

C11H16N4O2

236.27

2,4-Dicyano-3-isobutyl-pentanedioic acid

diamideC5H10O

86.13C3H4N2O

2 X 84.08=168.16

Piperdine & water + H2O

18.02

H3C

CH3

H

O O

NH2

N

2-Cyano-acetamide

Step-B:

NC

H2N OCN

NH2

O

C11H16N4O2

236.27

2,4-Dicyano-3-isobutyl-pentanedioic acid

diamide

HO O

OH

O

+

3-Isobutyl-pentanedioic acid

C9H16O4

188.22

+ 2 (NH4)2SO42 H2SO4

196.16

6H2O

+ 2CO2

88.02

108.09

+ Toluene

2 X132.14=264.28

Stage-2 Step-A

HO O

OH

O

3-Isobutyl-pentanedioic acid

C9H16O4

188.22

NH

OO

4-Isobutyl-piperidine-2,6-dione

+

C9H15NO2

169.22

+

H2O

18.02

Urea

NH2

O

H2N

CH4N2O

60.06

NH3

17.03+ CO2

44.01

+

Activated carbon

Hydrose



Step-B

Flow Chart:

Stage-1

Stage-2

Isovaleraldehyde CyanocetamidePiperdineSulphuric acid Toluene

Toluene Recovery

Stage-1Urea Activated carbon EDTA Hydrose Sodium hydroxide Hydrochloric acid (32%)Water 3-carbamoylmethyl-5-

methylhexanoic acid

Effluent water

Material Balance

Material balance of 3-carbamoylmethyl-5-methylhexanoic acid (Pregabalin Intermediate) Stage-1

Batch Size: 500.00 Kg Name of the input Quantity

in Kg Name of the out put Quantity

In Kg Isovaleraldehyde 354.00 Stage-1 696.00 2-Cyano acetamide 691.14 Toluene recovery 960.00 Piperdine 15.00 Toluene loss 20.00

Sulphuric acid 1750.00

By product (Ammonium sulphate-1080 Spent Sulphuric acid(40%)-2370

3457.00

Toluene 1000.00 Process Emission 361.76

NH

OO

4-Isobutyl-piperidine-2,6-dione

OHO

O

NH2

C9H15NO2

169.22

3-Carbamoylmethyl-5-methyl-hexanoic acid

C9H17NO3

187.24

NaOH+ + HCl

40.00 36.46

NaCl+

58.44

Water

EDTA



Carbon dioxide -361.76 water

1800.00 Process residue Organic impurities -80.38, ,piperdine-15 Distillation residue -20

115.38

Total 5610.14 Total 5610.14

Material balance of 3-carbamoylmethyl-5-methylhexanoic acid (Pregabalin Intermediate) Stage-2

Batch Size: 500.00 Kg Name of the input Quantity

in Kg Name of the out put Quantity

In Kg Stage-1 696.00 3-Carbamoylmethyl-5

methylhexanoic acid 500.00

Urea 222.00

Effluent water (Water-1000, EDTA-1, Hydrose-1, Sodium chloride-216.10, Water from hydrochloric acid -295.18, Generated water-66.60)

1579.88

Activated carbon 10.00 Process emission (Ammonia-62.91, Carbon dioxide-162.72)

225.63

EDTA 1.00 Spent carbon 10.00 Hydrose 1.00 Process residue

(organic residue) 194.49

Sodium hydroxide 150.00 Hydrochloric acid (32%) 430.00 Water 1000.00 Total 2510 Total 2510

2.7 POLLUTION LOAD

Pollution load and generation of waste per day from all the proposed products is given in

below Table 2.4



TABLE 2.4: CONSOLIDATED POLLUTION LOAD OF ALL PRODUCTS

S. No. Product Name

Production capaity

MT/Month

Production capaity Kg/Day

Kg Per Day

Water Input

EFFLUENT WATER Water

in Effluent

Inorganics in Effluent

Organics in

Effluent TDS COD HTDS LTDS Total

Effluent

1 3,5 Dimethyl 4–Nitro pyridine – N-Oxide

5.0 166.67 500.00 776.93 16.67 0.00 16.67 0.00 80.42 713.18 793.60

2

3-Carbamoylmethyl-5-Methyl-hexanoic acid

5.0 166.67 933.33 453.93 72.37 0.33 72.37 0.38 526.63 0.00 526.63

Total 10.0 333.33 1433.33 1230.86 89.03 0.33 89.03 0.38 607.05 713.18 1320.23

S. No. Product Name

Production capaity

MT/Month


Kg Per Day SOLID WASTE EMISSIONS

Organic Inorganic Spent Carbon

Distillation Residue

Process emissions

Fugitive loss

1 3,5 Dimethyl 4–Nitro pyridine – N-Oxide 5.0 166.67 37.73 0.00 0.00 3.00 0.00 2.00

2 3-Carbamoylmethyl-5-Methyl-hexanoic acid 5.0 166.67 96.62 0.00 3.33 6.67 195.80 6.67

Total 10.0 333.33 134.35 0.00 3.33 9.67 195.80 8.67



Pollution loads have been calculated for each product based on chemical reactions, material

balance and subsequent process operations to get the required quantity.

2.8 Description of Process Emissions and its mitigation measures

The Predicted Process emissions are CO2 & NH3 which will liberate from manufacturing

process of proposed products. The process emissions are based on reactants quantity and

chemical reactions between them in relation with desired product output.

To meet the environmental standards, double stage scrubbers as a single unit is proposed.

The process emission NH3 will be scrubbed with chilled water media. During plant

operations samples will be collected to check whether process emissions are within limits.

TABLE 2.5: PROCESS EMISSION DETAILS AND TREATMENT METHOD

S. No. Name of the Gas Quantity in

Kg/ Day Treatment Method

1 Carbon dioxide 175 Dispersed into the atmosphere 2 Ammonia 21 Scrubbed by using chilled water media

TABLE 2.6: PROCESS EMISSION DETAILS - PRODUCT WISE

S. No. Product Name

Production capaity

MT/ Month


Process emissions

Kg/ Day

1 3,5 Dimethyl 4–Nitro pyridine – N-Oxide 5.0 166.67 0.0

2 3-Carbamoylmethyl-5-Methyl-hexanoic acid 5.0 166.67 195.8

Total 10.0 333.33 195.8 2.9 PROPOSED WATER CONSUMPTION DETAILS

Total water consumption for the proposed project is 35.43 KLD will met from MIDC water

supply. Water consumption details are given in Table. 2.7

TABLE 2.7: PROPOSED WATER CONSUMPTION DETAILS

S. No Purpose Water input KLD

1 Process 1.43 2 Washings 3.00 3 Boiler make up 14.00 4 Cooling tower make up 11.00 5 Scrubbing system 1.00 6 Domestic 3.00 7 Gardening 2.00

Total 35.43



Recovered water 9.35 KLD from ZLD system is reused.

Total Fresh water reuirement = 35.43 – 9.35

= 26.08 KLD

The fresh water requirement of 26.08 KLD will be met from MIDC water supply.

TABLE 2.8: PROPOSED WATER CONSUMPTION IN PROCESS – PRODUCT WISE

S. No. Product Name

Production capaity

MT/Month


Water Input

Kg/Day

1 3,5Dimethyl 4–Nitro pyridine – N-Oxide 5.0 166.67 500.00


Total 10.0 333.33 1433.33 2.10 DETAILS OF EXPECTED WASTE WATER GENERATION

TABLE 2.9: EXPECTED EFFLUENT GENERATION DETAILS

S.No Purpose Effluent Details KLD


Total 10.82

TABLE 2.10: EXPECTED HTDS & LTDS EFFLUENT GENERATION DETAILS & TREATMENT METHOD

Unit HTDS KLD

LTDS KLD


Process 0.61 0.71 1.32 ZLD System: HTDS effluents sent to MEE system followed by BTP. LTDS effluents treated in BTP – RO Plant. RO Rejects to MEE System and RO permeate to reuse, Condensate from MEE to reuse and MEE concentrate to ATFD.

Washings 0.00 3.00 3.00




Domestic 0.00 2.50 2.50

Total 1.61 9.21 10.82 .



The generations of process effluent water HTDS & LTDS and its characteristics are based

on reactants quantity and chemical reactions between them in relation with desired product

output.

The Boiler & Cooling towers blow down water will have TDS & COD less than 5000 mg/l

and scrubbing solution will have TDS more than 5000 mg/L. Floor washings and equipment

washings will have TDS less than 5000 mg/L.

TABLE 2.11 EXPECTED WASTEWATER GENERATION - PRODUCT WISE

S. No. Product Name

Production capaity

MT/ Month

Production capaity Kg/ Day

Total Effluent Kg/ Day

1 3,5Dimethyl 4–Nitro pyridine – N-Oxide 5.0 166.67 793.60


Total 10.0 333.33 1320.23

2.11 WASTE WATER CHARACTERISTICS

TABLE 2.12: ESTIMATED WASTEWATER CHARACTERISTICS

*We are going to achieve zero discharge system.

The effluent water characteristics before treatment are based on calculations. The effluent

water after passing through Stripper, MEE, Biological treatment plant & RO plant the

expected results after treatment are given in the above Table 2.12.

2.12 HAZARDOUS & SOLID WASTE GENERATION DETAILS

The Hazardous & Solid waste generated and disposal methods from proposed project are

given below.

TABLE 2.13: EXPECTED HAZARDOUS & SOLID WASTE GENERATION DETAILS AND DISPOSAL METHOD

S. No Parameters Unit Results

Before treatment

After treatment*

1. pH -- 8.0-9.0 6.5-8.5 2. HTDS mg/L 1,46,660 <500 3. LTDS mg/L <5000 <500 4. COD mg/L 290 <250 5. Oil & Grease mg/L 15-25 <10.0



S. No Name of the Waste Quantity in Kg/Day Disposal Method



2 Spent Carbon 3.0 3 Solvent Distillation Residue 10 4 Organic distillate from Stripper 30 5 ETP Sludge 50

Will be sent to TSDF 6 MEE Salts 197




Solid Waste details


The expected quantities which are given in the above table based on calculations of each

product material balance. The ash from boiler is based on ash percentage in the coal. The

used oils and used lead acid batteries quantities are based on usage of respective

equipment. The container liners & containers are based on various packing of raw

materials.

TABLE 2.14: SOLID WASTE GENERATION – PRODUCT WISE

S. No. Product Name

Production capaity Kg/ Day

Organic Kg/ Day

Inorganic Kg/ Day

Total Soild waste

Kg/ Day 1 3,5Dimethyl 4–Nitro

pyridine – N-Oxide 166.67 37.73 0.00 37.73

2 3-Carbamoylmethyl-5-Methyl-hexanoic acid 166.67 96.62 0.00 96.62

Total 333.33 134.35 0.00 134.35 2.13 POWER (ENERGY) REQUIREMENT

Power requirement of proposed project will be made available through Maharashtra State

Electricity Distribution Company Limited [MSEDCL]. The power requirement of project will

be 200 KVA.

D.G. set of 125 KVA is proposed to install, to meet the emergency power requirement of the

plant.



2.14 UTILITIES

TABLE 2.15: DETAILS OF UTILITIES

2.15 PROPOSED BOILER & DG SET

For generation of steam, the industry proposed to install 2.0 TPH Coal fired boiler. The fuel

requirement is 8.0 MT/Day will be met from local authorized sources.

The unit has proposed to install 1 No. x 125 KVA DG set, for usage during the power

failures.

TABLE 2.16: STACK EMISSION DETAILS FOR PROPOSED BOILER

Particulars Units 2.0 TPH Coal Fired Boiler Type of Fuel -- Indian Coal with CV of 4000

kcal/kg to 5000 kcal/kg Coal Consumption TPD 8.0 Ash Content % 35 Sulphur Content % 0.4 No. of Stacks No 1 Height of the stack m 20 Diameter of the stack m 0.3 Temperature of Flue Gas oC 125 Velocity of Flue Gas m/sec 15 Emission Rate Details Particulate Matter gm/sec 0.13 Sulphur dioxide gm/sec 0.59 Oxides of Nitrogen gm/sec 1.22 Control Equipment Details Pollution control equipment -- Cyclone separator followed by


TABLE 2.17: STACK EMISSION DETAILS OF PROPOSED DG SET

Capacity in KVA



Emission of NOx

in mg/Nm3

Stack dia. in m

Flue Gas Temp. in OC

Stack Height in m


125 KVA 50 70 85 0.2 190 8.0 14

S. No Description Proposed Capacities 1 Coal fired boiler 2.0 TPH 2 D.G. Set 1 No. x 125 KVA 3 Cooling Tower 1 No. x 150 TR

4 Electricity supply from MSEDCL 200 KVA

Fuel Consumption Details 5 Coal requirement 8.0 TPD 6 Diesel 60 Liters/ Day



2.16 DETAILS OF PROPOSED SOLVENTS INPUT, RECOVERY & LOSS

A liquid substance capable of dissolving other substances; "the solvent does not change its

state in forming a solution". Product wise solvent details are given below in Table 2.18.

TABLE 2.18: DETAILS OF PROPOSED SOLVENT INPUT, RECOVERY & LOSS [PRODUCT WISE]

S. No Product Name

Production capacity

MT/Month

Production capacity Kg/Day

Solvent Name

Quantity in Kg /Day

Solvent Recovery

Solvent Loss

Solvent in

waste water

Solvent in

Residue

1

3,5Dimethyl 4–Nitro pyridine – N-Oxide

5.0 166.67 Acetic acid 95.00 2.00 0.00 3.00

Total 95.00 2.00 0.00 3.00

2

3-Carbamoylmethyl-5-Methyl-hexanoic acid

5.0 166.67 Toluene 320.00 6.67 0.00 6.67

Total 320.00 6.67 0.00 6.67

Grand Total 10.0 333.34 415.00 8.67 0.00 9.67

2.17 LIST OF RAW MATERIALS - PRODUCT WISE

1. 3,5DIMETHYL–NITRO PYRIDINE – N-OXIDE LIST OF RAW MATERIALS

S. No.

Raw Material Consumption Kgs/ Batch

Consumption Kgs/ Day

1 3,5 Lutidine 394.00 131.33 2 Hydrogen peroxide (50%) 300.00 100.00 3 Acetic acid 300.00 100.00 4 Nitric acid (72%) 788.00 262.67 5 Sulphuric acid 1550.00 516.67 6 Ammonia 550.00 183.33

2. 3-Carbamoylmethyl-5-Methyl-hexanoic acid

LIST OF RAW MATERIALS S. No. Raw Material Consumption

Kgs/ Batch Consumption

Kgs/ Day 1 Isovaleraldehyde 354.00 118.00 2 Cyanocetamide 691.15 230.38 3 Piperdine 15.00 5.00 4 Sulphuric acid 1750.00 583.33 5 Toluene 1000.00 333.33 6 Urea 222.00 74.00 7 Activated carbon 10.00 3.33 8 EDTA 1.00 0.33 9 Hydrose 1.00 0.33

10 Sodium hydroxide 150.00 50.00 11 Hydrochloric acid (32%) 430.00 143.33



2.18 ENVIRONMENTAL ASPECTS, IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES OF

PROPOSED INDUSTRY

1. Aspect: Process gases such as NH3 & CO2 Emissions, DG Set emissions & Boiler

emissions into atmosphere.

Impact: Air pollution.

Mitigation measures: During production, the released gases from reactor vents will be

passed through double stage scrubber to scrub the gases with miscible liquid. The

scrubber will have polypropylene rings as packing media to increase the contact surface

area between gases and use proper scrubbing solution to increase the absorption of

gas. Scrubbing solution will pass through the scrubber counter currently.

NH3 gas will be scrubbed with chilled water to convert into ammonium solution.

DG set emissions will be monitored regularly to maintain the emission limits within the

CPCB limits. As per norms the stack height will be provided around 8.0 mts to have

proper emission dispersion. In case, the limits are crossing the combustion engine will

be taken for service.

Boiler flue gases emissions will be monitored regularly to maintain the flue gases

emission limit as per CPCB Standard. The stack height of 20 m will be provided to have

proper dispersion of flue gases.

2. Aspect: Organic & inorganic impurities from process & inorganic impurities, High TDS

water & High COD water from utilities, floor washings entering into water stream.

Impact: water pollution (contamination of natural resources)

Mitigation measures: The generated High & Low TDS water will be collected in

separate streams at generation point and collected in to respective dedicated tanks. The

high TDS water sent through the MEE System to remove COD and TDS and later

passed with Low TDS water through the Biological treatment plant to remove BOD and

finally through the RO plant to get reusable water quality. This water will be used for

Cooling tower and floor washings etc. This will minimize the fresh water requirement to

26.08 KLD.

3. Aspect: Noise from DG Set, Boiler & Electric motors more than 75 dB.

Impact: Noise pollution.



Mitigation measure: DG set will have acoustic enclosure and drives will have proper

maintenance to minimize vibrations and internal parts will be servicing to minimize the

sound pollution.

4. Aspect: Spillages of chemicals during loading /unloading, Solvents spillages at storage

tanks, spillage of Oils from DG Set & Air compressor/ Refrigeration compressor on to

the ground.

Impact: Soil pollution.

Mitigation measure: To avoid any spillage of chemicals the working area of loading &

unloading area is barricaded and the floor will be made with acid proof tiling with a slope

towards a small pit so as to collect the spilled chemicals in the dedicated pit. This results

in avoiding the spillage of chemicals on to the ground.

Effluent water will be transferred through the dedicated pipe lines from plant to BTP

plant. This will eliminate soil contamination with effluent water.

Each solvent storage tank area will have dyke wall and the floor will have cement

concrete with slope towards a pit. Hence, spillage of solvent will be avoided on the

ground.

The DG set /Air compressor/ refrigeration compressor area will be placed in Utilities

building with cement concrete floor. The filling and draining of Oils from respective

equipment will be done by trained technical person to avoid any spillage of oil on to the

floor/ ground.

5. Aspect: Improper Storage of hazardous waste (organic waste, inorganic waste, spent

carbon) results in leakage/ Spillage on to the ground.

Impact: Soil pollution

Mitigation measure: The hazardous waste in containers will be stored in dedicated

area as per its category with proper flooring having slope towards a pit to collect any

spilled material. The entire area will be barricaded with a dyke wall and only authorized

personnel will be allowed to do operations in storage area. This avoids soil pollution.

6. Aspect: Establishment of industry may release gases emissions, effluent water leakage

to surrounding areas.

Impact: 1. Flora & Fauna, Water Bodies, Agriculture & Human habitation.



2. The positive impact is generation of employment to skilled & unskilled people

of nearby villages and economic development.

Mitigation measure: The gaseous emissions will be released into the atmosphere after

pollution control measures taken. The industry will have dedicated effluent treatment

(MEE, Biological treatment plant, RO system) to achieve Zero Liquid Discharge system.

This will eliminate effluent leakage to surrounding area of the plant.

7. Aspect: Improper Storage of Flammable chemicals Toluene causing leakage of

flammable chemical.

Impact: Presence of ignition source catches fire, risk to plant personnel due to thermal

radiation, release of CO, CO2 and toxic gases in to the atmosphere and global warming.

Mitigation measure: Each solvent storage tank will have dyke to contain entire

contents. This will avoid leakage of solvent to the outside of dyke wall. The tanks will be

monitored regularly for any corrosion at valve joints, valve gland leakages. The storage

tanks will have fire alarm system. In case if it catches fire, it will be extinguished with

DCP, fire extinguishers and fire hydrant water. This will minimize the thermal radiation

and release of CO, CO2 and toxic gases to the atmosphere. The solvent/ chemical

storage tanks provided with vent condensers by circulated chilled water will minimize the

loss of chemical/ solvent in the storage tank.

The industry will conserve rain water by adopting rain water harvesting system in the plant

to the tune of 457 m3/ annum.

2.19 ASSESSMENT OF NEW & UNTESTED TECHNOLOGY FOR RISK OF

TECHNOLOGICAL FAILURE

No new or untested technology will be used in the proposed project but the manufacturing

process may be altered for better yields after successful lab tests and R&D.


DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

CHAPTER -III


CHAPTER-III

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

3.0 INTRODUCTION

Baseline data generation is a part of the Environmental Impact Assessment study, which

helps to evaluate the predicted impacts on the various environmental attributes in the study

area by using scientifically developed and widely accepted environmental impact

assessment methodologies. This further helps in preparing an Environment Management

Plan (EMP) outlining the measures for improving the environmental quality and scope for

future improvements for environmentally sustainable development. The baseline

environmental study also helps to identify the critical environmental attributes, which are

required to be monitored after implementation of the project.

This chapter illustrates the description of the existing environmental status of the study

area with reference to the prominent environmental attributes. The existing environmental

setting is considered to adjudge the baseline conditions which are described with respect

to climate, hydro-geological aspects, atmospheric conditions, water quality, soil quality,

vegetation pattern, ecology, socio-economic profile, landuse, places of archaeological

importance etc.

3.1 STUDY AREA

Urmila Chemopharma Pvt. Ltd. proposed to Bulk drug Intermediates manufacturing unit

is located at Plot No.: F-24, MIDC, Chincholi Industrial Area, Chincholi Village, Mohal

Taluk, Solapur District, Maharashtra state

3.1.2 Study Period

The baseline data was collected for the study area during the period of March to May,

2019.

3.1.3 Location and Accessibility

The existing and proposed industry is located at MIDC, Chincholi Industrial Area Northwest

of Solapur at the intersection of N 17° 46' 36.51" - E 75° 48' 09.69” (Map Datum: WGS-84,

Precision: ±3 m) at an altitude of + 470 m above MSL and the location is depicted on Key

cum Location Plan and Google Map are given in Chapter –II (Page No. 10 & 11). The

project site falls on SOI Toposheet No.’s 47 O/13.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 32


The existing industry has excellent accessibility from Mumbai the State capital and Solapur

the District Headquarters. The project area is accessible by road from Mumbai by travelling

385 Kms southeast on NH-65 to reach Pakani and take a detour to north east (Left turn)

and from Solapur travel 18 Kms on NH-65 and take a detour to NE (Right Turn) near

Pakani to reach the project location. Nearest Railway Station is Pakani Railway Station is

6.0 Kms SW of Project Site. Solapur Airport is 21.7 Kms SE of project site. Solapur has all

the infrastructural facilities like High School, College, Health Center, Post & Telegraph and

Banking Facilities.

3.2 Geological & Hydrogeological Environment

Scope and Methodology

In any given environment the occurrence and movement of ground water and its quality

and quantity is chiefly controlled and governed by many factors such as geographical set-

up, climate and rainfall conditions, hydrological features, topography, soil characteristics,

the nature and thickness of underlying rock formations and other related aspects that

prevail in an area. Therefore the study envisages indentifying the existing ground water

conditions comprising both quality and potential within the project site and its

neighborhood, relating the projected utilization for the production, identifying the likely

impacts on surface and ground water resources and indicating mitigation measures. In

order to accomplish the proposed objective of the study, the scope and methodology

adopted is as follows:

Collection of the relevant data contained in the EIA and EMP Reports, from the

reports and maps of Central Ground Water Board (CGWB), Geological Survey of

India (GSI) and Indian Meterological Department (IMD) other Institutions and

Departments.

Identify Inter- related and Inter – dependent key factors that play vital role in the

occurrence of ground water its quality and potential.

Identify surface water resources in the project site and its catchment area.

Assess the ground water resource potential in the catchment area of the project

site.

Bring out various events and processes that comprise the project activity.

Identify the site specific environmental issues and mitigation measures and

Compile a consolidated, comprehensive and meaningful report of the Project site

and its catchment area.



Initially the data and scientific information available in the EIA and EMP reports and reports

of Central Ground Water Board have been collected. Subsequently field investigation was

carried out to study surface rock outcrops, geological cross sections in the road cuttings

and open wells. Inventory of wells representing the Project area and Study area was

carried out and Hydrogeological data of about 12 wells was collected. Water levels were

recorded in the bore wells in the Project area and Study area.

The inventoried well data showed that the depth to water level ranging between 15-40 m

below ground level.

Information already available and the data collected during the survey is collated and

analyzed to comprehend the overall ground water situation in the area. An attempt is made

to predict the likely changes that could occur on account of withdrawal of groundwater by

the proposed bulk drug industry and certain mitigation measures have been indicated to

avoid adverse effect on the ground water environment.

3.2.1 TOPOGRAPHY & DRAINAGE

The site is a part of Plateau weathered sloping South at an altitude of + 470 m MSL. The

project area and Study area has good network of streams and tanks. All the streams are

ephemeral in nature and carry water during monsoon period. Most of the tanks were

observed to be dry and few tanks have little water that caters to needs of drinking water to

animals. Drainage pattern observed is sub- parallel and to some extent Dendritic near the

vicinity of major rivers. Nannaj Odha and Sina River are the major rivers draining the

Project area and Study area. The Project area and Study area is falling in Sina catchment

area.

3.2.2 Geomorphology and Soil Type

The district is comprised of Bhima sub-basin and has undulating topography. The elevation

in the district is ranges from 400 to 600m Above Mean Sea Level. The district is typically

characterized by the morphology of Deccan basaltic flows. The major rivers flowing in the

district are the Bhima, The Sina, The Man and The Bhargavati Rivers. The Sina and The

Man River’s are the tributaries of the Bhima and the Bhogawati River is tributary of Sina.

Dendritic drainage has been observed only in the vicinity of major Rivers where alluvial

deposits or thick soil cover is present. However all the streams and Rivers which flow in

the district are effluent in nature.



The soil prevailing in Solapur district is mainly derived from Deccan basalts. The soil of the

district is underlain by partially decomposed basaltic rock locally known as “Murum” which

overlies parent rock. Due to more of less complete absence of leaching, the soils are base-

saturated. The lime reserve in the soil is fairly high (3.5 to 10%). The soils exhibit varying

degrees of erosion and truncated profile is a common occurrence. The soils can be broadly

classified in the four main categories on the basis of depth and structure.

Vary shallow with depth less than 7.5 cm.

Shallow soils between 7.5 to 22.5 cm depths.

Medium deep soils between 22.5 and 90 cm depths.

Deep soils with depth more than 90 cm.

3.2.3 Regional Geology

The area exposes ten Basaltic Lava Flows of Diveghat Formation belonging to Sahyadri

Group of Deccan Traps (Upper Cretaceous to Lower Eocene). These lava flows on

account of differential weathering give rise to undulating relief. Alluvium is confined to

major Rivers. There are no evidences of any structural disturbances like folding and

faulting. However, Few joints were observed in the Study area area.

Stratigraphy of the Area:

Alluvium - Quaternary

Basalt Flows (Diveghat Formation) Sahyadri Group Upper Cretaceous to Eocene

(Ten Flows) (Deccan Traps)

Local Geology: The area is occupied by single litho unit Basalt of Deccan Traps.

3.2.4 Hydrogeology

The entire Solapur District is occupied by lava flows of Deccan Basalt formation, Which

constitute the main rock formation of the district. The important Water bearing formations

are Deccan Trap basalt and Alluvium.

Groundwater in Deccan Traps mostly occurs in the weathered and fractured parts down to

10-15 m depth bgl. At places potential zones are encountered at deeper levels in the form

of fractures and inter flow zones which are generally confined down to 60-80 mts in the

district. The weathered portions of both vesicular and massive units have better porosity

and permeability. Intensity of weathering is less in hilly regions of the district while it is



higher in plain areas. The yield of dug wells tapping phreatic aquifer ranges between 18-

150 Cum/day, which have 1-12 mts depth range. The above wells are generally drilled

down to 40-60 mts tapping weathered and fractured vesicular zones, these wells have a

discharge of 120 -150 lpm. It is noticed and reported that the yields of wells drastically get

reduced in summer months beginning from March up to June end.

The width of the streams is narrow and follows the weak planes within the hard rock

formations. A geomorphology, geology and structural map of the area around the proposed

plant is shown in Figure 3.1.

LIST OF WELLS INVENTORIED S.

No. Location Type of Well Geo-Coordinates DTWL/TD

(mts)

1 Near to Project Site BW N 17° 46' 39.37" E 75° 48' 10.45” Dry/90

2 Chincholi BW N 17° 45' 35.64" E 75° 48' 01.94” 35/114

3 Darphal Bibi BW N 17° 47' 36.98" E 75° 47' 24.46” 26/110

4 Akola BW N 17° 47' 48.98" E 75° 49' 53.93” 20/65

5 Kondi BW N 17° 44' 28.31" E 75° 49' 41.97” 22/80

6 Gulvanchi BW N 17° 44' 55.30" E 75° 52' 03.07” 20/55

7 Karamba BW N 17° 46' 02.8" E 75° 51' 47.82” 45/140

8 Sawaleshwar BW N 17° 45' 11.00" E 75° 45' 35.43” 16/90

9 SW of Darphal Bibi BW N 17° 46' 38.11" E 75° 46' 12.77” 32/130

10 Arjunsondi BW N 17° 45' 10.73" E 75° 43' 38.05” 26/120

11 Ran Masle BW N 17° 50' 45.35" E 75° 47' 31.88” Dry/120

12 Savantvadi BW N 17° 49' 13.78" E 75° 48' 39.39” 28/110



FIGURE 3.1: SHOWING GEOMORPHOLOGY, GEOLOGY & STRUCTURAL MAP OF THE STUDY AREA



3.2.5 Groundwater Conditions

Groundwater occurs under water table conditions in shallow aquifer and semi- confined to

confined conditions in fractured zones (Deeper Aquifers). The fractured jointed vesicular

basalt and massive basalt when overlain by red bole bed of considerable thickness

develops semi confined to confined conditions. Hence, the red bole bed acts as a confining

layer. The red bole bed being clayey in nature also acts as a good barrier for the

downward movement of water. The weathered and jointed zone of massive basalt unit and

vesicular basalt unit constitute the unconfined aquifer, which are generally tapped by dug

wells. The semi confined to confined aquifers is tapped by dug cum bore well and bore

wells. Twelve bore wells were inventoried in the Project area and Study area area to

assess the groundwater conditions. The depth to water levels was found to be 15- 36 m

during pre monsoon while in summer it is reported between 20-40 m with yield ranges of

50 – 150 lpm. The quality of water is found to be potable.

The proposed area is categorized as safe by the Central Groundwater Board and scope for

development & stage of groundwater is 60%. MIDC Supplies water to the industry. The

Management already adopted roof top harvesting of monsoon by constructing artificial

recharge pit. The industry enclosure has vast open space which itself acts as natural

recharge pit. However, the artificial recharge structures which might be taken up by the

Management in consultation with local government authorities.

3.2.6 Drainage Pattern of Study Area

Dendritic drainage indicates homogenous rocks, the trellis, rectangular and parallel

drainage patterns indicate structural and lithological controls. The coarse drainage texture

indicates highly porous and permeable rock formations; whereas fine drainage texture is

more common in less pervious formations. Weathering profile controls of ground water and

above all discharge of surface water along the major streams and rivers. Fractured pattern

and other structural features control drainage pattern in hard rocks. Slope / gradient of

area coupled with drainage density decide the weathering profile. These two factors

synthesized with rainfall (of a given area) provide information on the ground water potential

(weathering profile, structural factors) and discharge of surface water along streams.

Weathering profile increases groundwater potential, slope/gradient together with runoff

controls the thickness of weathered zone. Major faults, lineaments sometimes connects

two are more watersheds (Drainage Basins) and act as conduits (Interconnecting channel



ways). Flow of groundwater along these week zones is an established fact. A proper

understanding of the major faults, their influence of groundwater flow has to be understood

from drainage system and its controls. The study of the drainage for the present purpose is

to understand that, to what extent the ground water would be affected by the water

pollutants. Survey of India Topomaps, satellite data of summer season are the main input

data for preparation of drainage map. The drainage map is prepared using Toposheets of

Survey of India on 1:50,000 scale and updated using latest satellite data wherever

deviations and new developments are observed.

Step I: All the rivers its tributaries and drainage network shown on the Toposheets are

captured. The boundaries of all rivers/water bodies with names appearing are captured

from Toposheets. The drainage is drawn from whole to part, i.e., from the rivers to

tributaries to first drains to second order drains to third order drains.

Step II: Based on the post monsoon satellite image extent of water spread and dry parts

are updated. The water bodies which did not exist at the time of survey of Toposheets, if

any are also captured based on satellite imagery. The study area forms part of Mahanadi

river basin the southern of the area from western part, towards East. All these rivers and

rivulets get dry for major part of the year and carry heavy floods during rainy season. The

drainage map of study area has showing in Figure 3.1.

TABLE 3.1: SHOWING DRAINAGE DENSITY BASED CRITERIA BY SMITH AND STRAHLER

Drainage Density Texture Runoff Infiltration Relief Stratum

< 5.0 Coarse (High) High Low High High Impermeable 5.0 - 13.7 Medium Medium Medium Medium Medium Permeable

13.7 - 155.3 Ultra fine (Low) Low High Low Good Permeable

TABLE 3.2: SHOWING DRAINAGE DENSITY BASED CRITERIA PROPOSED BY LONG BEIN

Drainage Density Areas Runoff 0.55 - 2.09 Steep Impervious Areas High

1.03 Humid Regions High

TABLE 3.3: SHOWING DRAINAGE DENSITY BASED CRITERIA PROPOSED BY HORTON

Drainage Density Stratum Runoff 0.9 - 1.29 Steep Impervious Areas High

< 0.9 Permeable High Infiltration Areas Low 3.2.7 Drainage Map



This Draingae map consists of all water bodies, rivers, tributaries, perennial & ephemeral

streams, reservoirs, tanks, ponds and the entire drainage network from first order

originating in the area to the last order joining the rivers, tributaries and tanks based on

topography. Understanding the importance of drainage depends on the purpose and the

objective of the project. For the present study purpose the following factors have to be

understood and extracted from the study of the drainage pattern. Drainage network helps

in delineation of watersheds. Drainage density and type of drainage gives information

related to runoff, infiltration relief and permeability.



FIGURE 3.2: SHOWING DRAINAGE MAP OF THE STUDY AREA



3.3 Micrometeorology and Climate

Meteorological Data from Nearest IMD Station:

Meteorological Data from the nearest Indian Meteorological Department (IMD)

station located to project site is Solapur. The Climatological data for Solapur (17°

40’N and 75° 54’E), published by the IMD, based on daily observations at 08:30 and

17:30 hour IST for a 30 year period, is presented in the following sections on the

meteorological conditions of the region.

As per the Climatological data the observations drawn for the study area during

study period (March to May) are given below:

• Daily maximum temperature is 40.2°C and daily minimum temperature of

21.7°C were recorded in the months of March, April & May respectively.

• Maximum and minimum relative humidity of 64% and 23% were recorded in

the months of March, April & May respectively.

• Maximum and minimum Mean wind speed is 5.8 kmph (161 m/s) and 4.0

kmph (1.11 m/s) were recorded in the months of March, April & May

respectively.

• Annual average highest temperature is 43.8°C and the Annual average lowest

temperature is 11.0°C.

• Average Annual rainfall recorded is 742.5 mm.

Climatological Summary

The monthly variations of the relevant meteorological parameters are given in Table

3.5.

TABLE 3.4: CLIMATOLOGICAL SUMMARY – SOLAPUR REGION (1981-2010)

Month Temp (oC) Rainfall

(mm)

Relative Humidity

(%)

Station Level

Pressure (hPa)

Mean Wind Speed

(KMPH)

Predominant Wind Directions

Daily Max.

Daily Min. Total No. of

days 08:30 17:30 08:30 17:30 08:30 17:30

Jan 31.3 16.3 6.0 0.4 65 31 961.3 957.4 4.0 E & SE SE & E

Feb 34.2 18.1 2.3 0.3 53 26 960 955.8 4.0 SE, E & N SE, W, NW & N

Mar 37.7 21.7 7.9 0.7 47 23 958.4 953.7 4.0 N & SE W & NW

Apr 40.1 24.6 14.8 1.4 51 23 956.5 951.3 4.6 N, NW & W

W, NW & N

May 40.2 25.1 33.4 2.7 64 27 954.5 949.5 5.8 W & NW W & NW June 34.9 23.4 120.4 7.2 77 49 952.3 948.5 6.2 W & SW W & SW July 31.9 22.5 121 8.0 81 58 952.2 949.1 6.1 W & SW W & SW Aug 31.2 22.0 134 8.7 81 58 953.3 949.9 5.4 W & SW W & SW



Month Temp (oC) Rainfall

(mm)

Relative Humidity

(%)

Station Level

Pressure (hPa)

Mean Wind Speed

(KMPH)

Predominant Wind Directions

Daily Max.

Daily Min. Total No. of

days 08:30 17:30 08:30 17:30 08:30 17:30

Sept 31.9 21.9 177 9.0 81 53 955.5 915.5 4.4 W, NW & SW

W, NW & SW

Oct 32.7 20.7 96.2 5.1 72 42 958.1 954.2 4.0 NE & E NE, E & N

Nov 31.8 18.1 22.4 1.4 65 36 960.4 956.6 4.2 E, NE & SE E & NE

Dec 30.8 15.8 7.0 0.5 66 34 961.8 957.9 3.8 E, SE & NE

FIGURE 3.3: WIND ROSE FOR NEAREST IMD STATION - SOLAPUR

(PERIOD: Summer Season)

WIND ROSE (IMD – SOLAPUR) 8.30 Hrs WIND ROSE (IMD – SOLAPUR) 17.30 Hrs

Meteorological Data for Project Site:

The meteorological data recorded during the study period is very useful for proper

interpretation of the baseline information as well as for input to prediction models for

air quality dispersion. Historical data on meteorological parameters will also play an

important role in identifying general meteorological regime of the region.

Automatic weather station was installed in the project site at about 10 m above the

ground level. On-site monitoring was undertaken for various meteorological variables

in order to record the site-specific data. Data was recorded every hour continuously

from March to May, 2019.



The critical weather elements that influence air pollution are wind speed, wind

direction, temperature, which together determines atmosphere stability. The details

of the temperature, relative humidity and rainfall observed during study period

(March to May, 2019) are given below.

A. Temperature:

During the study period the minimum and maximum temperatures were recorded as

24 °C and 45 °C respectively.

B. Relative Humidity:

During study period at project site, the relative humidity was recorded as 55 %

C. Rainfall

Rainfall during the Study Period at the Project Site is 26.1 mm. Normal annual

rainfall is 742.5 mm. (Source: IMD Climatatological Normals, Solapur 1981 - 2010)

D. Wind pattern

Dispersion of different air pollutants released into the atmosphere has significant

impacts on neighborhood air environment. The dispersion/dilution of the released

pollutant over a large area will result in considerable reduction of the concentration of

a pollutant. The dispersion in turn depends on the weather conditions like the wind

speed, wind direction, temperature, relative humidity, mixing height, cloud cover and

also the rainfall in the area.

Wind speed and direction data recorded during the study period is useful in

identifying the influence of meteorology on the air quality of the area. Wind roses on

sixteen sector basis have been drawn. Wind directions and wind speed frequency

observed during study period is given in Table 3.5 and wind rose are given in Figure

3.2.

The following observations can be made from the collected data:

• Calm period is observed to be 16.7 % during the time of monitoring.

• The predominant wind direction is W & NW.

• Other than predominant wind directions wind was blowing in SE direction.

• Average wind speed is 2.73 m/sec.



• Mostly the wind speeds are observed in the wind rose are in the range of 8.80

– 11.10 m/sec, 5.70 – 8.80 m/sec, 3.6 – 5.7 m/sec, 2.10 – 3.6 m/sec and 0.5 –

2.1 m/sec with frequency of distribution percentages of 2.9, 11, 16.4, 15.4 &

37.6 respectively.



TABLE 3.5: FREQUENCY DISTRIBUTION WIND DIRECTIONS AND WIND SPEED

S. No Wind Directions Wind Classes (m/sec) 0.5 - 2.1 2.1 - 3.6 3.6 - 5.7 5.7 - 8.8 8.8 - 11.1 >= 11.1 Total (%)

1 N 348.75 - 11.25 2.8 1.3 1.6 1.0 0.1 0.0 6.8 2 NNE 11.25 - 33.75 2.3 0.3 0.8 0.7 0.0 0.0 4.1 3 NE 33.75 - 56.25 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 4 ENE 56.25 - 78.75 1.8 0.6 0.9 0.8 0.2 0.0 4.3 5 E 78.75 - 101.25 3.9 1.8 1.3 0.5 0.0 0.0 7.5 6 ESE 101.25 - 123.75 0.9 0.4 0.2 0.2 0.0 0.0 1.7 7 SE 123.75 - 146.25 4.5 1.3 1.9 1.4 0.5 0.0 9.6 8 SSE 146.25 - 168.75 0.5 0.3 0.5 0.5 0.0 0.0 1.9 9 S 168.75 - 191.25 1.3 1.6 1.0 0.2 0.0 0.0 4.1 10 SSW 191.25 - 213.75 1.0 0.1 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.2 11 SW 213.75 - 236.25 0.8 0.5 0.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.8 12 WSW 236.25 - 258.75 1.8 0.7 0.5 0.2 0.1 0.0 3.4 13 W 258.75 - 281.25 8.9 2.7 3.1 2.2 0.8 0.0 17.6 14 WNW 281.25 - 303.75 1.6 0.7 1.3 1.7 1.0 0.0 6.2 15 NW 303.75 - 326.25 5.5 3.1 2.7 1.6 0.2 0.0 13.1 16 NNW 326.25 - 348.75 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

Sub-Total 37.6 15.4 16.4 11.0 2.9 0.0 83.3 Calms 16.7 Missing/ Incomplete 0 Total 100



FIGURE 3.4: WIND ROSE FOR PROJECT SITE

PERIOD: March to May, 2019 (Summer Season)

Source: WRPLOT VIEW - Lakes Environmental Software

TABLE 3.6: COMPARISON OF PRIMARY DATA (PROJECT SITE) WITH SECONDARY DATA (IMD DATA)

Month Parameter Primary Data Secondary Data March

Predominant wind direction

W, NW & SE N, NW & W April W, NW &SE N, NW & W May NW, W & N W, NW & N



3.4 AIR ENVIRONMENT

The ambient air quality with respect to the study area of 10 km radius around the

plant site forms the baseline information. The various sources of air pollution in the

region are industrial, traffic and rural activities. This will also be useful for assessing

the conformity to standards of the ambient air quality during the plant operation. The

study area represents mostly rural environment.

The baseline status of the ambient air quality has been assessed through a

scientifically designed ambient air quality monitoring network. The design of

monitoring network in the air quality surveillance programme has been based on the

following considerations:

Meteorological conditions on synoptic scale.

Topography of the study area.

Representation of plant site.

Influence of the existing sources (if any) are to be kept at minimum.

Inclusion of major distinct villages to collect the baseline status.

Representation of down wind direction.

Representation of upwind direction.

Representation of cross sectional distribution in the down wind direction.

The ambient air quality monitoring was carried out in accordance with National

Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) of CPCB. Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

(AAQM) was carried out at eight locations for 2 days per week for 12 weeks during

study period and the locations are shown in Figure 3.5. The locations of the different

stations with respect to its distance and direction from project site are shown in

Table 3.7.

TABLE 3.7: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY SAMPLING LOCATIONS

Code Name of Sampling Location Distance (km) w.r.t Project

Direction w.r.t Project

A1 Project Site - - A2 Chincholi 1.8 South A3 Darphal Bibi 2.5 NNW

A4 Akolekati 3.9 NE A5 Kondi 4.2 SSE A6 Gulvanchi 7.4 ESE A7 Karamba 6.9 East

A8 Sawaleshwar 5.2 WSW



The monitoring was carried out for a three month period (March to May, 2019) at a

frequency of twice a week at each station adopting a continuous 24- hour schedule.

The following parameters were monitored in the study area :

• Particulate Matter (PM10) • Particulate Matter (PM2.5) • Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) • Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) • Carbon Monoxide (CO) • Ammonia (NH3) • Volitail Organic Compounds (VOC)



FIGURE 3.5: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY SAMPLING LOCATIONS MAP



3.4.1. National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS)

National Ambient Air Quality Standards, 2009 for the notified Industrial, Residential,

Rural and Other Areas as well as Sensitive Areas are presented in table below. The

state has not promulgated separate Ambient Air Quality Standards.

TABLE 3.8: NATIONAL AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARDS

S. No Pollutant

Time Weighted Average

Concentration in Ambient Air

Methods of measurement

Industrial Area

Residential, Rural &

other Areas

Ecologically sensitive area

(Notified by Central Govt)

1 Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) µg/m3

Annual * 50 20 -Improved West and Gaeke method -Ultraviolet fluorescence

24 hours** 80 80

2 Oxides of Nitrogen as NO2 µg/m3

Annual * 40 30 -Modified Jocob and Hochheise(NaArsenite ) -Chemiluminescence

24 hours** 80 80

3 Particulate matter (size Less than 10µm) µg/m3

Annual * 60 60 -Gravimetric -TOEM -Beta attenuation

24 hours** 100 100

4 Particulate matter (size less than 2.5 µm) µg/m3

Annual * 40 40 -Gravimetric -TOEM -Beta attenuation

24 hours** 60 60

5 Ozone µg/m3 8 hours** 100 100 - UV Photometric

-Chemiluminescence -Chemical method 1 hour** 180 180

6 Lead (Pb) µg/m3

Annual * 0.50 0.50 -AAS/ICP method for sampling on EPM 2000 or Equivalent Filter paper -ED -XRF using Teflon filter paper

24 hours** 1.0 1.0

7 Carbon Monooxide mg/m3

8 hours** 02 02 -Non Dispersive Infra Red (NDIR) spectroscopy 1 hour ** 04 04

8 Ammonia (NH3) µg/m3

Annual * 100 100 -Chemiluminescence -Indo-Phenol Blue method

24 hours** 400 400

9 Benzene µg/m3 Annual * 05 05

-GC based continuous analyzer - Adsorption & desorption followed by GC analysis

10 Benzo(a) pyrene (BaP)- Particulate Phase only ng/m3

Annual * 01 01 -Solvent extraction followed by GC/HPLC extraction

11 Arsenic ng/m3 Annual * 06 06

AAS/ICP method for sampling on EPM2000 OR Equivalent Filter paper

12 Nickel ng/m3 Annual * 20 20

-AAS/ICP method for sampling on EPM2000 OR Equivalent Filter paper



G.S.No.826 (E) dated 16th November, 2009. Vide letter no. F. No. Q-15017/43/2007-CPW. *Average Arithmetic mean of minimum 104 measurements in a year taken for a week 24 hourly at uniform interval. **24 hourly/8 hourly values should meet 98 percent of the time in a year.

TABLE 3.9: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY RESULTS FOR PM10

Location Name Minimum Maximum Average 98th Percentile

NAAQ Standards

Project Site 57.4 65.1 59.9 64.0 100 Chincholi 53.1 59.1 56.4 58.8 100 Darphal Bibi 54.2 60.2 57.2 59.7 100 Akolekati 55.9 60.1 57.1 59.5 100 Kondi 54.8 58.7 56.6 58.6 100 Gulvanchi 53.3 60.3 56.0 59.3 100 Karamba 54.2 60.2 56.2 59.5 100 Sawaleshwar 53.0 57.4 55.2 57.3 100

FIGURE 3.6: SHOWING AMBIENT AIR QUALITY RESULTS FOR PM10

TABLE 3.10: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY RESULTS FOR PM2.5

Location Minimum Maximum Average 98th

Percentile NAAQ

Standards Project Site 25.8 29.5 27.8 29.4 60 Chincholi 24.9 28.1 26.2 27.9 60 Darphal Bibi 25.0 28.1 26.5 28.1 60 Akolekati 22.7 28.1 26.1 28.0 60 Kondi 24.9 28.1 26.1 28.1 60 Gulvanchi 25.8 29.1 27.4 29.0 60 Karamba 23.7 27.3 26.0 27.3 60 Sawaleshwar 22.1 25.5 23.8 25.4 60



FIGURE 3.7: SHOWING AMBIENT AIR QUALITY RESULTS FOR PM2.5

TABLE 3.11: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY RESULTS FOR SO2


Percentile NAAQ


FIGURE 3.8: SHOWING AMBIENT AIR QUALITY RESULTS FOR SO2



TABLE 3.12: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY RESULTS FOR NOx


Percentile NAAQ


FIGURE 3.9: SHOWING AMBIENT AIR QUALITY RESULTS FOR NOX

TABLE 3.13: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY RESULTS FOR CO


Percentile NAAQ

Standards Project Site 0.11 0.51 0.24 0.44 2.0 Chincholi 0.24 0.88 0.52 0.82 2.0 Darphal Bibi 0.24 0.88 0.52 0.82 2.0 Akolekati 0.12 0.36 0.22 0.35 2.0 Kondi 0.75 0.86 0.81 0.86 2.0 Gulvanchi 0.70 0.83 0.76 0.83 2.0 Karamba 0.21 0.58 0.40 0.57 2.0 Sawaleshwar 0.66 0.87 0.75 0.87 2.0



FIGURE 3.10: SHOWING AMBIENT AIR QUALITY RESULTS FOR CO

TABLE 3.14: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY RESULTS FOR NH3


Percentile NAAQ


FIGURE 3.11: SHOWING AMBIENT AIR QUALITY RESULTS FOR NH3



3.4.2. Ambient Air Quality Data (AAQ)

The Maximum, Minimum & 98th percentile values for all the sampling are shown in

Table 3.15. The location wise monitored Ambient Air Quality details are presented in

Tables 3.9 to 3.14.

1. Particulate Matter (PM10)

The maximum, minimum, average and 98th percentile concentrations for PM10 were

recorded in the study area in the range of 53.0 – 65.1 μg/ m3. The maximum 98th

Percentile concentration is 64.0 μg/ m3 were recorded at Project location. The

concentrations of PM10 are well below the CPCB standard of 100 μg/ m3.

2. Particulate Matter (PM2.5)

The CPCB Standard for concentration of PM2.5 is 60 μg/ m3. The maximum,

minimum, average and 98th percentile concentrations for Particulate Matter (PM2.5)

monitored in the study area were 22.1 – 29.5 μg/m3 respectively. Highest 98th

percentile value is 29.4 μg/ m3 was at Project location. The concentration of PM2.5 is

well below the prescribed limit of 60 μg/ m3.

3. Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)

The Minimum, maximum, average and 98th percentile value of Sulphur dioxide in the

study area from the monitored data was in the range of 12.3 – 16.4 μg/ m3.

Maximum 98th Percentile value of Sulpur dioxide is 16.3 μg/ m3 obtained at Project

location. The concentration of SO2 is well below the prescribed limit of 80 μg/ m3.

4. Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx)

Ambient air quality status monitored for oxides of nitrogen in the study area were in

the range with maximum, minimum, average and 98th percentile values between

19.7 – 23.8 μg/ m3. The maximum 98th Percentile value is 23.7 μg/ m3 was prevailing

at the time of sampling at Project location. The concentration of NOX is well below

the prescribed limit of 80 μg/ m3.

5. Carbon Monoxide (CO)

The maximum, minimum, average and 98th percentile concentrations for Carbon

Monoxide (CO) monitored in the study area were 0.11 – 0.88 mg/m3 respectively.



Highest 98th Percentile value is 0.87 mg/ m3 was recorded at the Sawaleshwar

location. The concentration of CO is well below the prescribed limit of 2.0 mg/ m3

6. Ammonia (NH3)

The maximum, minimum, average and 98th percentile concentrations for Ammonia

(NH3) monitored in the study area were in the range of 25.0 – 29.1 μg/m3

respectively. Highest 98th percentile value is 29.0 μg/ m3 was recorded at Project

location. The concentration of NH3 is well below the prescribed limit of 400 μg/ m3.

7. Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs)

Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs) concentration in study area was found to be

Below Detectable Limit of 1 ppm.

The ambient air quality monitoring results indicates that the overall air quality in the

study area is within permissible standards prescribed by NAAQ Standards.



TABLE 3.15: AAQ MONITORING RESULTS DURING SUMMER SEASON

Code Name of Sampling Location

PM10 (µg/m3) PM2.5 (µg/m3) SO2 (µg/m3) NOX (µg/m3) CO (mg/m3) NH3 (µg/m3) Min Max 98th Min Max 98th Min Max 98th Min Max 98th Min Max 98th Min Max 98th

A1 Project Site 57.4 65.1 64.0 25.8 29.5 29.4 14.3 16.4 16.3 21.7 23.8 23.7 0.11 0.51 0.44 27.0 29.1 29.0

A2 Chincholi 53.1 59.1 58.8 24.9 28.1 27.9 13.8 15.6 15.5 21.2 23.0 22.9 0.24 0.88 0.82 26.5 28.3 28.2

A3 Darphal Bibi 54.2 60.2 59.7 25.0 28.1 28.1 13.9 15.6 15.6 21.3 23.0 23.0 0.24 0.88 0.82 26.6 28.3 28.3

A4 Akolekati 55.9 60.1 59.5 22.7 28.1 28.0 12.6 15.6 15.5 20.0 23.0 22.9 0.12 0.36 0.35 25.3 28.3 28.2

A5 Kondi 54.8 58.7 58.6 24.9 28.1 28.1 13.9 15.6 15.6 21.3 23.0 23.0 0.75 0.86 0.86 26.6 28.3 28.3

A6 Gulvanchi 53.3 60.3 59.3 25.8 29.1 29.0 14.3 16.1 16.1 21.7 23.5 23.5 0.70 0.83 0.83 27.0 28.8 28.8

A7 Karamba 54.2 60.2 59.5 23.7 27.3 27.3 13.2 15.2 15.2 20.6 22.6 22.6 0.21 0.58 0.57 25.9 27.9 27.9

A8 Sawaleshwar 53.0 57.4 57.3 22.1 25.5 25.4 12.3 14.2 14.1 19.7 21.6 21.5 0.66 0.87 0.87 25.0 26.9 26.8

NAAQ Standards 100 60 80 80 2.0 400



3.5 WATER ENVIRONMENT

Water sampling and subsequent analysis were carried out to determine both the

groundwater and surface water quality of the study area.

Selected water quality parameters of ground water resources and surface water

resources within 10 km radius of the study area has been studied for assessing the

quality of water.

3.5.1 Methodology for Water Quality Monitoring

Ground water sources and surface water sources covering 10 km radial distance

were examined for physico-chemical, heavy metals and bacteriological parameters

in order to assess the effect of industrial and other activities on ground water and

surface water. The samples were analyzed as per the procedures specified in

'Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater' published by

American Public Health Association (APHA).

Samples for chemical analysis were collected in polyethylene carboys. Samples for

bacteriological analysis were collected in sterilized glass bottles. Selected

physicochemical and bacteriological parameters have been analyzed for projecting

the existing water quality status in the study area. Parameters like pH and

temperature were analyzed at the time of sample collection.

The details of surface and ground water sampling locations are given in Table 3.16

and sampling locations of ground water quality and surface quality monitoring are

shown in Figure 3.12. The physico - chemical characteristics of the ground water

samples and surface water samples are presented in the Tables 3.17 & 3.18.



TABLE 3.16: GROUND AND SURFACE WATER SAMPLING LOCATIONS



Ground Water Sampling Locations GW1 Near Project Site 0.3 North GW2 Chincholi 1.8 South GW3 Darphal Bibi 2.5 NNW GW4 Akolekati 3.9 NE GW5 Kondi 4.2 SSE GW6 Gulvanchi 7.4 ESE

GW7 Karamba 6.9 East

GW8 Sawaleshwar 5.2 WSW Surface Water Sampling Locations SW1 Tank NE of Shirapur 6.35 WNW SW2 Tank SE of Kondi 5.65 SSE SW3 Tank NW of Darphal Bibi 2.92 NNW SW4 Tank near NH-9 3.96 South SW5 Nanaj Odha 3.34 NNW SW6 Sina River 7.89 SW SW7 Tank East of Lamboti 7.45 West SW8 Tank NE of Arjunsoand 7.44 SW



FIGURE 3.12: GROUND & SURFACE WATER SAMPLING LOCATIONS MAP



TABLE 3.17: GROUND WATER QUALITY IN THE STUDY AREA

S. No Parameter Method Unit GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 IS 10500 Limits

Acceptable Permissible 1 pH APHA 22nd Edition 4500 H+ B -- 7.53 7.34 7.46 7.70 6.5-8.5 No Relaxation 2 Color APHA 22nd Edition 2120 B CU <1.0 < 1.0 <1.0 <1.0 5 15

3 Total Dissolved Solids APHA 22nd Edition 2540 C mg/l 765 842 420 712 500 2000

4 Total Alkalinity (as CaCO3) APHA 22nd Edition 2320 B mg/l 350 390 230 340 200 600 5 Total Hardness (as CaCO3) APHA 22nd Edition 2340 C mg/l 356 377 217 346 200 600 6 Calcium (as Ca ) APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Ca B mg/l 75.0 72.0 42.5 64.2 75 200 7 Magnesium (as Mg) APHA 22nd Edition 3500-Mg B mg/l 41.0 48.0 25.4 45.0 30 100 8 Sulphate (as SO4) APHA 22nd Edition 4500 SO4 E mg/l 62.0 120.0 16.8 56.8 200 400 9 Chloride (as Cl) APHA 22nd Edition 4500 Cl- B mg/l 102 182 48 150 250 1000 10 Lead as Pb APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 0.01 No Relaxation

11 Cadmium as Cd APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l <0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 0.003 No Relaxation

12 Total Chromium as Cr APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l <0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 0.05 No Relaxation 13 Copper as Cu APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 0.05 1.5 14 Zinc as Zn APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 5 15 15 Nickel as Ni APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l <0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 0.02 No Relaxation 16 Fluorides as F APHA 22nd Edition 4500 F- D mg/l < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 1 1.5 17 Aluminium as Al APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Al B mg/l <0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03 0.03 0.2 18 Boron as B APHA 22nd Edition 4500 B B mg/l <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 0.5 1 19 Manganese as Mn APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l <0.02 <0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 0.1 0.3 20 Iron as Fe APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Fe B mg/l < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 0.3 No Relaxation 21 Nitrate Nitrogen APHA 22nd Edition 4500 NO3 B mg/l 4.5 5.8 4.9 3.8 45 No Relaxation 22 Sodium as Na APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Na B mg/l 96.5 164 39.5 142 -- -- 23 Potassium as K APHA 22nd Edition 3500 K B mg/l < 5.0 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 -- -- 24 Odour APHA 22nd Edition 2150 B -- Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable -- --

25 Electrical Conductivity APHA 22nd Edition 2510 B μmho/cm 1125 1295 692 1095 -- --

26 Phosphorus as P APHA 22nd Edition 4500 P C mg/l 0.85 1.80 0.74 0.55 -- --



TABLE 3.17: GROUND WATER QUALITY IN THE STUDY AREA

S. No Parameter Method Unit GW5 GW6 GW7 GW8 IS 10,500 Limits Acceptable Permissible

1 pH APHA 22nd Edition 4500 H+ B -- 7.57 7.86 7.66 8.04 6.5-8.5 No Relaxation 2 Color APHA 22nd Edition 2120 B CU <1.0 < 1.0 <1.0 <1.0 5 15

3 Total Dissolved Solids APHA 22nd Edition 2540 C mg/l 946 560 280 665 500 2000

4 Total Alkalinity (as CaCO3) APHA 22nd Edition 2320 B mg/l 510 175 190 290 200 600 5 Total Hardness (as CaCO3) APHA 22nd Edition 2340 C mg/l 536 183 185 288 200 600 6 Calcium (as Ca ) APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Ca B mg/l 112 55.1 38 54.2 75 200 7 Magnesium (as Mg) APHA 22nd Edition 3500-Mg B mg/l 62.2 31.7 21.9 37.0 30 100 8 Sulphate (as SO4) APHA 22nd Edition 4500 SO4 E mg/l 85.7 24.5 30.2 48.0 200 400 9 Chloride (as Cl) APHA 22nd Edition 4500 Cl- B mg/l 232 75 58 120 250 1000 10 Lead as Pb APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 0.01 No Relaxation 11 Cadmium as Cd APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l <0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 0.003 No Relaxation 12 Total Chromium as Cr APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l <0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 0.05 No Relaxation 13 Copper as Cu APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 0.05 1.5 14 Zinc as Zn APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 5 15 15 Nickel as Ni APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l <0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 0.02 No Relaxation 16 Fluorides as F APHA 22nd Edition 4500 F- D mg/l < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 1 1.5 17 Aluminium as Al APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Al B mg/l <0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03 0.03 0.2 18 Boron as B APHA 22nd Edition 4500 B B mg/l <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 0.5 1 19 Manganese as Mn APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l <0.02 <0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 0.1 0.3 20 Iron as Fe APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Fe B mg/l < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 0.3 No Relaxation 21 Nitrate Nitrogen APHA 22nd Edition 4500 NO3 B mg/l 5.2 5.0 2.8 5.1 45 No Relaxation 22 Sodium as Na APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Na B mg/l 180 69.1 52 98.2 -- -- 23 Potassium as K APHA 22nd Edition 3500 K B mg/l 4.8 <5.0 4.0 <5.0 -- -- 24 Odour APHA 22nd Edition 2150 B -- Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable -- -- 25 Electrical Conductivity APHA 22nd Edition 2510 B μmho/cm 1458 862 438 1023 -- -- 26 Phosphorus as P APHA 22nd Edition 4500 P C mg/l 1.24 0.34 0.29 0.15 -- --



TABLE 3.18: SURFACE WATER QUALITY IN THE STUDY AREA

S. No Parameter Method Unit SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4

1 pH APHA 22nd Edition 4500 H+ B -- 7.50 8.09 7.70 7.36 2 Color APHA 22nd Edition 2120 B CU < 1.0 < 1.0 <1.0 <1.0 3 Total Dissolved Solids APHA 22nd Edition 2540 C mg/l 240 255 342 320 4 Total Alkalinity (as CaCO3) APHA 22nd Edition 2320 B mg/l 135 220 210 170 5 Total Hardness (as CaCO3) APHA 22nd Edition 2340 C mg/l 115 183 196 140 6 Calcium (as Ca) APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Ca B mg/l 18.0 32.0 35.0 30.0 7 Magnesium (as Mg) APHA 22nd Edition 3500-Mg B mg/l 16.9 25.0 26.4 21.0 8 Sulphate (as SO4) APHA 22nd Edition 4500 SO4 E mg/l 4.6 15.8 14.3 12.0 9 Chloride (as Cl) APHA 22nd Edition 4500 Cl- B mg/l 14 32 20 18 10 Lead as Pb APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 11 Cadmium as Cd APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 12 Total Chromium as Cr APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.05 < 0.05 <0.05 <0.05 13 Copper as Cu APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 14 Zinc as Zn APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 15 Nickel as Ni APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 16 Fluorides as F APHA 22nd Edition 4500 F- D mg/l < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 17 Aluminium as Al APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Al B mg/l < 0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03 18 Boron as B APHA 22nd Edition 4500 B B mg/l < 0.2 < 0.2 < 0.2 < 0.2 19 Manganese as Mn APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.02 < 0.02 <0.02 <0.02 20 Iron as Fe APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Fe B mg/l < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 21 Nitrate Nitrogen APHA 22nd Edition 4500 NO3 B mg/l 5.2 4.5 3.92 4.0 22 Chemical Oxygen Demand APHA 22nd Edition 5220 B mg/l 20.0 15.0 18.2 14.0 23 BOD(3day’s at 27oC) IS 3025 (Part – 44) 2009 mg/l 7.2 6.4 7.0 5.0 24 Sodium as Na APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Na B mg/l 12.5 18.6 18.2 16.5 25 Potassium as K APHA 22nd Edition 3500 K B mg/l 4.5 4.65 5.0 4.2 26 Total Suspended Solids APHA 22nd Edition 2540 D mg/l 10.0 9.4 10.0 10.2 27 Dissolved Oxygen APHA 22nd Edition 4500 O C mg/l 5.0 5.8 5.5 5.1 28 Oil and grease APHA 22nd Edition 5520 B mg/l <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 29 Electrical Conductivity APHA 22nd Edition 2510 B μmho/cm 369 420 710 510 30 Phosphorus as P APHA 22nd Edition 4500 P C mg/l 0.20 0.31 0.14 0.20 31 Total Coliform IS 1622 MPN/100 ml 45 52.0 50.0 50 32 Feacal Coliforms IS 1622 MPN/100 ml 4 4 8 5



TABLE 3.18: SURFACE WATER QUALITY IN THE STUDY AREA

S. No Parameter Method Unit SW5 SW6 SW7 SW8 1 pH APHA 22nd Edition 4500 H+ B -- 7.30 7.50 7.16 7.43 2 Color APHA 22nd Edition 2120 B CU < 1.0 < 1.0 <1.0 <1.0 3 Total Dissolved Solids APHA 22nd Edition 2540 C mg/l 210 205 428 640 4 Total Alkalinity (as CaCO3) APHA 22nd Edition 2320 B mg/l 170 100 150 200 5 Total Hardness (as CaCO3) APHA 22nd Edition 2340 C mg/l 163 117 156 193 6 Calcium (as Ca ) APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Ca B mg/l 30.0 29 30.5 28.0 7 Magnesium (as Mg) APHA 22nd Edition 3500-Mg B mg/l 21.5 10.9 19.4 30.0 8 Sulphate (as SO4) APHA 22nd Edition 4500 SO4 E mg/l 31.0 34.0 63.1 85.5 9 Chloride (as Cl) APHA 22nd Edition 4500 Cl- B mg/l 48 52 116 187 10 Lead as Pb APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 11 Cadmium as Cd APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 12 Total Chromium as Cr APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.05 < 0.05 <0.05 <0.05 13 Copper as Cu APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 14 Zinc as Zn APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 15 Nickel as Ni APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 16 Fluorides as F APHA 22nd Edition 4500 F- D mg/l < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 17 Aluminium as Al APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Al B mg/l < 0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03 18 Boron as B APHA 22nd Edition 4500 B B mg/l < 0.2 < 0.2 < 0.2 < 0.2 19 Manganese as Mn APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.02 < 0.02 <0.02 <0.02 20 Iron as Fe APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Fe B mg/l < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 21 Nitrate Nitrogen APHA 22nd Edition 4500 NO3 B mg/l 3.28 5.2 5.0 5.6 22 Chemical Oxygen Demand APHA 22nd Edition 5220 B mg/l 16.0 12.0 18 25.0 23 BOD(3day’s at 27oC) IS 3025 (Part – 44) 2009 mg/l 6.4 4.8 7.0 10.2 24 Sodium as Na APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Na B mg/l 42.0 44.0 89.0 168 25 Potassium as K APHA 22nd Edition 3500 K B mg/l 5.0 4.65 5.68 5.7 26 Total Suspended Solids APHA 22nd Edition 2540 D mg/l 10.1 10.3 10.0 10.2 27 Dissolved Oxygen APHA 22nd Edition 4500 O C mg/l 5.1 5.3 5.5 5.0 28 Oil and grease APHA 22nd Edition 5520 B mg/l <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 29 Electrical Conductivity APHA 22nd Edition 2510 B μmho/cm 410 325 680 952 30 Phosphorus as P APHA 22nd Edition 4500 P C mg/l 0.14 0.11 0.16 0.10 31 Total Coliform IS 1622 MPN/100 ml 49 45 50 48 32 Feacal Coliforms IS 1622 MPN/100 ml 6 5 7 7



A. Summary of Groundwater Samples within 10 Km Radius

• pH of the ground water samples collected was in the range between 7.34 –

8.04. All samples are below acceptable limits. Only drinking water samples

have fixed pH limit which is 6.5 -8.5 as per IS 10500-2012.

• The acceptable limits for total dissolved solids as per IS: 10500-2012 are 500

mg/l whereas the permissible limits in absence of alternate source are 2000

mg/l, beyond this palatability decreases and may cause gastro intestinal

irritation. Total dissolved solids in the ground water samples were in the range

between 280 – 946 mg/l. Two samples are below acceptable limit, six other

samples are above acceptable limit but below the permissible limit of 2000

mg/l.

• In the ground water samples collected from the study area, the Total hardness

was found to vary between 183 – 536 mg/l. All samples are well within the

permissible limit of 600 mg/l.

• The acceptable limit for chloride is 250 mg/l as per IS: 10500 whereas the

permissible limit of the same is 1000 mg/l beyond this limit taste, corrosion and

palatability are affected. The Chlorides concentration was found to vary

between 48 - 232 mg/l. All samples are below the acceptable limit.

• Fluoride is the other important parameter, which has the acceptable limit of 1

mg/l and permissible limit of 1.5 mg/l. Fluoride concentration in all samples are

found to be below acceptable limits.

• The Sulphates concentration was found to vary between 16.8 – 120 mg/l. All

the samples was found well within acceptable limit of 200 mg/l.

Ground water samples collected from eight locations within 10 km radius from the

plant site & analyzed as per standard methods of water and wastewater analysis

(APHA).

The water quality of the study area was found within the permissible limits of

IS10500 for parameters TDS, Total hardness, Sulphate, Chloride and Fluoride.

B. Summary of Surface Water Samples within 10 km Radius:

• pH of the water samples collected was in the range between 7.16 – 8.09.

• Total dissolved solids in the samples were in the range between 205 – 640

mg/l.

• Total hardness was found to be in the range of 115 – 196 mg/l.



• Chlorides concentration was found to vary between 14 – 187 mg/l.

• Fluoride concentration was <0.5 mg/l.

• Sulphates concentration was found to vary between 4.6 – 85.5 mg/l.

3.6. NOISE ENVIRONMENT

Noise, often defined as unwanted sound, interferes with speech communication,

causes annoyance, distracts from work, and disturbs sleep thus deteriorating quality

of human environment. Noise levels in the study area have therefore been

measured, at selected points, to provide the baseline data to describe the existing

situation.

Measured noise levels displayed as a function of time provides a useful scheme for

describing the acoustical climate of a community. Noise levels records at each

station with a time interval of about one hour are computed for equivalent noise

levels. Equivalent noise level is a single number descriptor for describing time

varying noise levels.

3.6.1 Noise Monitoring Stations

In order to assess the noise levels in the study area, monitoring was carried out at

eight different locations within 10 km radius of the study area. The noise monitoring

locations are shown in Figure 3.13 and distances & directions of monitoring location

mentioned in Table 3.19. Noise levels were recorded and computed for equivalent

noise levels for day-equivalent, night-equivalent & day-night equivalent.

Sound Pressure Levels (SPL) measurements were recorded at eight locations. The

readings were taken for every hour for 24-hrs. The day noise levels have been

monitored during 6 am to 10 pm and night noise levels during 10 pm to 6 am at all

the locations covered in the study area.

The noise recording stations and the summary of the minimum, maximum, day -

equivalent, night - equivalent and day-night equivalent values computed for various

location in the study area is given in Table 3.20.



TABLE 3.19: NOISE MONITORING LOCATIONS

Code Name of Sampling Location

Distance (km) w.r.t Project


N1 Project Site - - N2 Chincholi 1.8 South N3 Darphal Bibi 2.5 NNW

N4 Akolekati 3.9 NE

N5 Kondi 4.2 SSE N6 Pakni 5.4 SSW

N7 Sawaleshwar 5.2 WSW

N8 Karamba 6.9 East



FIGURE 3.13: NOISE SAMPLING LOCATIONS MAP



TABLE 3.20: AMBIENT NOISE LEVELS WITHIN STUDY AREA

S. No

Name of the Location

Category of Area/zone

Day Time in Leq dB (A)

CPCB Standard Day Time

Night Time in Leq dB (A)

CPCB Standard Night time

1. Project site Industrial 66.1 75 dB (A) 54.3 70 dB (A) 2. Chincholi Residential 48.6 55 dB (A) 39.5 45 dB (A) 3. Darphal Bibi Residential 47.1 55 dB (A) 38.4 45 dB (A) 4. Akolekati Residential 49.4 55 dB (A) 40.2 45 dB (A) 5. Kondi Residential 40.3 55 dB (A) 32.0 45 dB (A) 6. Pakni Residential 42.1 55 dB (A) 33.6 45 dB (A) 7. Sawaleshwar Residential 46.4 55 dB (A) 37.1 45 dB (A) 8. Karamba Residential 45.1 55 dB (A) 36.4 45 dB (A)

Daytime Noise Levels (Lday)

Industrial Zone: The day time noise level at the Project site was 66.1 dB (A), which

is well below the permissible limits of 75 dB (A).

Residential Zone: The daytime noise levels in all the residential locations were

observed to be in the range of 40.3 dB (A) to 49.4 dB (A). The noise levels at all the

locations were below the permissible limits of 55 dB (A).

Night time Noise Levels (Lnight)

Industrial Zone: The night time noise level in the Project site was observed be 54.3

dB (A), which is well below the permissible limits of 70 dB (A).

Residential Zone: The nighttime noise levels in all the residential locations were

observed to be in the range of 32.0 dB (A) to 40.2 dB (A). The noise levels were

below the permissible limits of 45 dB (A) in nighttime at all the locations.

3.6.2 TRAFFIC STUDY

Anthropogenic emissions not only contribute to the green house effect but also

participate in the reaction that results in photochemical oxidants. The effect of

photochemical oxidants is well known for forming smog particularly in the urban

areas.Among the anthropogenic sources of pollutants forming the green house

gases, burning of fossil fuels constitute a major source. Highway mobile sources that

contribute significantly to poor quality have been regulated for the past two decades

in countries like India. The absence of regulation in developing countries has caused

a global concern regarding potential environmental damage on a larger scale.



The traffic survey was carried out on the NH-9 (Solapur to Pune Road) which is 3.3

km (SW) to the Project site. Vehicular traffic counts were performed on either side of

the studied roads to provide background values of traffic density, and correlate such

data to the levels of air pollution along the road. Vehicular traffic on these roads

included heavy vehicle, light vehicle, three wheelers, and two wheelers. The

additional traffic due to the project would also occur in this time duration only. A

summary of the data is presented in Table 3.21.



TABLE 3.21: TRAFFIC STUDY AT NATIONAL HIGHWAY (NH) - 9 (SOLAPUR TO PUNE ROAD) (To & From)

S.No Time Two Wheelers

2 Wheeler @ 0.75 PCU

Three Wheeler

3 Wheeler @ 1.2 PCU

Passenger cars

Passenger cars @ 1

PCU

Heavy vehicles

Heavy Vehicles

@3.7 PCU

Total vehicles

Total vehicles

PCU 1 06-07 am 125 93 34 40 141 141 238 881 537 1155 2 07-08 am 172 129 38 51 149 149 271 1002 629 1331 3 08-09 am 209 156 42 78 192 192 258 953 700 1380 4 09-10 am 214 160 45 96 204 204 245 907 707 1367 5 10-11 am 182 137 48 125 228 228 233 862 691 1352 6 11-12 pm 169 127 53 139 213 213 224 829 659 1308 7 12-01 pm 147 110 58 130 200 200 218 805 623 1246 8 01-02 pm 140 105 56 106 180 180 211 782 587 1173 9 02-03 pm 145 109 51 102 173 173 199 736 568 1120 10 03-04 pm 135 105 48 95 157 157 172 635 511 991 11 04-05 pm 123 118 42 90 153 153 158 658 476 1019 12 05-06 pm 137 127 40 112 186 186 147 544 510 969 13 06-07 pm 151 142 37 125 174 174 140 814 501 1255 14 07-08 pm 137 115 36 102 165 165 130 893 468 1275 15 08-09pm 119 106 32 96 156 156 125 971 432 1329 16 09-10pm 116 94 30 68 152 152 252 932 550 1247 17 10-11pm 109 73 26 52 155 155 385 1425 675 1704 18 11-12pm 88 68 23 46 109 109 308 1140 528 1363 19 12-01am 79 53 20 35 71 71 224 829 394 988 20 01-02am 63 47 16 28 54 54 211 780 344 909 21 02-03am 53 39 14 19 50 50 205 759 322 868 22 03-04am 42 32 20 8 60 60 126 466 248 566 23 04-05am 53 40 26 12 88 88 110 407 277 546 24 05-06am 62 46 30 29 117 117 196 725 405 917



The highest peak observed during 10 pm to 11 pm (worst Scenario) PCU/hr 1704 Total width of the Road in meters (Arterial Road) 24 Carrying capacity of the road (the road is 4 lane Divided 2 way road) As per IRC:106-1990 (PCU’s per hour) 3600 Existing V/C Ratio 0.47

LOS=Level of Service (Existing) V/C LOS Performance

0.0-0.2 A Excellent 0.2-0.4 B Very Good 0.4-0.6 C Good 0.6-0.8 D Fair/Average 0.8-1.0 E Poor

1.0 & above F Very Poor Note: *As per IRC Guidelines 1990

The traffic survey was carried out on the NH-9 (Solapur to Pune Road) which is 3.3 Km (SW) to the Project site. The details of the

vehicles movement recorded. From the study it is observed that there is no major impact on traffic due to the proposed project.



3.7 SOIL ENVIRONMENT

The present study on soil quality establishes the baseline characteristics in the study

area surrounding the project site. The study has been addressed with the following

objectives.

• To determine the base line characteristics

• To determine the soil characteristics of plant site and surrounding areas with

in 10 km radius.

• To determine the impact of industrialization/ urbanization on soil

characteristics

• To determine the impacts on soils from agricultural productivity point of view.

The soil samples were collected during study period. Sampling Locations are

detailed in Table 3.22 and Figure 3.14. The analysis results are given in Table 3.23.

Details of Standard Soil Classification are given in Table 3.24.

The homogenized soil samples collected at different locations were packed in a

polyethylene plastic bag and sealed. The sealed samples were sent to laboratory for

analysis. The important physical, chemical parameter concentrations were

determined from all samples.

TABLE 3.22: SOIL SAMPLING LOCATIONS



S1 Project Site - - S2 Chincholi 1.8 South S3 Darphal Bibi 2.5 NNW

S4 Akolekati 3.9 NE S5 Kondi 4.2 SSE S6 Pakni 5.4 SSW

S7 Sawaleshwar 5.2 WSW

S8 Gulvanchi 7.4 ESE



FIGURE 3.14: SOIL SAMPLING LOCATIONS MAP



TABLE 3.23: SOIL SAMPLING ANALYSIS RESULTS

S.No Parameters Units S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 1 pH -- 8.12 7.69 7.56 7.32 8.15 8.42 8.38 7.83 2 Electrical Conductivity µmhos/ cm 215 380 150.0 145.0 112.0 210 205 545.0 3 Bulk Density g/cc 1.17 1.11 1.14 1.15 1.16 1.20 1.24 1.2 4 Moisture Content % 10.7 6.01 7.55 8.78 8.74 7.06 8.20 9.75 5 Nitrates as N Kg/ha 1.35 1.42 1.20 1.16 1.43 1.32 1.29 1.46 6 Phosphorous as P2O5 Kg/ha 15.4 11.5 11.1 10.6 12.5 11.4 11.2 13.6 7 Potassium as K2O Kg/ha 17.65 15.35 26.44 20.92 14.18 16.35 43.34 20.92 8 Sodium as Na2O Kg/ha 16.55 15.22 13.24 14.56 35.73 14.19 18.14 17.51 9 Calcium as Ca mg/ kg 365.0 260.4 179.1 155.5 351.6 362.1 385 410

10 Magnesium as Mg mg/ kg 175.6 188.7 215.5 145.2 250 265.7 315.5 445.7 11 Total Organic Carbon % 0.81 0.86 0.82 0.83 0.80 0.76 0.75 0.80

12 Type of Soil -- Silt Clay Clay Clay Clay Clay Clay Clay Clay

a) Sand (%) -- 15 6.0 8.0 7.0 9.0 10 9.0 7.0 b) Silt (%) -- 45 30 26 25 27 25 31 32 c) Clay (%) -- 40 64 66 68 64 65 60 61

13 Copper as Cu mg/ kg 2.5 2.1 1.6 1.5 1.4 1.8 1.5 1.9 14 Chromium as Cr mg/ kg 1.75 1.78 1.80 1.42 1.4 1.2 1.05 1.08 15 Cadmium as Cd mg/ kg <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 16 Zinc as Zn mg/ kg 8.1 8.3 8.5 8.4 10.5 13.2 12.5 13.5 17 Lead as Pb mg/ kg 1.23 1.24 1.30 1.08 1.02 1.42 1.9 1.6 18 Nickel as Ni mg/ kg 1.82 1.50 1.6 1.25 1.2 1.22 1.89 1.8 19 Sulphates as SO4 mg/ kg 85.6 35.2 25.20 18.54 42.3 45.2 32.5 28.62 20 Iron as Fe mg/ kg 20.2 15.3 14.3 12.5 12.6 13.2 11.3 10.5



Physicochemical characteristics of the soil samples obtained from 7 areas in the

study area and one from the project site reveals that all basically Clay and Silt Clay.

It is due to the fact that the upper soil layers are formed by the deposition of fine

sand and silt carried down by the storm waters from the surrounding areas. They are

moderately productive and they are not prone to water logging.

• It has been observed that the pH of the soil quality ranged from 7.32 to 8.42.

• Percentage of Total Organic Carbon is observed in between 0.75 to 0.86

indicating that On an avg. sufficient to sufficient in nature.

TABLE 3.24 :STANDARD SOIL CLASSIFICATION

S.No Soil Test Classification

1 pH

<4.5 Extremely acidic 4.51- 5.50 Very strongly acidic 5.51-6.00 Moderately acidic 6.01-6.50 Slightly acidic 6.51-7.30 Neutral 7.31-7.80 Slightly alkaline 7.81-8.50 Moderately alkaline 8.51-9.00 Strongly alkaline >9.00 Very strongly alkaline

2 Salinity Electrical Conductivity

(μS/cm) (1ppm = 640 μS/cm)

Upto 1.00 Average 1.01 - 2.00 harmful to germination 2.01 - 3.00 Harmful to crops (sensitive to salts)

3 Organic Carbon (%)

Upto 0.20: Very less 0.21- 0.40: Less 0.41- 0.50: Medium, 0.51- 0.80: On an avg. sufficient 0.81 - 1.00: Sufficient >1.00 : More than sufficient

4 Nitrogen (kg/ha)

Upto 50 Very less 51-100 Less 101-150 Good 151-300 Better >300 Sufficient

5 Phosphorus (kg/ha)

Upto 15 Very less 16-30 Less 31-50 Medium, 51-65 On an avg. sufficient 66-80 Sufficient >80 More than sufficient



S.No Soil Test Classification

6 Potash (kg/ha)

0 -120 Very less 120-180 Less 181-240 Medium 241-300 Average 301-360 Better >360 More than sufficient

Source: Hand book of Agriculture, ICAR, New Delhi 3.8 LAND USE PATTERN

Remote sensing satellite imageries were collected and interpreted for the 10 km

radius study area for analyzing the Land use pattern of the study area. Based on the

satellite data, Land use/ Land cover maps have been prepared.

Objectives

The objectives of land use studies are:

To determine the present land use pattern;

To analyze the impacts on land use due to the proposed project in the study

area; and

To give recommendations for optimizing the future land use pattern and

associated impacts.

3.8.1 DATA USED

The data is used for the preparation of different maps for the study natural

resources. The data is used by using the application of Remote Sensing and GIS

technologies.

TABLE 3.25: SHOWING THE DETAILS OF SOURCES & THE MAPS PREPARED

S. No. Source Maps Prepared

1 Survey of India’s topographic maps and satellite imageries

Base map & Drainage map

2 Satellite imageries Land use / Land cover

TABLE 3.26: SHOWING THE TOPOGRAPHIC MAPS

S. No. Topographic Map No. Scale Year of Survey Year of Publication 1. 47 O/9 1: 50,000 2010 2011 2. 47 O/10 1: 50,000 2010 2011 3. 47 O/13 1: 50,000 2010 2011 4. 47 O/14 1: 50,000 2010 2011 Source: Survey of India’s Topographic Maps



TABLE 3.27:SATELLITE DATA OF NATIONAL REMOTE SENSING CENTRE

S.No. Season Sensor path/row Satellite/Sensor Date of Pass 1. Rabi 97-60-D IRS RS-2 LISS IV FX 21-Feb-2019

3.8.2 LAND USE / LAND COVER MAP

Land use / land cover map is prepared by visual interpretation of high-resolution

satellite data with the help of Survey of India Topographic maps on 1:50,000 scale.

One season data (Rabi, year: 2019) is used for the delineation of different units. The

units are confirmed by the ground truth/field visits.

Level-II classification of National (Natural) Resources Information System (NRIS)

has been followed for the delineation of units.

Land use/ Land cover map of the study area is integrated with village map and

analyzed with the help of GIS to get the village wise findings of the present land use

of the study area, which is given elaborately in the following tables:

Land use refers to man’s activities and various uses, which are carried on land. Land

cover refers to natural vegetation, water bodies, rock/soil, artificial cover and others

resulting due to land transformation. Although land use is generally inferred based

on the cover, yet both the terms land use and land cover are closely related and

interchangeable. Information on the rate and kind of change in the use of land

resources is essential to the proper planning, management and regulation of the use

of such resources.

Knowledge about the existing land use and trends of change is essential if the nation

is to tackle the problems associated with the haphazard and uncontrolled growth. A

systematic framework is needed for updating the land use and land cover maps that

will be timely, relatively inexpensive and appropriate for different needs at national

and state level. The rapidly developing technology of remote sensing offers an

efficient and timely approach to the mapping and collection of basic land use and

land cover data over large area. The satellite imageries are potentially more

amenable to digital processing because the remote sensor output can be obtained in

digital format. Land use data are needed in the analysis of environmental processes

and problems that must be understood if living conditions and standards are to be

improved or maintained at current levels.



3.8.2.1 Basic Concepts of Land Use

Clawson has given nine major ideas or concepts about land. These are:

Location or the relation of a specific parcel of land to the poles, the equator,

and the major oceans and landmasses. There is also relationship between

various tracts of land, as well as a political location.

Activity on the land, for what purpose this piece of land or tract is used.

Natural qualities of land, including its surface and subsurface characteristics

and its vegetative cover.

Improvements to and on the land. This is closely related to the activity.

Intensity of land use or amount of activity per unit area.

Land tenure, i.e. who owns the land, which uses it.

Land prices, land market activity and credit as applied to land.

Interrelations between activities on the land and other economic and social

activities.

Interrelations in the use between different tracts of land.

3.8.2.2 Methodology for land use / land cover mapping

The land use / land cover map is prepared by adopting the interpretation techniques

of the image in conjunction with collateral data such as Survey of India topographical

maps and census records. Image classification can be done by using visual

interpretation techniques and digital classification using any of the image processing

software. For the present study, ERDAS 9.1 version software is used for

preprocessing, rectification, enhancements and classifying the satellite data for

preparation of land use land cover map for assessing and monitoring the temporal

changes in land use land cover and land developmental activities.

The imagery is interpreted and ground checked for corrections. The final map is

prepared after field check. Flow chart showing the methodology adopted is given in

the different land use / land cover categories in the study area has been carried out

based on the NRSC land use / land cover classification system.

For analysis and interpretation, and preparation of LU / LC map, two types of data

are needed:

1. Basic data 2. Ground data



1. Basic data includes:

Fused data of LISS IV

Toposheets on 1 : 50,000

Local knowledge

Area map on any scale to transfer details

Reports and other literature of the study area

2. Ground data: Ground data is very much essential to verify and to increase the

accuracy of the interpreted classes and also to minimize the field work.

Data analysis: For analysis and interpretation of satellite data, the study can be

divided into three parts:

• Preliminary work

• Field work

• Post field work

A. Preliminary work includes:

• to see the limitation of satellite data

• to lay down the criteria for land use classification to be adopted

• to fix the size of mapping units, which depends upon the scale

• interpretation of different land use/land cover classes

• demarcation of doubtful areas

• preparation of field land use/land cover map

B. Field work:

• Type of ground data to be collected

• Selection of sample area for final classification

• Checking of doubtful areas

• Change in land use/ land cover due to wrong identification, fresh

development, nomenclature.

• General verification

C. Post field work:

• Reinterpretation or analysis or correction of doubtful areas

• Transfer of details on base map

• Marginal information



• Preparation of final land use/land cover map

A map showing Satelite Imagery Showing in Figure 3.16. A map depicting major

land use/ land cover classes comprising lands under agriculture, fallow land,

open/degraded vegetation; lands falling under water bodies, scrub and lands under

inhabitations is presented at Figure 3.17 and Flow chart for LU/LC mapping

methodology is presented at Flow chart 3.1.

The land use classification within a distance of ten kilometers from the project

location and the areas falling under the respective classifications are presented in

Table 3.28.

FLOW CHART 3.1 : LU/LC MAPPING METHODOLOGY

Basic data

Data source

IRS LISS IV FMX

Khariff season

Rabi season

Preparation of base maps

Interpretation and mapping of land use /land cover categories

Ground verification of doubtful areas and modification of thematic details

Transfer of Khariff and Rabi season land use/land cover details on to a

single base map.

Area estimation of each land use/land cover class.

Final land use/land cover map with symbols and

colours

Development of interpretation keys based on image characteristics.

Validation and final interpretation key

Secondary data



TABLE 3.28: LAND USE / LAND COVER STATISTICS OF THE STUDY AREA

FIGURE 3.15: PIE DIAGRAM SHOWING LAND USE THE IN STUDY AREA

S. No. LANDUSE AREA (Sq. km) %

1. BUILT- UP LAND A. Settlements/ University B. Industrial area

9.106

21.352

2.9

6.8 2. WATERBODIES

A. Tank / River /Major canal etc.

11.932

3.8 3. CROP LAND

A. Single crop B. Double crop C. Plantation

134.706 86.664

2.826

42.9 27.6 0.9

4. WASTELANDS A. Land with scrub B. Land without scrub C. Sheet rock area

21.352 11.304

4.396

6.8 3.6 1.4

5. OTHERS A. Bird Sanctuary

10.362

3.3

TOTAL 314 100



FIGURE 3.16: SATELLITE IMAGE OF THE STUDY AREA



FIGURE 3.17: LAND USE / LAND COVER MAP OF THE STUDY AREA



3.9 ECOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

Ecological studies are one of the important aspects of Environmental Impact

Assessment with a view to conserve environmental quality and biodiversity.

Ecological systems show complex inter-relationships between biotic and abiotic

components including dependence, competition and mutualism. Biotic components

comprise of both plant and animal communities, which interact not only within and

between themselves but also with the biotic components viz. physical and chemical

components of the environment.

Generally, biological communities are good indicators of climatic and edaphic

factors. Studies on biological aspects of ecosystems are important in Environmental

Impact Assessment for safety of natural flora and fauna. The biological environment

includes terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems.

Objectives of Ecological Studies

The present study was undertaken with the following objectives to assess both

terrestrial and aquatic habitats of the study area

To assess the nature and distribution of vegetation in and around the project site

• To assess the flora & fauna in the study area;

• To ascertain the migratory routes of fauna, presence of breeding grounds and

sensitive habitats in the study area, if any;

• To assess the presence of protected areas in the study area;

• To review the information from secondary sources and discuss the issues of

concern with the relevant authority and stakeholders;

• Impact prediction based on primary and secondary data sources to formulate

mitigation measures.

3.9.1 Detailed Description of Flora and Fauna

According to the Forest and Wildlife Department, the project site is located at an

aerial distance of 2.45 Km from the Great Indian Bustard Sanctuary (GIBS), Solapur.

The GIBS is one of those exclusive places in India which is the home to the Great

Indian Bustard (Ardeotis nigriceps). The GIBS was established in 1979 and it

spreads across an original area of 8,469 Sq Kms. This vast grassland attracts a few

migratory birds, along with the Great Indian Bustard. Also, the sanctuary has a good



population of Blackbuck, Wolf, Indian Fox, Jackal, etc. but none of them was seen

during the recent years. Only one female GIB was spotted during 2018 by Aditya

Kshirsagar, a marine engineer, who has collected data of flora and fauna of Solapur.

It may be mentioned that the GIBS is a large area and our survey is limited to the

Study area 10Km. During the period of survey (May 2019), the part of the GIBs that

falls within the study area was devoid of any green cover. The area was colonized

mainly by scattered thorny bushes and they were totally leafless during the survey.

The forest is classified as Southern Thorn Forest. The whole ground was visible and

there were no GIBs or Blackbucks or Spotted deer but jackals were seen by locals in

some areas at a distance of over 9 Km from the MIDC.

Animals within the 10 Km Study area of the project site. Forests and water bodies

present in the Study area are listed in Table 3.29. There are no perennial reservoirs

in the study area.

TABLE 3.29: ECOLOGICAL SENSITIVITY DETAILS OF THE PROJECT SITE AND ITS STUDY AREA OF 10 KM RADIUS (ARIAL DISTANCE)

Protected areas Direction WRT Project site Proximity to the Project site in Km.

National Parks, Wildlife Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves and Important Bird Areas

Southeast: Great Indian Bustard (GIB) Wildlife Sanctuary, Kondi 2.45

Northeast: Great Indian Bustard (GIB) Wildlife Sanctuary, Akolekati

4.0

Heritage site and Monuments None NA

Water Bodies

River/Canal Sina River flowing from NW to SW direction 6.7

The project site is located in an Industrial estate (MIDC) but it is adjacent to the GIBS

and the project site is 2.45 Km away from the boundary of the GIBS, Kondi. GIBS is

an ecologically sensitive area. The Project area or the project site is a non-forest

and non-agriculture wasteland converted for industrial use. Two Schedule I including

one CR species have been reported from the GIBS. The proposed industry a zero-

liquid discharge (ZLD) unit and hence its impact on the Schedule I and REET

category aquatic fauna located in the study area are negligible.



3.9.2 Vegetation and Flora of the Project area

Project area which is going to take the direct impacts of the proposed development

and it is the area which is owned by the project proponent and hence it is under his

control for implementation of EMP.

The project site is levelled and filled with transported soil. Owing to the clearance,

levelling and filling, most of the original and natural flora of the Project area was lost.

A list of plants found in the project site during the survey is given in Table 3.30.

TABLE 3.30: LIST OF PLANTS FOUND IN THE PROJECT SITE Scientific name Common or Local name Family Acacia leucophloea Safed Babul Mimosaceae Acacia nilotica Kala Babul Mimosaceae Calotropis procera Mandara / Rui / Aak Asclepiadaceae Capparis decidua Karel / Bare Caper Capparaceae Cassia auriculata Tarwad / Tanner’s Cassia Caesalpiniaceae Morinda pubescens Indian Mulberry Rubiaceae Prosopis juliflora Mesquite Mimosaceae Senna uniflora Single-leaf Senna Caesalpiniaceae Tephrosia purpurea Sharpankha / sarponk Fabaceae

Vegetation and flora of the Study area:

As summarized in Table 3.29, there are reserved forests within the 10 Km Study

area of the project and the GIBS is located in the same forest. Other than GIBS,

there no Wildlife Sanctuaries or National Parks or Biosphere reserves or other eco-

sensitive areas. The croplands were devoid of any vegetation cover owing to dry, hot

summer during the survey period. The flora of the Study area is represented mainly

by cultivated avenue trees and tropical thorn forests / scrub jungles. Many

ornamental shrubs and fruit trees were grown within the premises of the industries in

MIDC.

Forest vegetation and flora of the Study area

Great Indian Bustard Sanctuary (GIBS), established in 1979as the Jawaharlal Nehru

Bustard Sanctuary is a wildlife sanctuary for the great Indian bustard (Ardeotis

nigriceps) at Nannaj, near Solapur, Maharashtra, India is located in a drought-prone

and semi-arid rewgion. It is a part of the Kathiawar-Gir dry deciduous forests eco

region. The forest is an open tropical thorn forest. The species found in the GIBS

include Acacia leucophloea, Acacia nilotica,Prosopis juliflora, Albizia lebbeck,


https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wildlife_sanctuary

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Great_Indian_bustard

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Maharashtra

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/India

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kathiawar-Gir_dry_deciduous_forests

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ecoregion

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ecoregion

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Acacia_nilotica

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Albizia_lebbeck


Gliricidia sepium, Dalbergia sissoo, Azadirachta indica, Hardwickia binata, Sapindus

emarginatus, Cassia auriculata , Capparis decidua, Morinda pubescens, Lantana

camara, Rhus mysorensis along with prominent grasses like a Aristida stocksii,

Chrysopogon fulvus, Heteropogon contortusand Melanocenchris jacquemontii,

Gliricidia sepium, Azadirachta indica, Azadirachta indica, Hardwickia binata,

Sapindus emarginatus, Bauhinia racemosaand Albizia lebbeck have been planted in

the forest gaps.

The forests of the study area can be classified under two sub groups namely 5A -

Southern tropical dry deciduous forests and 6A-Southern tropical thorn forests,as per

the classification of Champion and Seth (1968). They are mainly dry deciduous and

have scrub type vegetation. Thorny plants occur and tend to increase in proportion

with heavy grazing, to which most of the area is subjected. Prosopis juliflorawas the

easily the most abundant, dominant and widespread bush in all vacant sites in the

study area. A list of Trees, Shrubs and perennial climbers found in the Study area

are given in Table 3.31.

TABLE 3.31: LIST OF TREES, SHRUBS, PERENNIAL CLIMBERS AND PERENNIAL GRASSES FOUND IN THE STUDY AREA OF THE PROJECT SITE Botanical name Common / local name Family Acacia auriculiformis Australian wattle Mimosaceae Acacia catechu Khair Mimosaceae Acacia leucophloea Safed babul Mimosaceae Acacia nilotica Kala babul Mimosaceae Agave americana Agave Agavaceae Albizia lebbeck Siris Mimosaceae Alstonia scholaris Saptaparni Apocynaceae Annona squamosa Custard Apple / Seethaphal Annonaceae Anthocephalus cadamba Kadamb Rubiaceae Araucaria columnaris Christmas tree Araucariaceae

Aristida stocksii* Endemic to western part of peninsular India *

Poaceae

Artocarpus heterophyllus Jackfruit Moraceae Azadirachta indica Neem Meliaceae Bauhinia purpurea Kaniar / Purple Orchid Tree Caesalpiniaceae Bauhinia variegata Kanaraj / Kavidara/Kanchan Caesalpiniaceae Borassus flabellifer Taad / Toddy Palm Arecaceae Callistemon lanceolatus Indian bottle brush Tree Myrtaceae Calotropis gigantea Safed Aaak Asclepiadaceae


https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gliricidia_sepium

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dalbergia_sissoo

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Azadirachta_indica

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hardwickia_binata

https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Sapindus_emarginatus&action=edit&redlink=1


https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cassia_auriculata

https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Aristida_funiculate&action=edit&redlink=1

https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Aristida_stocksii&action=edit&redlink=1

https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Chrysopogon_fulvus&action=edit&redlink=1

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Heteropogon_contortus

https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Melanocenchris_jacquemontii&action=edit&redlink=1

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gliricidia_sepium



https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hardwickia_binata


https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dry_deciduous_forest

https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Aristida_stocksii&action=edit&redlink=1


Botanical name Common / local name Family Calotropis procera Mandara / Rui / Aak Asclepiadaceae Capparis decidua Karel / Bare Caper Capparaceae Carissa spinarum Karonda / Karvand Apocynaceae Cassia auriculata Tarwad / Tanners Cassia Caesalpiniaeae Cassia fistula Golden shower / Amaltas Caesalpiniaceae Cassia siamea Siamese Cassia / Kassod Caesalpiniaceae Chromolaena odorata Saim weed Asteraceae Chrysopogon fulvus Karni / Tugori Poaceae Citrua aurantifolia Orange Rutaceae Citrus limonum Lemon Rutaceae Citrus sinensis Sweet orange Rutaceae Cocos nucifera Coconut Arecaceae Combretum ovalifolium Rangoon creeper Combretaceae Dalbergia sissoo Sissoo Fabaceae Delonix regia Gulmohar Caesalpiniaceae Dendrocalamus strictus Bamboo Poaceae Dodonaea viscosa Lutchmi / Hop Bush Sapindaceae Erythrina variegata Pangara / Indian Coral Tree Fabaceae Erythrina suberosa Pangara / Corky Coral Tree Fabaceae Erythroxylon monogynum Red cedar Erythroxylaceae Eucalyptus tereticornis Eucalyptus Myrtaceae Euphorbia nivulia Malekalli Euphorbiaceae Ficus racemosa Cluster fig Moraceae Ficus benghalensis Banyan Tree Moraceae Ficus benjamina Weeping fig Moraceae Ficus hispida Hairy Fig Moraceae Ficus religiosa Peepal Tree / Bodhi Moraceae Gliricidia sepium Mexican Lilac Fabaceae Gmelina arborea Gamhar Verbenaceae Grevillea robusta Silver Oak Proteaceae Grewia tenax White Crossberry Tiliaceae Hardwickia binata Kamara / Anjan Caesalpiniaceae Heteropogon contortus Black Spear grass Poaceae Holoptelea integrifolia Ainasadada / Indian Elm Ulmaceae Ipomoea carnea Besharam Convolvulaceae Jacaranda mimosifolia Neeli Gulmohur Mimosaceae Jatropha curcas Jamal Ghota / Physic Nut Euphorbiaceae Jatropha gossypifolia Ratanjoti / Bellyache Bush Euphorbiaceae Kigelia pinnata Sausage Tree / Balam Khira Bignoniaceae Lagerstroemia speciosa Pride of India / Jarul Lythraceae Lantana camara Lantana / Tantani Verbenaceae


https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Chrysopogon_fulvus&action=edit&redlink=1

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Heteropogon_contortus


Botanical name Common / local name Family Lodhopogon tridenta (Xenostegia tridentata)

Morga / Arrow leaf morning glory

Convolvulaceae

Mangifera indica Mango Anacardiaceae Manilkara zapota Sapota / Chikoo Sapotaceae Maytenus emarginata Henkal Celastraceae Melanocenchris jacquemontii

Desert black millet Poaceae

Melia dubia Malabar Neem Meliaceae Millingtonia hortensis Kaval Nimb / Indian Cork Tree Bignoniaceae Mimusops elengi Maulsari / Spanish Cherry Sapotaceae Morinda pubescens Indian Mulberry Rubiaceae Muntingia calabura Singapore Cherry Muntingiaceae Peltophorum pterocarpum Copper Pod / Peela Gulmohar Caesalpiniaceae Phoenix sylvestris Date Palm / Jungli Khajur Arecaceae Phyllanthus emblica Amla / Aonla Phyllanthaceae

Pithecellobium dulce Vilayatichinch / Manila Tamarind

Mimosaceae

Plumeria alba White Frangipani / Golenchi Apocynacae Plumeria rubra Red Frangipani / Golenchi Apocynacae Polyalthia longifolia Ashok / Devdar Annonaceae Polyalthia pendula Ashok / Devdar Annonaceae Pongamia pinnata Karanj Fabaceae Prosopis juliflora Mesquite Mimosaceae Prosopis spicigera Khejri Mimosaceae Psidium guajava Guava Myrtaceace Punica granatum Pomeganate Punicaceae Rhus mysorensis Ambone / Mysore Sumac Anacardiaceae Samanea saman Rain Tree Mimosaceae Sapindus emarginatus Soap nut tree Sapindaceae Sarcostemma acidium Leafless East Indian Wine Asclepiadaceae Spathodea campanulata African Tulip Tree / Rugtoora Bignoniaceae Syzygium cumini Jamun Myrtaceae Tamarindus indica Tamarind / Imli Caesalpiniaceae Tectona grandis Sagavan Verbenaceae Terminalia arjuna Arjun Combretaceae Terminalia catappa Almond Combretaceae Thespesia populnea Paras Pipal / Indian Tulip Tree Malvaceae Ziziphus mauritiana Ber /Indan Plum Rhamnaceae Ziziphus oenoplia Burgi / Jackal jujube Rhamnaceae Ziziphus rugosa Toran / Wild jujube Rhamnaceae






Most of the annual herbs and therophytes had completed their life cycle and

withered away. Hence, no green herbs / annuals could be noticed in the study area.

3.9.3 Terrestrial fauna of the study area

The study area includes the project site, the MIDC, the GIBS and the adjacent

wastelands and croplands. The study area extends up to 10 Km radius from the

project area. The whole area except the MIDC was more like a arid or semiarid

region. As the animals, especially vertebrates and the winged invertebrates move

from place to place in search of food, shelter, mate or other biological needs,

separate lists for Project area and Study area are not desirable. The study area is

subjected to anthropogenic disturbances and biotic pressures of grazing. According

to the Forest and Wildlife Department, the project site is located at an aerial distance

of 2.45 Km from the Great Indian Bustard Sanctuary (GIBS), Kondi. The GIBS is one

of those exclusive places in India which is the home to the Great Indian Bustard

(Ardeotis nigriceps). Great Indian Bustard (Ardeotis nigriceps) belonging to Schedule

I of the Indian Wildlife (Protection) Act, is a critically endangered (CR) bird while the

Blackbuck (Antilope cervicapra) and the Indian Wolf (Canis lupus pallipes or Canis

indica) do belong to any of the REET categories (they are included under the LC

category) of the IUCN (vide IUCN SSC Antelope Specialist Group 2017. Antilope

cervicapra. The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species 2017) though this is placed in

Schedule I of the Indian Wildlife (Protection) Act. Both are reported from the GIBS

only whose boundary is adjacent to the boundary of the MIDC.

Other than the GIBS, there are no other Sanctuaries, National Parks, Tiger Reserve

or Biosphere Reserve or Elephant Corridor or other protected areas within 10 Km of

radius from project area. The Great Indian Bustard, Blackbuck, Wolf, Indian Fox and

Jackal have been reported from the GIBS. Among the birds, Indian Bush lark,

Shrikes, Bush Quails, Buzzards, Francolins, Doves, Babblers, and Owls have been

reported.

It is evident from the available records, reports and circumstantial evidence that the

entire study area including the project and study areas were free from any animals

except the GIBS. Among the Mammals, only Squirrels, Mongoose, Rats, Bandicoots

and Rabbits were noticed during the survey. Monkeys were also rare. Among the

reptiles, Lizards, Garden lizards were common. No snake was seen during the



survey. Other reptiles were very rare. The amphibians were also rare. A list of

Mammals, Reptiles and Amphibians either found or reported from the area is given

in Table 3.32. There were no resident birds other than Crows, Parrots, Doves, and

Weaver birds, Swifts, Quails and Mynas. A list of birds either spotted or reported or

recorded from the area under consideration is given in Table 3.33. The data is verified

with Avibase and there are no REET species or but there was one Schedule I species

(Great Indian Bustard). It also belongs to the CR category of the IUCN.

TABLE 3.32: LIST OF VERTEBRATES OTHER THAN BIRDS FOUND IN AND AROUND THE PROJECT SITE

Common / Local name Scientific name WPA Schedule MAMMALS

Bandicoot rat Nosokia indica IV

Blackbuck Antilope cervicapra I (LC)

Common Indian field mouse Mus booduga IV

Common Indian rat Rattus rattus IV

Fox Vulpes bengalensis II

Greater yellow bat Scotophillus heathi IV

Home mouse Mus musculus IV

House shrew Suncus murinus IV

Indian bush rat Golunda ellioti IV

Indian crested porcupine Hystrix indica IV

Indian grey mongoose Herpestes edwardsii IV

Indian pygmy pipistrelle Pipistrellus mimus IV

Indian Wolf Canis lupus pallipes (Canis indica)

I (LC)

Jackal Canis aureus II

Large bandicoot rat Bandicota indica IV

Long-eared bat Plecotus 93uratus IV

Rhesus macaque Macaca mulatta II

Savvy pygmy shrew Suncus etruscus IV

Short-nosed fruit bat Cynopterus sphinx IV

Spotted Deer Axis axis IV

Three striped squirrels Funambulus palmarum IV

Wild boar Sus scrofa III

REPTILES

Common Indian Krait Bungarus caeruleus II

Garden lizard Calotes versicolor IV

Chameleon Chameleon zeylanicus II

Tree Snake Chrysopelea taprobanica II



Common / Local name Scientific name WPA Schedule Whip Snake Dryphis nasutus II

Saw scaled viper Echis carinatus II

Common skink Eutropis carinata IV

Indian star tortoise Geochelone elegans II

Indian wall lizard Hemidactylus flaviviridis IV

Cobra Naja naja II

Rat snake Ptyas mucosa II

Blind Snake Typhlops diardii IV

Slender Blind Snake Typhlops porrectus II

Russell’s viper Vipera russseli II

AMPHIBIANS

Common Indian Toad Duttaphrynus melanostictus IV

Green pond frog Euphlyctis hexadactylus IV

Indian Bull Frog Hoplobatrachus tigerinus IV

Common tree frog Polypedates maculatus IV

Indian Burrowing frog Sphaerotheca breviceps IV

TABLE 3.33: LIST OF BIRDS EITHER SPOTTED OR REPORTED FROM THE AREAS IN AND AROUND THE PROJECT SITE

Scientific Name Common Name Family WPA Schedule

Accipiter badius Shikra Accipitridae IV

Acridotheres tristis Common myna Sturnidae IV

Aegithinia tiphia Common Iora Irenidae IV

Alcedo atthis Smallblue kingfisher Alcedinidae IV

Ardeotis nigriceps Great Indian Bustard Otididae I (CR)

Athene brama Spotted owlet Noctuidae IV

Bubulcus ibis Cattle Egret Ardeidae IV

Ceryle rudis Lesser pied Kingfisher Alcedinidae IV

Columba livia Blue rock pigeon Columbidae IV

Coracias benghalensis Indian roller Coraciidae IV

Corvus splendens House crow Corvidae V

Dendrocitta vagabunda

Indian tree pie Corvidae IV

Dicaeum erythrorhynchos

Tickell’s flower pecker Dicaeidae IV

Dicrurus macrocercus Black drongo Dicruridae IV

Egretta garzetta Little egret Ardeidae IV



Scientific Name Common Name Family WPA Schedule

Elanus caeruleus Black-shouldered kite Accipitridae IV

Eudynamys scolopace Asian koel Cuculidae IV

Fulica atra Coot Rallidae IV

Himantopus himantopus

Black-winged stilt Recurvirostridae IV

Hydrophasianus chrugus

Pheasant tailed Jacana Jacanidae IV

Lanius excubitor Great grey shrike Daniidae IV

lxobrychus cinnamomeus

Chestnut bittern Ardeidae IV

Megalaima haemacephala

Copper smith Barbet Capitonidae IV

Merops orientalis Small Bee eater Meropidae IV

Milvus migrans Black kite Accipitridae IV

Motacilla alba White wagtail Motacillidae IV

Motacilla flava Yellow wagtail Motacillidae IV

Motacilla maderaspatensis

Large pied wagtail Motacillidae IV

Nectarinia asiatica Purple sunbird Nectariniidae IV

Nectarinia zeylonica Purple-rumped sunbird Nectariniidae IV

Passer domesticus House sparrow Passeridae IV

Perirocotus cinnomomeus

Small Minivet Phasianidae IV

Phalacrocorax carbo Large Cormorant Phalacrocoracidae IV

Phalacrocorax niger Little cormorant Phalacrocoracidae IV

Porphyrio porphyrio Purple moorhen Rallidae IV

Prinia inornata Plain prinia Cisticolidae IV

Prinia socialis Ashy prinia Cisticolidae IV

Psittacula cyanocephala

Blossom headed Parakeet Psittacidae IV

Psittacula krameri Rose-Ringed Parakeet Psittacidae IV

Pycnonotus cafer Red-vented bulbul Pycnonotidae IV

Saxicolodies fulicata Indian robin Turdinae IV

Streptopelia chinensis Spotted dove Columbidae IV

Streptopelia decaocto Eurasian Collared-Dove Columbidae IV

Streptopelia Little brown dove Columbidae IV



Scientific Name Common Name Family WPA Schedule Senegalensis

Streptopelia tranquebarica

Red Collared-Dove Columbidae IV

Sturnus pagodarum Brahminy starling Sturnidae IV

Turdoides caudatus Common babbler Timalinae IV

Upupa epops Common hoopoe Upupidae IV

Note: CR stands for Critically Endangered as per the IUCN 3.9.4 AQUATIC FLORA AND FAUNA OF THE STUDY AREA

The study area was totally dry during the period of survey in May 2019. As there was

no assured (canal irrigation) and as the area was dry and hot, there were no crops.

Hence no aquatic or semiaquatic plants were found during the survey. Published

literature on Flora of the Solapur district do not reveal the presence of any REET

species. As shown in Table 3.29, Sina River is the only river that runs in the study

area. The Sina River is the largest tributary of Bheema River and it is the major left

bank feeder of the Bhima River. The total length is 55 Km and it is seasonal river.

The river was totally dry during the period of survey and hence no aquatic flora or

fauna could be noticed.

The Project area was completely dry and there were only pools of water in ponds

and lakes (vide Table 3.29). The project area was devoid of any aquatic species. A

list of fishes caught / reported / recorded from the Sina River is given in Table 3.34.

The Fishbase indicates the absence of any RET species in the study area.

TABLE 3.34: LIST OF FISH SPECIES REPORTED /RECORDED FROM THE

WATER BODIES OF THE STUDY AREA

Scientific name Common name Family Amblypharyngodon mola Carplet Cyprinidae

Barbodes carnaticus Carnatic Carp Cyprinidae

Barbodes sarana Olive Barb Cyprinidae

Barilius gatensis Malabar Baril Cyprinidae

Catla catla Catla Cyprinidae

Channa punctatus Spotted Snakehead Channidae

Channa striatus Snakehead Channidae

Cirrhinus mrigala Maral / Mrigal Carp Cyprinidae

Clarias batrachus Cat fish Clariidae



Scientific name Common name Family Ctenopharyngodon idella Grass carp Cyprinidae

Cyprinus carpio Common Carp Cyprinidae

Danio rerio Zebra fish Cyprinidae

Hypophthalmichthys molitrix Silver Carp Cyprinidae

Hypselobarbus curmuca Curcuma Barb Cyprinidae

Labeo ariza Ariza Labeo Cyprinidae

Labeo bata Minor Carp Cyprinidae

Labeo calbasu Karnataka labeo Cyprinidae

Labeo fimbriatus Fringed lipped Peninsula Carp Cyprinidae

Labeo rohita Rohu Cyprinidae

Mastacembelus armatus Baam / Bami Mastacembelidae

Mystus vittatus Striped Dwarf Catfish Bagridae

Oreochromis mossambica Mozambique Tilapia Cichlidae

Puntius arulius Bad man’s tropical fish Cyprinidae

Puntius dorsalis Long snouted barb Cyprinidae

Puntius sarana Olive Barb Cyprinidae

Puntius ticto Ticto Cyprinidae

Rasbora daniconius Slender Rasbora Cyprinidae

Wallago attu Bal Siluridae 3.9.5 Rare, Endangered, Endemic and Threatened (REET) and or Schedule I

species

Rarity may not be an indication of decline or disappearance of a species. There are

volumes of research on rarity. Rarity seems to have an advantage for certain

species. There are no rare species in the study area. They are common and

widespread. They are found in similar ecosystems in wide geographical areas. With

the sole exception of the Great Indian Bustard, no endangered or threatened species

of fauna (IUCN Red Data) was reported or recorded from the study area. Apart from

the GIBS, Blackbuck and Wolf are the other Schedule I species reported from the

GIBS. Though included in Schedule I of the WPA, the Blackbuck and the Wolf are

placed under the LC (least concern) category by the IUCN. The Great Indian Bustard

is a critically endangered ground nesting bird for whose conservation the GIBS is

meant for. According to a confirmed report, only one female GIB was spotted during

2018 and till now in 2019, none was spotted.



3.10 SOCIO ECONOMIC STUDY

The socio- economic aspects of people in the 10 km radius of the plant site at Plot

No.: F-24, MIDC, Chincholi Industrial Area, Chincholi Village, Mohal Taluk, Solapur

District, Maharashtra state was analyzed. The socio-economic data forms the basis

for developing a suitable enterprise social responsibility plan to address the needs of

the population.

3.10.1 Methodology Adopted for the Study

The methodology adopted for the study mainly includes review of published

secondary data (Primary Census Abstract of Census-2011) with respect to

population, density, household size, sex ratio, literacy rate and occupational

structure for 10 Km radius study area.

3.10.2 Distribution of Population in the study area

As per 2011 census the study area consists of 63,163 persons inhabited in the study

area of 10 Km radial distance from the periphery of the project. The distribution of

population in the study area is given in Table 3.35.



TABLE 3.35: POPULATION DISTRIBUTION

S. No Village Name Total population

Male Population

Female Population

0-6 Y Male Population

0-6 Y Female Population

0-6 Y Total Population

1 Morvanchi 1551 799 752 213 116 97 2 Shirapur 3039 1551 1488 351 173 178 3 Lamboti 2637 1450 1187 336 177 159 4 Chincholi 2785 1457 1328 425 225 200 5 Sawaleshwar 3948 2053 1895 551 267 284 6 ArjunSond 1944 1013 931 232 116 116 7 Mundhewadi 744 385 359 89 52 37 8 Pophali 1432 744 688 206 106 100 9 Wirwade Kh 439 236 203 67 40 27

10 Ranmasle 3777 1973 1804 440 236 204 11 Nannaj 7587 3880 3707 1025 545 480 12 Akolekati 3430 1772 1658 441 227 214 13 Darfal (Bibi) 7106 3664 3442 1034 539 495 14 Karamba 3228 1682 1546 380 204 176 15 Gulwanchi 2607 1354 1253 358 192 166 16 Kondi 6819 3602 3217 974 536 438 17 Khed 1157 572 585 154 75 79 18 Pakani 3905 2215 1690 415 225 190 19 Shivani 930 473 457 118 63 55 20 Hiraj 3136 1607 1529 460 241 219 21 Kegaon 962 501 461 147 81 66 Total 63163 32983 30180 8416 4436 3980

(Source: Hand Book of Statistics, Solapur District, 2011 and Census data 2011)



The male and female population constitutes about 52.22 % and 47.78 % in the study

area respectively.

FIGURE 3.18: SHOWING TOTAL POPULATION DISTRIBUTION IN THE STUDY AREA

3.10.3. Literacy & Illiteracy Rate

Literacy level is quantifiable indicator to assess the development status of any area.

The literate male and female in the study area are 23,765 and 17,438 which implies

that the percentage of literacy rate is 72.05 % with male and 57.78 % with female

respectively.

The male and female illiterates including 0-6 year’s population in the study area are

4436 and 3980 respectively which implies that the percentage of illiteracy rate is

27.95 % with male and 42.22 % with female respectively. The distribution of literate

and literacy rate in the study area is given in Table 3.36. The graphical presentation

of literates and illiterates in study area is given in Figure 3.19.

.TABLE 3.36: DISTRIBUTION OF LITERACY RATE AND ILLITERACY RATE IN THE STUDY AREA

S.No. Particulars Population 1 Male Population 32983 2 Female Population 30180 3 Total Population 63163 4 Male population Literates 23765



S.No. Particulars Population 5 Male population illiterates 9218 6 Male population Literates % 72.05 7 Male population Illiterates % 27.95 8 Female population Literates 17438 9 Female population Illiterates 12742 10 Female population Literates % 57.78 11 Female population Illiterates % 42.22


FIGURE 3.19: SHOWING LITERATES AND ILLITERATES IN THE STUDY AREA

3.10.4. Occupational Structure

The occupational structure of residents of work participation rate in the study area is

studied with reference to main workers, marginal workers and non workers. The

main workers include 10 categories of workers defined by the Census Department

consisting of cultivators, agricultural laborers, those engaged in live-stock, forestry,

fishing, mining and quarrying; manufacturing, processing and repairs in household

industry; and other than household industry, construction, trade and commerce,

transport and communication and other services.

The marginal workers are those workers engaged in some work for a period of less

than six months during the reference year prior to the census survey. The non-

workers include those engaged in unpaid household duties, students, retired

persons, dependents, beggars, vagrants etc.; institutional inmates or all other non-

workers who do not fall under the above categories.

Occupational pattern of the concerned study area is recorded to assess skills of

people.



Occupational pattern also helps in identifying dominating economic activity in the

area. In the study area the main and marginal workers are 26,975 (42.71 %) and

2191 (3.47%) respectively of the total population while the remaining 33,997

(53.82%) constitutes non-workers.

TABLE 3.37: OCCUPATIONAL STRUCTURE IN THESTUDY AREA S.No. Parameter Total Male Female

1 Main Workers 26975 17435 9540 2 Marginal Workers 2191 845 1346 3 Non-Workers 33997 14703 19294

Total Population 63163 32983 30180


FIGURE 3.20: SHOWING OCCUPATIONAL STRUCTURE IN THE STUDY AREA

3.10.5 Civic Amenities Available In The Study Area

The proposed project is coming up, at ‘Chicholikati’ Village, Mohal Taluk, Solapur

District, Maharashtra state – where the basic social amenities like Education,

Emergency Medicare, Drinking-Water, Communications, Roads and Power supply

are readily available.

As for Educational facilities, they are available either within the Village or Major

Village & Semi-Urban Centre, Solapur Town to almost all the populations of the

Study Area.



A) Power and Energy:

All Villages, in the Project Study Area, are electrified – both for common facilities like,

Street Lights, Public Water Pumping, etc. and also almost all houses are electrified

for home lighting, while LPG, Kerosene Oil and in some cases Waste Agri-Waste,

Fallen Firewood, Cow Dung Cakes, etc. are used for cooking purpose.

B) Health and Medical Facilities:

Most Villages have Visiting ANMs / Health Counseling-cum-Primary Health Care

Mobile Units or PHCs (Primary Health Centers). For Maternity and Specialist Care &

basic Diagnostics, adequate facilities are available at ‘Solapur City’, which is at a

distance of 14 Km., ‘Solapur’, which is the District Head Quarters is at a distance of

14 Km. from the proposed project site. And for Critical and Advanced Medicare &

Diagnostics, local communities visit Solapur.

Also Ambulance is available on 108 for emergencies to evacuate patients of serious

health condition/s to the Multi-Specialty Hospitals – both Government & Private –

located in Solapur.

C) Tele-Communications:

Telecommunication facility in the Project Study Area is adequate; BSNL Electronic

Telephone Exchange is available and BSNL Mobile / BSNL Landline/ Airtel /

Vodafone/ Idea/ Reliance are very effective and are available to almost everyone, in

the Project Study Area.

D) Local Administration & Law:

While all the Villages and Hamlets, attached to any Village do have ‘Village

Panchayats’ duly elected by the local electorates to assure Sanitation, Local Law &

Order and to coordinate with various Government Departments & Other Agencies,

concerned for local Sanitation, General Hygiene, Immunisation, Nutrition

Programmes, Enhancement of Literacy Levels and Crime / Law & Order as well as

all Central and State Governmental Developmental Projects.

E) Other Administrative Issues:

They are further supported by the Office of the Mandal Revenue Officer / Revenue

Divisional Officer (R.D.O.) sit at Solapur (14 Km) which is also the District Head

Quarters.



F) Transportation & Other Important Facilities:

The nearest Police Station, the Fire Station and Bus Station are located at Solapur

and there are also Bus-Stations or Bus-Stops at almost all Villages & Hamlets to all

major Towns & Cities.

3.10.6 Corporate Social Responsibility of the Project Proponent

Apart from Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) Budget, the project

proponent is advised to provide employment to the Qualified, Semi-Literate,

Un-Skilled, Women & Physically Handicapped from the Local Area as a

compensation for operating in cluster of Villages / Hamlets. Similarly, the

Qualified Local Area people should be preferred over others.

It is also advised that Project Proponent acts ethically & transparently in all its

dealings pertaining to the operations and pollution discharges of the Plant for

the local communities to become confident of the otherwise skeptical about

Chemical & Drug Manufacturing activities in the area due to the possible

pollution of the Air, Water & Soil.


ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS


CHAPTER -IV


CHAPTER - IV

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS


4.1 INTRODUCTION

Environment and development should be considered as mutually Complementary,

interdependent and an instrument of reinforcing the quality of life. Environmental

Impact Assessment (EIA) is the important aspect of overall environmental

management strategy and an important tool for sustainable development. It identifies

major impacts of Industrial and associated activities on environment and provides

guideline to prepare the necessary control measure termed as Environmental

Management Plan (EMP).

The identified impacts for various components of environment viz., Air, Noise, Water,

Land, Socio-Economy, etc. are presented herewith. EIA is an activity or an attempt

to identify, predict, evaluate and communicate the likely environmental impacts of the

activity/project on the environment.

Based on results [Baseline Data] of prediction and evaluation, pollution abatement

and control measures in order to mitigate the adverse impacts on the environment

are delineated in an Environmental Management Plan

The proposed project is likely to create impact on the environment in two distinct

phases:

• During the construction phase, which may be temporary and short term; and

• During the operation phase that would have long-term effects.

4.2. INVESTIGATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS DUE TO PROPOSED

PROJECT

The environmental impact assessment is accomplished by identification and

prediction of impacts and their assessment. Potential impacts of proposed project on

various environmental attributes given below are predicted;

• Air environment

• Water resources and quality

• Noise levels

• Land use

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 105


• Soil quality

• Solid waste

• Terrestrial and aquatic ecology

• Demography and socio-economics.

• Hydrology & Geology

4.3. CONSTRUCTION PHASE

During the construction phase, the activities which are likely to contribute to impact

on various environmental components which are temporary in nature are site

clearing, leveling, construction of various structures of Drug manufacturing activities,

lying of internal roads, erection of equipment etc.

The construction activities will be confined within the project area of 1.48 acres.

The environmental impacts and management plan during construction phase are

detailed below.

4.3.1 IMPACT ON LAND USE

Presently land is using for industrial purpose. No major changes in land use pattern

will occur due to the project activities.

4.3.2 IMPACT ON SOIL ENVIRONMENT

The activities of proposed project will be confined within the site premises. During

construction works, top soil generated from various activities like excavation etc. will

be stored and preserved to use it during restoration period as far as possible.

The construction activities will result in loss of topsoil and earthen material to some

extent in the plant premises. However, it is proposed to use the soil and earthen

material in greenbelt development.

No solid or hazardous waste will be generated during construction thus no impact on

soil environment is likely.

4.3.3 IMPACT ON TOPOGRAPHY

The proposed site is barren land and during the construction phase there would be

proper leveling of the proposed site. There is no additional stress expected due to



this project activity on topography and soil strategy of the project site and its

surroundings.

Since it is a new project, changes occur in topography due to excavation of soil in

the proposed project area and construction of buildings and facilities. During

construction, excavated soil will be restored to its original shape. Thus the impact

during the construction is reversible, for short term and insignificant.

4.3.4 IMPACT ON AIR ENVIRONMENT

The sources of air emissions during construction phase will be due to development

of site, emissions from vehicles used for transportation of men and materials and

emission from construction equipment’s. These activities are likely to result in

emission of SO2, NO2, CO and Particulate matter. However, the quantity of these

will be very negligible and that too only for a very short period. Hence no adverse

impact on air quality is likely to occur.

4.3.5 IMPACT ON WATER ENVIRONMENT

No surface water body is located in the vicinity of the project site; hence project

related impact on water environment would mainly be limited to the groundwater

resources. The potential impacts during construction phases are assessed based on

the various activities.

● Improper disposal of construction debris may lead to off-site contamination of

water resources.

● Unaccounted disposal of domestic wastewater from temporary labour camps.

● Spillage of oil and grease from the vehicle maintenance activity and wastewater

stream generated from activities, such as vehicles washing and maintenance.

Site Workshop:

The repair and maintenance of equipments/ vehicles at site would generate waste

containing oil and grease. The wastewater stream would also be generated from

vehicle washing. The impact can be mitigated to a great extent by installing oil and

grease traps during construction phase.



Construction of Roads and Parking Areas:

The impact from the road construction depends on both the construction practices

and the type of material used. Construction waste of electrical installation, painting

and flooring may create significant impact. This type of waste would be stock piled

and disposed off to authorized vendor.

Development of the proposed site could lead to stockpiling and excavation activity on

site, thereby causing erosion of base soil. The run-off from the site may contain high

quantity of suspended solids (SS). The impact of runoff may not be very significant

except during rainy season. Further, construction of garland drains will reduce the

runoff from the stockpiles

Domestic Wastewater generated during construction, which will be collected in

sewage collection tank [septic tank].

The contamination of groundwater might occur due to the irrational disposal of liquid

wastes. The overall impact on water environment during construction phase due to

proposed project is likely to be short term and insignificant. There seems no impact

on the water environment of the study area.

4.3.6 IMPACT ON NOISE LEVELS

Noise will be generated due to construction traffic for loading and unloading,

fabrication and handling of equipment and materials are likely to cause an increase

in the ambient noise levels. The areas affected are those close to the site. However,

the noise will be temporary and will be restricted mostly to daytime.

4.3.7 IMPACT ON ECOLOGY

Prediction of impacts is based both on the direct and indirect; short-term as well as

long-term; irreversible and irreversible impacts that are most likely to occur owing to

the proposed industrial activity during establishment and operation. The ecological

factors that are considered most significant as far as the impact on flora and fauna

are concerned:

1. Whether there shall be any reduction in species diversity

2. Whether there shall be any habitat loss or fragmentation



3. Whether there shall be any additional risk or threat to the rare or endangered

or endemic or threatened (REET) species

4. Whether there shall be any impairment of ecological functions such as (i)

disruption of food chains, (ii) decline in species population and or (iii)

alterations in predator-prey relationships.

As stated earlier, there is no REET plant or animal species in the project area, and

hence no REET species is going to be lost on account of the proposed product

manufacturing by the industry. The plants list given in Table 3.30 chapter - 3 are

going to be lost during the development of the greenbelt. As there are no REET

species, the proposed changes in the project are not going to pose any threat to the

flora and fauna of the project area as these species are very common and of

widespread occurrence. As mentioned repeatedly, one bird (GIB) and two mammals

(Blackbuck and Wolf) of Schedule I have been reported from the GIBS. But only the

GIB belongs to the REET (CR) category of the IUCN. The proposed industry is a

ZLD unit and hence it is not going to discharge any treated or untreated effluents.

Hence, it is not going to have any direct or indirect impacts on the Schedule I / REET

species that are most likely to occur in the study area of the project site. No direct or

indirect damage is expected to the flora and fauna of the Study area. Further, as

there are no rare or endangered or endemic or threatened (REET) terrestrial animal

species within the project area, the project does not pose any direct threat to the

flora and fauna of the study area. As the industry is required to operate and maintain

the emissions within the limits specified by the CPCB / MSPCB, the effects of the

industry on the flora and fauna of the Study area may be negligible. Neither the

storm water nor the effluent water nor any other kind of rain or waste water from the

industry shall get in to the water resources. Further, the greenbelt is going to be

developed in 35.8% of the total project area. Hence, the anticipated environmental

impacts on the flora and fauna of the study area are negligible and easily reversible.

It is not going to create any kind of environmental stress to the local flora and fauna.

4.3.8 IMPACT ON SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

Due to proposed project there is no major negative impact on socio economic

environment. The proposed project will requires a workforce of 100 persons during

plant operations. Thus industrial activity will boost up the commercial and

economical status of the locality to some extent. And, the overall impacts on socio-



economic environment due to the proposed project are positive in nature and accrue

to the community on the long-terms basis.

TABLE 4.1: SUMMARY – IDENTIFICATION OF IMPACTS DURING

CONSTRUCTION PHASE

S. No Components Aspect Potential Impacts

1 Topography & Geology

Site development No significant adverse Impacts

2 Soil Construction activity leading to topsoil removal and erosion.

Minor negative impact

3 Land use & Aesthetics

Land development Positive impact

4 Water Quality

• Surface runoff from project site

• Oil/ fuel and waste spills • Improper debris disposal • Discharge of sewage

from labour camp.

Short term, but no significant negative impact

5 Ambient Air Quality

Dust emissions from site preparation, excavation, material handling and other construction activities at site.

Short term minor negative impact inside the site premises. No negative impact outside the site.

6 Noise Noise generated from construction activities, operation of construction equipment and traffic.

Short term minor negative impact near noise generation sources inside premises. No significant impact on ambient noise levels at sensitive receptors.

7 Ecology Flora and Fauna

Habitat disturbance during construction activity.

Short term minor negative impact

8 Socio - economy

Increased job opportunity. Economy related to semiskilled expected to boom.

Short term positive impact by employment generation

9 Traffic Pattern

Haul Truck movement and possibility of traffic congestion outside site on Sector Road

Minor negative impact

10 Solid Waste Waste will be generated from construction activities

Proper disposal plan will be implemented. No adverse impact



4.4. MITIGATIVE MEASURES OF IMPACTS DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE

Mitigative measures of identified impacts during construction phase are listed in

tabular form.

TABLE 4.2: MITIGATION MEASURES DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE S. No

Components Impacts Mitigative Measures

1 Topography & Geology

No significant adverse Impacts

Construction will be carried out within the site premises; therefore no change will occur in land use pattern as well as there will not be any significant Topographical change. However, temporary change in top layer of soil will be occurred but the construction activity will help in fixation of soil thereby reducing the soil erosion

2

Land/ Soil

Short term minor negative impact due to change in top layer of soil

The earthen material generated during excavations and site grading periods, will be properly dumped and slope stabilization shall be taken. The topsoil generated during construction shall be preserved and reused for plantations

Greenbelt development will have significant impact in reduction of the soil erosion

3 Ambient Air Quality

Sort term negative impacts because of dust emission due to site cleaning, road laying, earthwork, transportation & construction

The emissions will be temporary and confined within proposed project site boundary. It is not expected to contribute significantly to the ambient air quality However, the unit will take following measures for control of dust emissions: • Use of plastic cover sheet while

transporting construction material at site

• Storage of sand and other such dispersible material by covering with tarpaulin sheet

• Storage of sand and other such dispersible material by covering with tarpaulin sheet

• Keeping minimum inventory/stock of sand and other such dispersible

material at site • The heights, from which materials



S. No


will be dropped, will be the minimum practical height to limit fugitive dust generation.

• Use of water sprinkling system at site for dust suppression

• During high wind condition, construction activities will be restricted, so that minimum flow of dust particle takes place.

Proposed Greenbelt development will be started from the construction phase

4 Water Quality

Short term, but no significant negative impact

• Water requirement for construction phase will be very minor and for short period and that will be fulfilled by ground water source Thus, there will not be any significant impact on water environment

• The wastewater generation will be from the domestic activities. Domestic effluent will be disposed of through septic tank into soak pit.

• Measures will be implemented to prevent seepage of liquid materials into ground where it could contaminate groundwater and soil.

• Fence will be constructed around the site to trap sediments whilst allowing the water to flow through.

• All mud & dirt deposited on the roads from the construction activities will be cleaned.

5 Noise

Short term negative impact due to increase in noise level by site cleaning, road laying, earthwork, transportation & construction activities

• The noise generated from construction machinery will be kept low by keeping the moving parts serviced and properly lubricated.

• The construction activity will be carried out during day time only.

• Vehicular movement carrying materials will be avoided during night time.

• The vehicles will be regularly maintained and optimum use of the same will be made.

• Adequate PPE’s (ear plugs, ear muffs helmet, mask etc) will be provided to the workers

• Greenbelt development will have



S. No


significant impact in reduction of the noise

6 Ecology Flora and Fauna

Short term minor negative impact but, long term positive impact due to green belt development

• The felling of trees will be kept at minimum.

• Adequate Greenbelt will be developed.

7 Socio - economy

Short term positive impact by employment generation

Temporary employment will be generated due to construction activities and related services like transportation of construction materials, mechanical erections etc. [15 Workers]

8 Traffic Pattern Minor negative impact

During Transportation of required materials for construction, traffic will be increased and have temporary minor impact on roads.

9 Solid Waste No adverse impact

Waste will be generated from construction activities Proper disposal plan will be implemented.

4.5. PREDICTION OF IMPACTS DURING OPERATIONAL PHASE

This phase of the project is important because it generates long-term impacts as the

production starts.

The following activities related to the operational phase will have varying impacts on

the environment and are considered for impact assessment:

• Air environment

• Water resources and quality

• Noise levels

• Land use

• Soil quality

• Solid waste

• Terrestrial and aquatic ecology

• Demography and socio-economics.

• Hydrology & Geology



4.6 AIR ENVIRONMENT

The impacts on air quality from project depend on various factors like design

capacity, configuration, process technology, raw material, fuel to be used, air

pollution control measures, operation and maintenance. Apart from the above, other

activities associated with transportation of fuel, raw materials and finished products,

storage facilities and material handling within the plant premises may also contribute

to air pollution.

4.6.1 Source of Air Pollution

The operational phase activities are expected to have long - term impacts on the air

quality. The main sources from project are detailed below.

A. Flue gas Emissions

Boilers and DG set are the two main sources of emissions from the plant. Industry

proposed to install 2.0 TPH Coal fired boiler.

The industry is proposed to install 1 x 125 KVA DG Set during power failures.

PM, SO2 and NOx are the main air pollutants generated from the boiler and DG set.

The emissions from the boiler stack and DG Set Stack are given in Table 4.3 & 4.4.

TABLE 4.3: STACK EMISSION DETAILS OF PROPOSED BOILER

Particulars Units 2.0 TPH Coal fired Boiler

Type of Fuel -- Indian Coal with CV of 4000 kcal/kg to 5000 kcal/kg

Coal Consumption TPD 8.0 Ash Content % 35 Sulphur Content % 0.4 No. of Stacks No 1 Height of stack m 20 Diameter of Stack m 0.3 Temperature of Flue Gas oC 125 Velocity of Flue Gas m/s 15 Emission Rate Particular Matter as PM (After APCE) gm/sec 0.13

Sulphur dioxide gm/sec 0.59 Oxides of Nitrogen gm/sec 1.22 Control Equipment Air Pollution control equipment (APCE) -- Cyclone separator followed by





Capacity in KVA



Emission of NOx

in mg/Nm3

Stack dia. in m

Flue Gas Temp. in

OC

Stack Height in m


125 KVA 50 70 85 0.2 190 8.0 14

B. Process Emissions

The Predicted Process emissions are

• CO2 [Carbon dioxide] – Pollutant

• NH3 [Ammonia] – Pollutant

The above mentioned emissions will liberate from the manufacturing process of

proposed products. The process emissions are based on reactants quantity and

chemical reactions between them in relation with desired product output.

C. Fugitive emission

The main sources of fugitive emissions from project are

• Storage & Handling of raw materials

• Storage & Handling of Solvents.

• During reaction period

• During Product filtrations & Finished operations

The raw materials will be stored in PP bags, Fibre drums and HDPE drums in

elevated flat from under the roof. Bulk quantities will be stored in storage tanks with

vent condensers to avoid the fugitive emissions. Solvents are handled in closed

conditions thereby reducing the losses in the form of evaporation.

4.6.2 Prediction of Impacts on Air Environment

The objective of dispersion modeling is to predict the ground level concentration

during the operation of plant and its impact on ambient air quality of the area.

Air quality assessment is done by integrating the measurement techniques and

modeling tools. The air modeling tools are routinely used in the environmental impact

assessments, risk analysis, emergency planning, and source apportionment studies.

Recent strategies for air pollution control in industries have largely neglected the

emission reduction measures which are the prime polluting sources. To accomplish

this, various air dispersion models have been developed and used worldwide so far

for different applications under different scenarios. The Gaussian plume model is a



standard approach for studying the transport of pollutants due to turbulent diffusion

and advection by the wind. Applications of such models have been made mandatory.

In this study, the AERMOD (the American Meteorological Society/Environmental

Protection Agency Regulatory Model Improvement Committee’s Dispersion Model,

Gaussian dispersion model is selected to predict the ground level concentrations

(GLC’s) of Particulate Matter (PM10) µg/m3, Particulate Matter (PM2.5) µg/m3, Sulphur

dioxide (SO2) µg/m3 and oxides of nitrogen (NOx) µg/m3 from point source emissions

will be investigated in the study area.

Methodology

Prediction of GLC values are made by using AERMOD software approved by U.S.

Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) and has adopted it as its regulatory

model since 2005. In point source emissions, the stacks are subjected to plume rise

which again is dependent on force of buoyancy and momentum. The higher is the

plume rise or stack, the lesser will be ground level concentrations (GLC’s).The

emissions when released into the atmosphere are subjected to transportation,

dispersion, transformation, and fall out and wash out and finally reach the ground

level at a particular distance and concentrations. The relationship between the

source of emissions and its magnitude with the ground level concentrations (GLC’s)

at receptor points is governed by air dispersion models which take into the account

by the source strength, plume rise, atmospheric stability, mixing height, wind

velocity, terrain and other meteorological conditions. The comparison between the

predicted and field sampled downwind concentrations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2 & NOX

(µg/m3) will be carried out in this study to predict the average downwind ground level

concentrations (GLC’s)

For the present modeling, it is assumed that the emissions from the existing sources

are already captured in the baseline monitoring therefore only the emissions from the

proposed new sources are considered

Data Used for Computation

Stack emissions data have been used for prediction of short-term incremental GLC

values of PM10, PM2.5, SO2 & NOx using the meteorological data collected at site

during the March to May, 2019. Details of the data used for computations are given

below:



The details of estimated stack emissions are given in Table 4.3 & 4.4.

Meteorological Data

The meteorological data recorded continuously during the month of March to May,

2019, on hourly basis. AERMOD model requires hourly surface data values for wind

speed, wind direction, temperature, relative humidity and cloud cover. Both data files

for the surface and profile files were then used to generate the meteorological file

required by the AERMOD dispersion model using the AERMET meteorological pre-

processor. This AERMET has three stages to process the data. The first stage

extracts meteorological data and assesses data quality through a series of quality

assessment checks. The second stage merges all data available for 24-hour periods

and writes these data together in a single intermediate file. The third and final stage

reads the merged meteorological data and estimates the necessary boundary layer

parameters for dispersion calculations by AERMOD.

Mixing height

Mixing Height (MH) is the vertical extent through which the contaminant plume can

be mixed. Forecasting of mixing height is done with the aid of the vertical

temperature profile. The MH is a function of stability. In unstable air the MH is higher

and in stable air the MH is lower. With a lower MH, there is a smaller volume of air in

which the pollutant can be dispersed, resulting in higher concentrations in the

ambient environment. There is a seasonal variation of MH. During summer daylight

hours, MH can be few thousand feet whereas for winter it can be a few hundred feet.

It varies also in the course of a day. It is lowest at night and increases during the

day. As site specific mixing heights were not available, mixing heights based on IMD

publication, “Atlas of Hourly Mixing Height and Assimilative Capacity of Atmosphere

in India”, has been considered to establish the worst case scenario. Secondary

information has been used to determine the mixing height over the study region for

the study period (March to May, 2019) and it varies from 90 - 2350 meters (IMD).

Dispersion Modeling Results

The 1st high – 24 hourly average ground level concentration (GLC) values from plant

have been computed for PM10, PM2.5, SO2 & NOx considering topographical

features around the plant and applicable stability classes. The maximum 24 hourly

average GLC values for PM10, PM2.5, SO2 & NOx from plant are given in Table 4.5.



The 1st high – 24 hour Average Incremental and Resultant Concentrations for AAQ

Monitoring Locations are given in Table 4.6 - Table 4.9. The Isopleths for 1st high 24

hour Average Incremental Concentration of all the parameters are given in Figure

4.1 to 4.4.

TABLE 4.5: PREDICTED MAXIMUM INCREMENTAL CONCENTRATIONS

Pollutant

Incremental Concentrations due to

Proposed Project (μg/m3)

Distance (km) w.r.t Project

Direction (Coordinates)

X (m) Y(m)

PM10 0.40 0.05 -27.30 0.46 PM2.5 0.10 0.05 -27.30 0.46 SO2 0.85 0.05 -27.30 0.46 NOx 1.55 0.05 -27.30 0.46

FIGURE 4.1: ISOPLETH FOR 1ST HIGH 24-HR AVERAGE INCREMENTAL

CONCENTRATION OF PM10



TABLE 4.6: 1ST HIGH 24-HOUR AVERAGE INCREMENTAL AND RESULTANT CONCENTRATIONS OF PM10

S. No Location

Distance (km) w.r.t

Project

Direction w.r.t

Project Site

1st 24 Hour Average

Incremental Concentration

(μg/m3)

Baseline Concent

ration (μg/m3)


(μg/m3)

PM10 PM10 PM10 1 Project Site - - 0.40 64.0 64.40 2 Chincholi 1.8 South 0.10 58.8 58.90 3 Darphal Bibi 2.5 NNW 0.06 59.7 59.76 4 Akolekati 3.9 NE 0.04 59.5 59.54 5 Kondi 4.2 SSE 0.05 58.6 58.65 6 Gulvanchi 7.4 ESE 0.01 59.3 59.31 7 Karamba 6.9 East 0.00 59.5 59.50 8 Sawaleshwar 5.2 WSW 0.05 57.3 57.35 NAAQ Standards 100

Environmental Sensitive Area

1

Great Indian Bustard (GIB) Wildlife Sanctuary, Kondi

2.45 ESE 0.10 -- 0.10


CONCENTRATION OF PM2.5



TABLE 4.7: 1ST HIGH 24-HOUR AVERAGE INCREMENTAL AND RESULTANT CONCENTRATIONS OF PM2.5

S. No Location

Distance (km) w.r.t

Project


Site

1st 24 Hour Average

Incremental Concentration

(μg/m3)

Baseline Concentr

ation (μg/m3)


(μg/m3)

PM2.5 PM2.5 PM2.5 1 Project Site - - 0.10 29.4 29.5 2 Chincholi 1.8 South 0.03 27.9 27.93 3 Darphal Bibi 2.5 NNW 0.01 28.1 28.11 4 Akolekati 3.9 NE 0.008 28.0 28.01 5 Kondi 4.2 SSE 0.01 28.1 28.11 6 Gulvanchi 7.4 ESE 0.008 29.0 29.01 7 Karamba 6.9 East 0.01 27.3 27.31 8 Sawaleshwar 5.2 WSW 0.002 25.4 25.40 NAAQ Standards 60


1


2.45 ESE 0.01 --- 0.01


CONCENTRATION OF SO2



TABLE 4.8: 1ST HIGH 24-HOUR AVERAGE INCREMENTAL AND RESULTANT CONCENTRATIONS OF SO2

S. No

Location

Distance (km) w.r.t

Project


Site

1st 24 Hour Average

Incremental Concentratio

n (μg/m3)

Baseline Concentration

(μg/m3)


(μg/m3)

SO2 SO2 SO2 1 Project Site - - 0.85 29.4 17.15 2 Chincholi 1.8 South 0.4 27.9 15.9 3 Darphal Bibi 2.5 NNW 0.1 28.1 15.7 4 Akolekati 3.9 NE 0.1 28.0 15.6 5 Kondi 4.2 SSE 0.1 28.1 15.7 6 Gulvanchi 7.4 ESE 0.1 29.0 16.2 7 Karamba 6.9 East 0.1 27.3 15.3 8 Sawaleshwar 5.2 WSW 0.05 25.4 14.15 NAAQ Standards 80


1


2.45 ESE 0.1 --- 0.1


CONCENTRATION OF NOx



TABLE 4.9: 1ST HIGH 24-HOUR AVERAGE INCREMENTAL AND RESULTANT CONCENTRATIONS OF NOx

S. No Location

Distance (km) w.r.t

Project


Site

1st 24 Hour Average

Incremental Concentratio

n (μg/m3)

Baseline Concentrat

ion (μg/m3)


(μg/m3)

NOx NOx NOx 1 Project Site - - 1.0 23.7 24.7 2 Chincholi 1.8 South 0.6 22.9 23.5 3 Darphal Bibi 2.5 NNW 0.5 23.0 23.5 4 Akolekati 3.9 NE 0.3 22.9 23.2 5 Kondi 4.2 SSE 0.3 23.0 23.3 6 Gulvanchi 7.4 ESE 0.01 23.5 23.51 7 Karamba 6.9 East 0.01 22.6 22.61 8 Sawaleshwar 5.2 WSW 0.05 21.5 21.55 NAAQ Standards 80


1


2.45 ESE 0.5 -- 0.5

MITIGATION MEASURES

The industry will take measures for reduction of fugitive emissions emanating out of

process reactions by adopting the following:

• The industry will take measures for reduction of process emissions emanating

out of process reactions by connecting reaction vessel vent to the scrubbing

system.

• Good ventilation will be provided to reduce the workroom concentrations.

• Fugitive emissions will be reduced by providing vent condensers to the all the

reactors and Storage tanks

• Adequate stack height of 20 mtrs will be provided to the 2.0 TPH Coal fired

boiler respectively.

• Stack monitoring facilities for the periodic monitoring of the stack to verify the

compliance of the stipulated norms. Apart from this Cyclone Separator, Bag

filters will be provided to the boiler.



TABLE 4.10: PROCESS EMISSION DETAILS AND TREATMENT METHOD S.

No. Name of the Gas Quantity in Kg/ Day Treatment Method

1 Carbon dioxide 175 Dispersed into the atmosphere

2 Ammonia 21 Scrubbed by using chilled water media

In order to minimize the air pollution, unit will develop greenbelt in and around its

premises.

ODOR CONTROL

The chance of odours within premises is mainly due to

Raw materials

• Storage / Handling

• Transportation of raw materials

Process

• Raw materials transportation

• During reaction

• Drying

Storage / Handling Storage

• Industry will provide adequate and proper storage facilities for all the raw

materials and finished products.

• Corrosive substances will be stored away from the moisture.

• Solid raw material will be stored in covered area and Liquid raw material will

be stored in closed Horizontal / Vertical tanks.

• Hazardous chemicals and solid wastes will be stored away from other plant

activities.

• The storage yard of chemicals will be isolated and it will be equipped with all

necessary measures to control odours.

Handling

• All the raw materials and finished products will be handled as per the standard

practice.

• For proper handling, company will adapt good housekeeping technology to

entire shed.

• To avoid any leakage or spillage of chemicals from all storage tanks, third

party will inspects transfer lines, valves, fittings and every joint periodically.



Transportation of Raw materials

• All the necessary precautions will be taken while carrying out transport of the

above materials as per the Hazardous Rules of transportation.

• The vehicles for transportation of raw materials and products will be parked at

specified loading facilities where there will be a provision of fire extinguishers.

• The finished product will be transported by road, rail and ship route in closed

containers.

Other sources of odour nuisance are as follows

Leaks from pressurized process equipment generally occur through valves, pipe

connection, mechanical seals or related equipment.

Control measures

• To minimize & control leaks at process facilities operators carry out regular

leak detection test and repair activities.

• Routine inspections of process equipment with gas detectors can be used to

identify leaks & estimate the leak rate in order to decide an appropriate

corrective action.

• Proper routine maintenance of equipment reduces the likelihood of leaks.

• Solvents will be transferred through the closed pipe line system.

Cleaner production practices

Process vessels:

• Liquid raw material will be charged by pumping and closed loops and dosing

will be done by metering system to avoid odour.

• Double mechanical seals will be provided to the process vessels having

agitator for reduction of odour and leakages.

Storage tanks

• Storage tanks for products as well as raw materials will be fitted with

appropriate control devices [Condensers with chilled water circulation

systems] to avoid possible odours / leakages.

House keeping

• Keep work areas clean.

• Keep aisles clear.

• Keep exits and entrances clear.



• Use proper waste collection containers.

• Cleanup spills and leaks off’s any type quickly and properly.

• Follow up preventive predictive maintenance.

4.7 WATER ENVIRONMENT

With respect to water environment; three aspects are considered in EIA, availability

& Requirement of fresh water, Wastewater generation and its disposal.

Water Requirement

The total water requirement for the proposed project is 35.43 KLD will be met from

Maharashtra Industrial Development Corporation (MIDC) water supply.

The unit will procure water from private water suppliers through tankers in case of

non-availability of main water source.

Waste water generation

Total effluent generation is 10.82 KLD, which is from process, scrubbers, boiler blow

down, cooling tower bleed off, domestic and washing activities. The HTDS waste

water of 1.61 KLD from Process and scrubbers. LTDS waste water of 9.21 KLD

including cooling tower bleed off, process, boiler blow down, domestic sewage and

washings.

Disposal of Effluent – ZLD System

Utilities waste water taken along with Vapour Condensate from MEE & ATFD for

Biological Effluent Treatment plant. Treated effluent from BTP sent to RO and RO

permeate water is recycled and RO rejects are sent to MEE followed by ATFD for

evaporation. Evaporation salts collected and sent to TSDF. MEE & ATFD vapour

condensate reused along with RO permeate.

MITIGATION MEASURES

• Effluent generated in the plant will be will be treated in Proposed ZLD system.

• The industry is proposing to install a MEE System with 10 KLD capacity and

RO system with 15 KLD capacities for treatment of 10.82 KLD effluents

generated from plant operations.

• Total Water requirement is 35.43 KLD will be met from MIDC Water supply.



• The leakages of oil spills from machinery shall be collected in leak proof

barrels and then disposed off to SPCB authorized dealers.

• The groundwater levels need to be monitored with setting up of piezometers

in the study area.

• Unit is proposed to recharge ground water through roof water harvesting pits

in the project area and rain water harvesting pits outside plant area wherever

possible to balance the water table.

• Minimization of water use providing drip system for gardening.

• Use of high-pressure hoses for cleaning the floor and process equipment to

reduce the amount of wastewater generated during washings.

• Conjunctive use of groundwater.

4.8 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

PREDICTION OF IMPACT

Identification of potential impacts on noise environment from the proposed project is

as important as other components of the environment. The main sources of noise

pollution are Boiler, Reactors, DG Set, Air compressors, and other Noise generating

units. Vehicular movements during operation phase for loading / unloading of raw

materials and finished products and transporting activity may also increase noise

level. Noise levels in the ambient air are well within the permissible limits given by

the National Ambient Noise level standards as confirmed during baseline study. Leq

values of the noise levels within the plant premises will be kept less than 75 – 70 dB

[A] [during day time and night time which will be within the permissible limit.

MITIGATION MEASURES

To minimize the noise pollution the unit proposes the following noise control

measures,

• Noise suppression measures such as enclosures, exhaust mufflers, buffers

and / or abatement measures that will be implemented.

• Employees will be provided with earplugs or earmuffs.

• Extensive oiling, lubrication and preventive maintenance will be carried out for

the machineries and equipments to reduce noise generation.

• Green Belt Development.



4.9. LAND/ SOIL ENVIRONMENT

IDENTIFICATION OF IMPACTS

Infrastructural development for the proposed project as well as subsequent

developments in the nearby area may change the land use pattern of area.

The impact on land and soil environment may be due to effluent disposal, chemical

and hazardous waste storage & handling. Spillage of chemicals during loading,

unloading and transfer, leakage of pumps, flange leakage in pipelines may create

soil/ land contamination.

PREDICTION OF IMPACTS

• The Proposed project will be carried out within the acquired land premises; there

will not be any change in land use pattern, forest cover or vegetation in

surrounding area. Moreover, electricity, water, roads, all basic amenities and

infrastructure are already available in the area.

• There will not be any disposal of untreated effluent on land. Industrial wastewater

will be properly treated and reuse in various activities within the premises.

• Spillage of chemicals during loading, unloading and transfer, leakage of pumps,

flange leakage in pipelines may create soil/land contamination. However, the

regular maintenance of pumps and flange connections in the pipelines will be

carried out and proper care will be taken while loading, unloading and transfer of

materials to avoid any soil/land contamination.

MITIGATION MEASURES

• During operational phase, the chances of any enhanced soil erosion are not

anticipated. But improper disposal of toxic wastes and accidental spillages of

toxic chemicals can pose a serious threat to the soil, ground and surface waters.

But the chances of such events cannot be quantified and predicted. Since the

industry is expected all rules and regulations relating to the use, handling and

disposal of all toxic and hazardous chemicals, no additional safety methods are

required especially to prevent contamination of soil.

• Liberal use of locally available farmyard manure will be used for the plants in the

greenbelt and block plantations for improving the productivity, fertility and health

of soils.



• In case of any spillage, the same will be collected and treated in ETP. The unit

will provide an adequate designated storage area with impervious flooring system

and roof cover with leachate collection system for the storage of hazardous

wastes.

• Leachate, if any will be collected and and treated in ETP. Thus, there will not be

any chances of contamination of soil due to the storage of chemicals and

hazardous waste.

• The hazardous waste generated will be stored and handle as per the Hazardous

Wastes (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016.

• The project does not have any impact on the soils beyond the boundaries of the

project site. Physicochemical characteristics of the soil samples obtained from 7

areas in the study area and one from the project site reveals that all basically

Clay and Silty Clay in nature.

4.10 IMPACT OF SOLID WASTE

The details of hazardous waste to be generated from the proposed project, is

mentioned at Chapter -2. The current practice of storage of generated hazardous

waste, in a closed room having an impervious bottom, and disposed of as per the

prescribed guidelines will be continued for the generation of hazardous waste.

Hence, the impact due to the same will be negligible as the handling of hazardous

waste to be generated will be disposed as per guidelines. The details of Solid &

Hazardous waste details are shown in below Table. The ash from boiler will be used

in the brick manufacturing unit. The ash of 0.5 µm to 45 µm will be used in the

cement manufacturing as a filler material, stabilization of soft soils, mineral filler in

asphaltic concrete, floor and metal castings etc.

MITIGATION MEASURES

To reduce the quantity of solid and hazardous waste generation as well as possible

contamination of land (soil) due to spillages / leaks from the plant operations,

following

Mitigation measures can be implemented:

• There will not be any leakages / spillage from the raw-materials storage and

from the storage of generated effluent from the project.



• The generated Hazardous waste will be stored on floor with suitable packing

and this dedicated area will be covered with the roof.

• The records on quantity of hazardous waste generation and disposal will be

maintained for each category and possibilities will be explored for

minimization and reuse.

• Classification of waste, Collection, Storage, Transportation, & disposed/sale

to authorized recycler or re-user.

• Data Management and Reporting

• Personnel Training

• Hazardous & Solid Waste Generation and Disposal method.

TABLE 4.11: EXPECTED HAZARDOUS & SOLID WASTE GENERATION DETAILS AND DISPOSAL METHOD





2 Spent Carbon 3.0 3 Solvent Distillation Residue 10 4 Organic distillate from Stripper 30 5 ETP Sludge 50

Will be sent to TSDF 6 MEE Salts 197




Solid Waste details


4.11 IMPACTS ON ECOLOGY

Prediction of impacts is based both on the direct and indirect; short-term as well as

long-term; irreversible and irreversible impacts that are most likely to occur owing to

the industrial activity during establishment and operation. The ecological factors that



are considered most significant as far as the impact on flora and fauna are

concerned:

1. Whether there shall be any reduction in species diversity.

2. Whether there shall be any habitat loss or fragmentation.

3. Whether there shall be any risk or threat to the rare or endangered or

endemic or threatened (REET) species.

4. Whether there shall be any impairment of ecological functions such as (i)

disruption of food chains, (ii) decline in species population and or (iii)

alterations in predator-prey relationships.

NEGATIVE IMPACTS

As there is change in the land use and land cover on account of the proposed

project, the proposed action is not going to have any direct and significant negative

impacts of flora and fauna or biodiversity.

MOST PROBABLE SCENARIO

As stated earlier, it is a new project there will be change in the land use and land

cover within the project site. No damage is going to be done to the existing green

cover within the project site. Except for a few weeds, there are only cultivated plants

and no RET species in the project area. No species is going to be lost on account

of the proposed project. No direct or indirect damage is expected to the flora and

fauna of the Study area. Further, as there are no rare or endangered or

endemic or threatened (REET) species, the project does not pose any threat to

the flora and fauna of the study area. As the industry is required to operate

and maintain the emissions and effluents within the limits specified by the CPCB /

SPCB, the effects of the industry on the flora and fauna of the Study area may be

negligible. Neither the storm water nor the effluent water nor any other kind of rain

or waste water from the industry shall get in to the drinking water resources.

MITIGATION MEASURES

Extensive plantation and green area development of 0.53 Acres (2148.2 Sq. m) is

planned in the proposed project along with landscaping. This is hereby ensured that

the mostly indigenous/ local plants will be planted all around the periphery of the

project area and along the compound wall sides. Plantations would be of large leaf



trees that provide adequate shade and are semi evergreen to evergreen. Various

native and indigenous trees would be planted for mitigation purpose.

4.12 IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES OF LAND USE

4.12.1 IMPACTS ON LAND USE

An effort has been made to identify various environmental, social and ecological

impacts due to proposed project during construction and operation phases

considering present environmental scenario as baseline.

Quantification of Impacts

With the establishment of the proposed project the following changes take place w.r.t

land use within the study area.

• Total land in possession is 1.48 acres. Out of this Greenbelt is 0.53 acres and

Rest is industrial use

• Land Use of 1.48 acres (0.6 Ha.) of land envisaged for the proposed project

will change from Single crop to industrial use.

• Pucca road is available up to the site. No separate road will be laid. Width of

the road will be increased from 5 m to 10m which is very marginal.

• No township is proposed as part of the project. Hence no increase in

habitation area.

• It can be concluded that there will be no increase in an industrial area already

the site is in an existing designated industrial area. Corresponding mitigation

measures will be taken care of the adverse impacts.

4.12.2 MITIGATION MEASURES ON LAND USE

i) Water Bodies

There is a major canal passing with in the 10 kilometers radius from west to South. It

is a recently updated and visible in the satellite imagery. As it is so far away (i.e.

More than 5 Kms) from the industrial site. As it is an existing industrial area and the

unit is going to establish ZLD system, hence there is no impact on the water body by

the proposed activity.

ii) Agriculture

As the single crop and Double crop land is identified nearby the industrial area. As

the present land use by the proposed industrial site is an existing industrial site and



located in a designated industrial area, as the industry is going to establish ZLD

system and there is no adverse impact on surrounding crop land.

iii) Change in Topography of the Land & on Drainage Pattern

As the proposed site is already in the industrial use and located in an Industrial area,

hence there is no topographical change as well as no impact on drainage pattern.

4.13 IMPACTS ON SOCIO- ECONOMY

During the erection phase short term direct or indirect employment will be

generated. Project Proponent shall give first preference to the Local people wherever

found suitable for all the jobs in the plant operations. Economic status of the local

people will improve due to the increased employment & business opportunities,

thereby, making a positive impact to the Local Economy. Educational, medical and

housing facilities in the study area will considerably improve. Thus, the proposed

project will have significant positive impact on the socio-economic environment.

MITIGATION MEASURES

• Due to proposed activity the employment generation will be around 65

persons including, skilled, semi-skilled & unskilled labour and office staff.

Local qualified personnel can be employed.

• Under CSR & CER Budget, the proponent has allotted 10 Lakhs to take up

Environment & welfare activities.

4.14 IMPACTS ON HYDROLOGY & GEOLOGY

• The proposed project activity does not have any impact on Geology as the

project process does not involve any breaking of ground except grading of

land for infrastructure development. The project area is over Basalt.

• The generation of ash from the industry will have sedimentation affect over

the wind ward side on the soil regime as well as the study area over a period

of time affecting the Green cover/ plantation thereby affecting the growth of

plants / crops.

• The chemically loaded waste water leakage from the industry will adversely

affect the soil, surface and groundwater.

MITIGATION MEASURES



• There is no pumping of ground water on site and the entire water requirement

is met from the MIDC supply as the industry is located in notified Industrial

Park.

• The management is suggested to harvest the roof top water by constructing

water harvesting pit.

• The spillage of chemicals is to be totally avoided at the storage site for

possible contamination with the groundwater.

• Ash generation and storage will be monitored closely to avoid leakages and

will be disposed safely to the brick manufacturing industries and infrastructure

projects.

• The ash spreading in and around the plant will be avoided by storing under

closed conditions at dedicated place till it is disposed to users. The prevention

suggested is not to allow the waste water leakage from the industry by

implementing proper storage tanks for wastewater collection system.


ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

(TECHNOLOGY & SITE)

CHAPTER -V


CHAPTER – V

ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

(TECHNOLOGY & SITE)

5.0 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

This chapter deals with the criteria for site selection and process technology in the

proposed project by assessment of alternatives and comprehensive comparison of all

potential impacts, both direct and indirect and cumulative, on the environment. The goal

of evaluating alternatives is to find the most effective way of meeting the need and

purpose of the proposal.

Urmila Chemopharma Pvt. Ltd. is proposed to Bulk Drug Intermediates manufacturing

unit at Plot No.: F-24, MIDC, Chincholi Industrial Area, Chincholi Village, Mohal Taluk,

Solapur District, Maharashtra state in an area of 1.48 acres (6000 Sq. m) based on

these factors Practicability, Feasibility, Relevance, Reasonable & Viability.

TABLE 5.1: SITE DESCRIPTION

Project location Details


Climatic Conditions

Annual Max Temp is 43.8 0C Annual Min Temp is 11 0C Normal Annual Rainfall is 742.5 mm (Source: IMD Climatatological Normals, Solapur 1981 - 2010)

Land acquired for the plant 1.48 Acres (6000 Sq. m) Land use Industrial use Nearest Habitation Chincholi Village - 1.9 Km (S) Major urban Settlements Solapur - 13 Km (SE) Nearest State Highway

Nearest National Highway

Nearest Railway station

Airport

State Highway No. 151 – 6.3 Km (E) (Solapur to Vairag Road)

National Highway No. 9 – 3.3 Km (SW) (Solapur to Pune highway)

Pakani Railway Station – 6 Km (SW)

Solapur Airport – 21.7 Km (SE) Interstate boundary None within 10 Km radius National Parks None within 10 Km radius Wild life sanctuary Great Indian Bustard (GIB) Wild Life Sanctuary, Kondi

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - V Page 134


The proposed project site is identified based on the following considerations:

• Land acquired for proposed Project is 1.48 Acres (6000 Sq. m), topographically

the area is generally plain, with gentle slope.

• Proximity of National Highways and railways stations, for transport of raw

materials and manufactured products.

• Availability of infrastructure facilities.

• Well connected with road networks.

The location of the site have distinct advantages such as accessibility to Road, Rail,

Electricity, Ground water and other facilities which are adequate for the proposed

project and hence, no alternate sites were considered.

5.2. SELECTION OF PROCESS TECHNOLOGY

• Proposed to manufacture bulk drug intermediates.

• All the products will be manufactured on a batch basis.

• The products are categorized on similarity in process or therapeutic usage.

• Bulk Drug substances typically consist of structurally complex organic chemical

compounds which are manufactured via a series of intermediate steps and

reactions under precise process conditions.

The drug intermediates are manufactured by:

• Chemical synthesis

• Isolation / recovery from natural sources and /or

• Combination of above

In the proposed project, resource availability may limit the range of alternatives in a

particular context. Bulk drug Intermediates will be manufactured using proven Chemical

synthesis technology; hence no alternative technology has been analyzed thus, no new

or untested technology will be used.

(Gat No. 104) – 2.45 Km distance at ESE direction Water Bodies within 10 km radius Sina River flowing from NW to SW direction– 6.7 Km

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - V Page 135

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

CHAPTER -VI


CHAPTER – VI

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

6.1 INTRODUCTION

Regular monitoring of environmental parameters is of immense importance to assess

the status of environment during plant in operation. With the knowledge of baseline

conditions, the monitoring programme will serve as an indicator for any deterioration in

environmental quality due to operation of the expansion project, to enable taking up

suitable mitigatory steps in time to safeguard the environment. Monitoring is as

important as that of control of pollution since efficiency of control measures can only be

determined by monitoring.

The baseline study is carried out for summer season. Hence, post project monitoring

programme of the environmental parameters is essential to take into account the

changes in the environmental quality to ascertain the following:

• State of Pollution within the plant site and in its vicinity.

• Generate data for predictive or corrective purpose in respect of pollution.

• Examine the efficiency of air pollution control system adopted at the site.

• To assess environmental impacts.

Monitoring will be carried out at the site as per the norms of CPCB.

Environmental Monitoring Programme will be conducted for various environmental

components as per conditions stipulated in Environmental Clearance Letter issued by

MoEF&CC & Consent to Operate issued by SPCB. Six monthly compliance reports will

be submitted on regular basis, to MoEF&CC, Regional Office, Maharashtra on 1st of

June & 1st of December. Quarterly compliance Report for conditions stipulated in

Consent to Operate will be submitted to SPCB on regular basis.

6.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

In order to maintain the environmental quality within the standards, regular monitoring of

various environmental components is necessary. The company will establish full-

fledged Environmental Management Cell (EMC) reporting directly to Plant Manager for

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – VI Page 136


environmental monitoring and control. The EMC team will takes care of pollution

monitoring aspects and implementation of control measures.

A group of qualified and efficient engineers with technicians is deputed for maintenance,

up keeping and monitoring the pollution control equipment, to keep them in working at

the best of their efficiencies. For effective and consistent functioning of the plant, the

Environment Management System (EMS) at the site will be strengthened further with

the following:

• Environmental management cell covering EHS (Environment, Health & Safety) team

• Environmental Monitoring

• Personnel Training

• Regular Environmental Audits and Corrective Action Plan

• Documentation – Standard Operating Procedures, Environmental Management Plans

and other records.

6.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL RESPONSIBILITIES

It is necessary to have a permanent organizational set up charged with the task of

ensuring its effective implementation of mitigation measures and to conduct

environmental monitoring. The major duties and responsibilities of Environmental

Management Cell (EMC) will be as under:

• To implement the Environmental Management Plan (EMP)

• To ensure regulatory compliance with all relevant rules and regulations

• To ensure regular operation and maintenance of pollution control devices

• To minimize environmental impacts of operations by strict adherence to the EMP

• To initiate environmental monitoring as per approved schedule

• Review and interpretation of monitored results and corrective measures with

reference to prescribed standards

• Maintain documentation of good environmental practices and applicable

environmental laws for ready reference.

• Maintain environment related records.



• Coordination with regulatory agencies, external consultants, monitoring

laboratories.

• Organising meetings of the Environmental Management Committee and

reporting to the committee.

To improve the capacity of the Environmental Department, as a part of the

management, a separate division will be created under the leadership of Plant Manager,

who is assisted by EHS - Manager will be working for day to day operation of

environmental management systems with documentation, procedures & Compliances.

All executives/ Supervisors and workmen/ Helpers will be responsible for the

operations. The Organizational Structure of Environmental Health and Safety is

presented in Fig. 6.1.

Any non-compliances/violations of serious nature will be addressed by the Plant general

manager in consultation with the directly involved officials and will report to the Board of

Directors of the company. The primary focus is to comply with the regulations and work

out on action taken report to be placed before the Board of Directors. Similarly a

preventive action for non-recurrence of such violations/non-compliances will also be

worked out and strict monitoring will be done by the Management for implementation of

the same

FIGURE 6.1: ORGANISATIONAL STRUCTURE OF ENVIRONMENT HEALTH & SAFETY



6.4 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING AND REPORTING PROCEDURE

Monitoring may take the form of direct measurement and recording of quantitative

information, such as concentrations of discharges, emissions and wastes, for

measurement against corporate or statutory standards, consent limits or targets. It may

also require measurement of ambient environmental quality in the vicinity of a site using

ecological/ biological, physical and chemical indicators. Monitoring may include socio-

economic interaction, through local liaison activities or even assessment of complaints.

Monitoring will also be required to meet compliance with statutory and corporate

requirements. Finally, monitoring results will provide the basis for auditing.

6.4.1 OBJECTIVES OF MONITORING

The objectives of environmental post-project monitoring are to

• Verify effectiveness of planning decisions

• Measure effectiveness of operational procedures

• Confirm statutory and corporate compliance and

• Identify unexpected changes.

6.4.2 MONITORING SCHEDULE FOR CONSTRUCTION AND OPERATION PHASES

Environmental monitoring schedules of Urmila Chemopharma Pvt. Ltd. are prepared

covering various phases of project advancement, such as construction and operation

phases.

Construction Phase

The proposed project envisages setting up of buildings and machinery, establishment of

production and storage facilities. The construction activities are expected to last for

about one year. As there are no major construction activities for the plant, simple and

generic environmental monitoring measures that need to be undertaken during project

construction stage.

Operation Phase

During operation stage of the project, air emissions from process areas, Boilers and DG

sets. The following attributes which meet regular monitoring based on the environmental

setting and nature of project activities are listed below:

• Source emissions and ambient air quality monitoring.



• Work zone monitoring for VOCs/ solvents in air.

• Ground water levels and ground water quality in bore wells.

• Hazardous and Solid waste characterization (Process hazardous waste, ash,

ETP sludge, used and waste oils).

• Soil quality testing.

• Noise level monitoring (equipment and machinery noise levels, occupational

exposures and ambient noise levels) and

• Ecological preservation and afforestation.

Monitoring Schedule: Details of the Post Project Environmental Monitoring schedule,

which will be undertaken for various environmental components, are detailed below:

TABLE 6.1: POST PROJECT ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING SCHEDULE DETAILS

S. No. Description Frequency of Monitoring 1 Ambient Air Quality at Plant site Once in a month 2 Water Quality Monthly Basis 3 Noise Level Monitoring Monthly Basis 4 Soil Quality Once in six months

5 Stack Monitoring (Process stack, Boiler & DG set) Once in a month

Methodology Adopted: Post project monitoring will be carried out as per conditions

stipulated in Environmental Clearance Letter issued by MoEF&CC, Consent issued by

concerned State PCB as well as according to CPCB guidelines. The plant site

and the area lying within 10 km radius from the plant site is considered as Study

area. In the Study area, due to project activities slight impact may be observed and

that too is occasionally monitored to understand the impact on the surroundings.

TABLE 6.2: ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN DURING OPERATION PHASE

S. No Potential Impact Action to be Followed

Parameters for Monitoring

Frequency of Monitoring

1 Air Emissions

Stack emissions from process stacks to be optimized and monitored

Gaseous emissions (CO2 & NH3 as applicable)

Monthly with recommended methods of CPCB

Stack emissions from Boiler, DG sets to be monitored

Gaseous emissions (PM, SO2, HC,

Monthly with recommended methods of CPCB






NOx) Ambient air quality within the plant premises of the proposed expansion unit and nearby habitations to be monitored. Exhaust from vehicles to be minimized by use of fuel efficient vehicles and well maintained vehicles having PUC certificate.

Ambient air quality will conform to the standards for NAAQ parameters (MoEF circular dated 16-11- 2009)

Online continuous AAQ one station and Monthly in Industry and nearby habitants with recommended methods of CPCB.

Vehicle trips to be minimized to the extent possible

Vehicle log Daily

2 Noise Levels

Noise generated from operation of boiler/cooling towers to be optimized and monitored (3 locations within plant and 2 locations outside plant) Noise generated from operation of DG sets to be optimized and monitored

Noise Level recording; Leq (night), Leq (day) and Leq (dn)

Once in a month

Generation of vehicular noise

Maintain records of vehicles Monthly

3 Waste water Discharge

Segregated effluent Stream wise (2 streams)

Pre-treated effluent will be monitored as raw and treated effluent Basic parameters like pH, TSS, TDS, COD, BOD and Oil & grease

Daily with internal lab and monthly from authorized lab

4 Drainage and effluent Management

Ensure drainage system and specific design measures are working effectively.

Visual inspection of drainage and records thereof

Daily

5 Water Quality Surface and Ground water quality in and around the plant site

Comprehensive monitoring as per BIS: 10500-2012 & IS: 2296 - 1982.

Quarterly Once






6 Work zone air quality

Contaminants such as VOCs to be reduced by providing adequate ventilation

Indoor monitoring of VOCs. On Daily Basis

7 Hazardous & Solid Waste Management

Implement waste management plan that identifies and characterizes every waste arising associated with proposed activities and which identifies the procedures for collection, handling & disposal of each waste arising.

Records of solid waste generation, storage and disposal

Once in a month

8 Soil quality

3 locations within plant site, solid waste storage area, near production block and ETP area

Physico-chemical parameters and Heavy metals.

Once in a Six Months

9 Occupational Health

Employees and migrant labour health check -up

All relevant parameters including HIV

Once in a Year

• Comprehensive Pre-employment medical check-up for all employees.

• Medical examination will be done for all the employees once in a year.

• Tie up with local hospitals and Govt. health monitoring system will be engaged during emergency.

• Dispensary and ESI facility will be provided to all workers as applicable.

• All safety gears will be provided to workers and care will be taken by Environmental Management Cell (EMC) that these are used properly by them. All safety norms will be followed.

6.5 LOCATION OF MONITORING STATIONS

Location of the monitoring stations will be selected on the basis of prevailing micro –

meteorological conditions of the area like; Wind direction, Wind speed, Relative

Humidity and Temperature. Post project air quality monitoring will be carried out at plant

site and 2 locations (one each in upwind and downwind direction) to asses ambient air

quality of the area. Major surface water body lies within 10 km area of plant site and



ground water quality monitoring will be carried out. Regular monitoring of noise will be

done to control noise levels at plant site. Soil quality will be tested of the plant site area

regularly to keep check on any leakage in storing hazardous waste. Locations for the

post project monitoring will be as under:

TABLE 6.3: DETAILS OF POST PROJECT MONITORING LOCATIONS

S. No. Description Location of Monitoring

1 Ambient Air Quality Plant site, Villages in upwind & downwind direction (with Max. Ground level concentration) from the plant site

2 Noise Level Monitoring Plant Boundary, High Noise generating areas within the plant boundary

3 Water Quality From nearby Surface water sources and at plant site Ground Water source

4 Soil Quality At plant site and Nearby areas 6.6 MONITORING AND DATA ANALYSIS

6.6.1 AIR QUALITY MONITORING AND DATA ANALYSIS

Stack Monitoring: The emissions from all the stacks will be monitored for exit gas

temperature, velocity and pollutant concentrations. Any deviation from the design

criteria will be thoroughly examined and appropriate correction/ action will be initiated.

Air blowers will be checked for any drop in exit gas velocity. The monitoring will be done

by authorised laboratory and test result will be submitted to the SPCB.

Work Zone Monitoring: The concentration of air borne pollutants in the workplace/

work zone environment will be monitored periodically. If concentrations higher than

threshold limits are observed, the source of fugitive emissions will be identified and

necessary measures taken. In addition, industry will continue to monitor the VOC in all

process & storage areas on regular basis. In case, the levels are high, suitable

measures as detailed in EMP will be implemented.

Ambient Air Quality Monitoring: The concentrations of PM, SO2, NOX, NH3, VOC and

CO in the ambient air will be monitored at regular intervals. In case of any excess

concentration in the ambient air quality due to the proposed production enhancement,

proponent will take necessary action and follow the air pollution control measures.

Greenbelt will further be developed for minimising dust propagation. The ambient air

quality data will be transferred and processed in a centralised computer facility



equipped with required software. Trend and statistical analysis will be carried out as per

the CPCB guidelines.

6.6.2 WATER AND WASTEWATER QUALITY MONITORING AND DATA ANALYSIS

To ensure a strict control over the water consumption, flow meters will be installed for

existing and proposed facilities for all major inlets in expansion. All leakages will be

identified and rectified. In addition, periodic water audits will be conducted to explore

possibility of water conservation.

Industry will analyse the basic parameters and the procedures prescribed in "Standard

Methods for Examination of Water and Wastewater" prepared and published jointly by

American Public Health Association (APHA), American Water Works Association

(AWWA) will be followed for all the parameters of monitoring. As per the CPCB

guidelines, industry will be installed the online sensors in the treated effluent for pH,

Conductivity, DO with night vision cameras.

Surface and Ground water Monitoring: The monitoring of surface and ground water is

the most important tool to know the variations from the baseline study. This is

indispensable as it provides detection of the presence of waste constituents in ground

water in case of leachate migration. In this project, chances are very less for leachate

as the total effluent is segregated and is sent to ETP – ZLD and the treated effluent will

be reused in cooling tower. The water samples from the nearby surface water bodies

and bore well water will be analysed for relevant parameters as per monitoring program.

Records of analysis will be documented.

Monitoring of Waste water Streams: All the segregated wastewater streams will be

regularly measured for flow rate, physico-chemical, nutrient & demand parameters. The

monitoring will be carried out from stream wise wastewater, raw and treated effluent

characteristics of ETP before recycling it into utilities. These data will be documented

and compared against the design performance values of ETPs for necessary corrective

action/ measures.



The ETP will be operated and maintained by existing & additional skilled and dedicated

personnel. Daily log sheets for no. of hours of the ETP operation, chemicals, electrical

and steam consumption; effluent monitored parameters with their results, etc. will

continue to be maintained.

6.6.3 NOISE LEVELS MONITORING

Noise levels in the work zone environment such as boiler house, cooling tower area,

and DG set will be monitored. The frequency will be once in a month in the work zone.

Audiometric tests will be conducted periodically for the employees working close to the

high noise sources.

6.6.4 SOIL QUALITY

Soil quality will be tested for the parameters given in schedule for every six months.

6.7 REPORTING SCHEDULES OF THE MONITORING DATA

It is proposed that voluntary reporting of environmental performance with reference to

the EMP will be undertaken. The environmental monitoring department will co-ordinate

all monitoring programmes at site and data thus generated will be regularly furnished to

the State regulatory agency. The frequency of reporting will be on monthly basis to the

local state PCB officials and six monthly reports to Regional Office of MoEF&CC. The

Environmental Audit reports will be prepared for the entire year of operations and will be

regularly submitted to regulatory authorities in Form-V Environmental Statement.

6.8 ENVIRONMENTAL LABORATORY

Environmental laboratory will be well-equipped analytical instruments and consumable

items for monitoring of environmental parameters at the site. Alternatively, monitoring

will be continued to be outsourced to a recognized/approved laboratory. The equipment

and consumable items will be made available at the site for environmental monitoring.

The sampling is done as per the standard procedures laid down by IS: 2488. The

equipment’s will be analysed in the Environmental Laboratory are Heating Mantle,

Digital conductivity meter, Digital pH Meter, COD Digestion Apparatus, BOD Incubator,

Hot air oven, Muffle Furnace, Thermometer, Microprocessor based conductivity meter,



Microprocessor based pH Stat Analyzer, Electronic Balance, Hot Plate, Mechanical

Balance, Hand Held DO meter, Hand Held Turbidity meter, Magnetic Stirrer and

consumables, chemicals and Glassware.

6.8.1. AIR QUALITY MONITORING

Proposed: Manual AAQ monitoring stations – 3 Nos., on monthly basis third party

monitoring will be done by NABL / MoEF&CC authorised laboratory and the test report

will be verified for any deviation in air quality standards for corrective actions and the

test reports will be submitted to the respective SPCB.

6.9. OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ASPECTS

All the preventive and corrective actions of environmental impacts to protect the health

of all the employees from any possible occupational health problems, the periodical

medical and health checkups of all the employees will be done to assess the any

occupational health problems.


ADDITIONAL STUDIES

CHAPTER -VII


CHAPTER – VII

ADDITIONAL STUDIES

[RISK ASSESSMENT & DISASTER MANAGEMENT]

Urmila Chemopharma Pvt. Ltd. is proposed to establish a Bulk Drug Intermediates

manufacturing unit at Plot No.: F-24, MIDC, Chincholi Industrial Area, Chincholi

Village, Mohal Taluk, Solapur District, Maharashtra state and is covered under

Category- A of the EIA Notification – 2006.

7.1 ADDITIONAL STUDIES

In order to support the environment impact assessment and environment

management plan, following additional studies have been included in this report.

• Risk Assessment

• Disaster management plan

• Occupational Health

7.1.1 SCOPE OF THIS STUDY

The QRA (Quantitative Risk Assessment) study has been conducted considering the

Terms of References (ToR) given for Environment Clearance (EC) by SEAC

Committee, GoI, New Delhi.

The study has been carried out with a view to comply ToR points with respect to Risk

assessment.

7.1.2 Methodology

The following parameters are considered to prepare Quantitative Risk Assessment.

1. Discussions were held with Plant officials on proposed individual safety

systems of plant operations.

2. Hazard Identification exercise in coordination with plant officials was

conducted taking into consideration the proposed storage of Hazardous

Chemicals/ Solvents, operating parameters and proposed safety systems.

3. Containment failure scenarios related to flammable chemicals & hazardous

chemicals have been considered for Risk Assessment and consequences in

detail. Thus, this study is mainly oriented towards acute risks rather than

chronic risks.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – VII Page 147


4. Discussed on proposed Raw materials Hazards and their Risks in handling.

7.2 Risk Assessment

Urmila Chemopharma Private Limited will handle various chemicals, some of which

are hazardous in nature by virtue of their intrinsic chemical properties or their

operating temperatures or pressures or a combination of them. Fire, explosion, toxic

release or combinations of them are the hazards associated with industrial plants

using hazardous chemicals. More comprehensive and systematic methods have

been adopted in Hazard Identification and Quantitative Risk Assessment to improve

upon the integrity, reliability and safety of the plants. The same has been discussed

in detail under their respective headings.

7.2.1 Objectives of Risk Assessment

Risk analysis follows an extensive hazard analysis. It involves the identification and

assessment of risks the neighboring populations are exposed to as a result of

hazards present. This requires a thorough knowledge of failure probability, credible

accident scenario, vulnerability of population etc., much of this information is difficult

to get or generate. Consequently, the risk analysis is often confined to maximum

credible accident studies.

The risk assessment process is primarily based on likelihood of occurrence of the

risks identified and their possible hazard consequences particularly being evaluated

through hypothetical accident scenarios. With respect to the proposed project, major

risks are leaks from storage tanks, rupture of Pipelines, Spillages from containers

during transfer operations and Storage in the Ware house have been assessed. Risk

associated with the flammable chemicals storages have been determined semi-

quantitatively as the product of likelihood/probability and severity/consequence by

using order of magnitude data (Risk ranking = severity/consequence factor X

likelihood/probability factor). Significance of such project related risks have been

established through their classification as high, medium, low, very low depending

upon risk ranking.

It provides basis for:

• The type and nature of its on-site and off-site emergency plan

• The types of safety measures required



7.2.2 IDENTIFICATION OF HAZARDS

• Hazard identification is carried out to ascertain the controls required and

available in order to mitigate the risk of exposure to the hazards. This would

be substantially helpful in overcoming costly errors and prolonged delays that

may be caused due to the design changes that may be required on a later

date.

• Hazard assessment in the proposed plant is carried out examining the Liquid

chemicals storage in the ware house such as Nitric acid, Ammonia, Acetic

acid and Flammable liquid chemical such as Toluene. This is to find out the

adequate facilities in place to overcome the Risks of exposure to the Hazards.

Following are the Hazards identified in proposed plant activities:

• Fire Hazards due to Flammable chemicals leakage from storage Containers,

pipe line ruptures during transfer of material which may get ignited due to any

spark.

• Fire hazard due to leakage of flammable chemicals from transfer pumps gland

leaks.

• Spillage/Leakage of Hazardous chemicals -Toluene, Sulfuric acid, Acetic acid,

Ammonia which leads to Air pollution, Water pollution and Soil pollution

The exposure to hazards depends upon the concentration of hazard, Frequency and

duration. The exposure to hazard could be controlled by reducing either the

concentration of hazard, frequency or duration.

After a critical analysis of the chemicals propose to use, stored and for products to

manufacture a defined safe operating procedures will be in place with safety and

mitigation measures to overcome the hazards.

The exposure to the hazard could be controlled by implementing the following:

• Engineering controls at the source

• Environmental controls that remove the hazard from the environment

Inspection of solvent transfer pipeline, Acid transfer lines & Ammonia gas conveying

lines once in a month.



Earthing to all storage tanks and providing jumpers to transfer pipelines to have

continuity of earthing.

• Providing suitable personal protective equipment

• Employing experienced trained personnel in handling of Acids, Ammonia and

flammable liquid chemical such as Toluene.

All the proposed process reactors will have temperature control and pressure control

system for process as well as suitable Rupture disc followed by a safety valve to

avoid explosion due to excess pressure.



TABLE 7.1: AREA WISE IDENTIFIED HAZARDS, PRECAUTIONS PROPOSED WITH MITIGATION MEASURES

S. No. AREA IDENTIFIED

HAZARD

SEVERITY & NO. OF

PERSONS EXPOSED

PRECAUTIONS PROPOSED MITIGATION MEASURES

1] Raw Material Storage area

Spillage of chemicals

Low to medium & 4 persons

1. Approved layout as per legal requirements.

2. Flame proof electrical fittings will be installed

3. Chemicals will be stored in safe Containers with secondary containment to prevent spillages.

4. Storage quantity is limited 5. Storage area will be well ventilated

by a forced air ventilation system. 6. Material will be accessed only by

authorized personnel using mechanized systems

7. Double door entry to ensure a clean atmosphere.

8. Showers will be provided for decontamination.

9. Personnel will be provided with full body protection suits and nose masks to prevent exposure to chemicals.

10. Fire hydrant system with hydrant points with hose reels and nozzles

1. Area will be cordoned off. 2. Information will be passed to

Emergency control center is informed.

3. Information will be given to the declarer of emergency on the scale of Leakage.

4. Emergency Response teams will be kept on alert for swift response.

5. All hot works being carried out in the surrounding areas will be stopped

6. Personnel working in the area will be evacuated.

7. Spilled powders will be collected using vacuum cleaners.

8. The spillage will be cleared and the area is made fit work

9. In case of liquid chemical spillage, the container will be shifted from ware house to the outside for arresting the leakage and transferring the contents to another

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 151



HAZARD

SEVERITY & NO. OF

PERSONS EXPOSED


will be installed to mitigate fire hazards

11. Fire extinguishers will be deployed adequately

12. Fully fledged medical center will be arranged

13. Periodical occupational health checks will be done to personnel working in the area to Access health effects, if any.

14. Liquid chemicals such as Acetic acid, H2SO4, Ammonia will be stored in dedicated area.

Solid chemicals will be stored in dedicated area. Solid and liquid chemicals will not be stored in the same area.

vessel depends on situation. The area where leakage is occurred will be neutralized if necessary and cleaned. The warehouse will have good ventilation so as to minimize the concentration of respective chemical in the working area.

2] Solvents Storage area

Fire, Flammable area of vapor cloud

Medium to High & 2 persons

1. Storage facility will be provided in isolated area to have natural ventilation

2. Flameproof electrical fittings to be allowed in storage area to prevent any fire hazard.

3. No electrical gadgets or items

1. Area will be cordoned off. 2. No Hot work will be carried out in

the vicinity to prevent accidental spread of fire.

3. Personnel working in the area will be evacuated

4. Emergency control center will be




HAZARD

SEVERITY & NO. OF

PERSONS EXPOSED


capable of generating static electric charges will be permitted in the area.

4. Personnel will be trained about Do’s & Don’ts during emergency.

5. No heat sources will be permitted near the Facility.

6. Hot work will be controlled through a work permit system

7. Storage quantity and material will be handled by trained and authorized personnel.

8. Mechanical foam type fire & DCP fire extinguishers will be provided at all solvent storage tanks

9. Fire hydrant system with hose reels will be provided in the solvents storage area.

10. Hydrocarbon detectors will be provided in the storage area.

informed 5. Information will be given to the

declarer of emergency on the scale of Leakage of solvent, Fire.


7. The leakage will be cleared and the area is made fit work

8. In case leakage is found, the contents will be transferred to a spare tank or in to HDPE drums.

3] Production Block

Spillages of chemicals / Fire /Toxic gas release


1. Flame proof electrical fittings will be installed

2. Freight lift will be installed for movement of material

1. Area will be cordoned off. 2. Power supply will be cut off to the

area to prevent accidental fire. 3. All hot work carried out in the




HAZARD

SEVERITY & NO. OF

PERSONS EXPOSED


3. Material will be stored at production blocks in safe containers for batch charging with secondary containment to prevent Spillages.

4. Earthing and bonding will be carried out for all reactor vessels and pipelines

5. Nitrogen lines will be provided to reaction vessel to create inert atmosphere inside the reactor to avoid fire and explosion

6. Work permit system will be implemented for hazard assessment in case of any hot work / work at elevated places.

7. Manufacturing area will be ventilated by a Forced air ventilation system to prevent formation of flammable mixture.

8. Fire hydrant system with hydrant points with hose reels and nozzles will be installed to mitigate fire hazards

vicinity will be stopped. 4. Emergency control center will be

informed. 5. Information will be given to the

declarer of emergency on the scale of spillage / fire/Toxic gas release


7. Personnel working in the area will be evacuated.

8. Scrubber will be kept in operating condition with caustic scrubbing solution

9. Fire hydrant system will be put in use.

10. If situation beyond control information will be given to Inspector of factories, police, fire department for their assistance.




HAZARD

SEVERITY & NO. OF

PERSONS EXPOSED


Production block

Ammonia Toxic gas release

8 persons

9. Fire extinguishers will be deployed adequately

10. Emergency exit door will be provided to each floor for safe escape in case of emergency

11. Eye wash fountain / Body shower will be provided for decontamination at each floor.

12. Limit switches will be provided for centrifuges for safe operation.

13. Nitrogen purging will be arranged for each Centrifuge to prevent formation of explosive flammable mixture.

14. Each reactor will be connected to a scrubber to neutralize or decrease the pressure in case sudden rise in pressure.

Material will be transferred to reactor by experienced operating personnel under mild negative pressure to avoid release of fumes to atmosphere

1. Scrubber will be kept in operating

condition with cooled water circulation during transfer of the material.




HAZARD

SEVERITY & NO. OF

PERSONS EXPOSED


2. Emergency Response teams will be kept on alert for swift response

3. Area will be cordoned off. 4. Emergency control center will be

informed 5. Information will be given to the

declarer of emergency on the scale of Leakage.

6. Neighboring industries and statutory authorities will be informed in case situation is severe.

4] Boiler House

Fire/ Explosion


1. All requirements specified under Boiler Act will be followed

2. All electrical fittings will be of flame proof Type.

3. Entry will be restricted only to trained and authorized personnel to work in the area.

4. Fire extinguishers will be positioned at different locations in case of any Emergencies.

5. No material storage will be permitted in the Area.

1. Shutting down the plant, declaring the emergency.

2. Electrical supply will be isolated. 3. Type of emergency will be

informed to the emergency declarer/ central authority.

4. Emergency response teams will be kept on alert for swift action.

5. Movement of personnel and vehicles will be prohibited. Adequate no. of Fire hydrant system will be put in use.




HAZARD

SEVERITY & NO. OF

PERSONS EXPOSED


6. Auto level controller for Water and high temperature alarms will be provided.

7. Water hardness will be checked on shift wise.

8. Area will be well ventilated and illuminated for safe working.

9. 24 x 7 manning of the area is done for monitoring of operation.

10. All maintenance /repair works will be carried out after issuing work permits and under constant supervision of experts.

11. Periodical cleaning of soot in furnace to prevent formation of explosive mixtures.

12. Checking of boiler internals as per given schedule to prevent Accidents.

13. Signage’s will be displayed to inform personnel about the hazards present in the area

5] Diesel Generator

Noise & Fire Low & 1 person

1. Noise abatement through modular acoustic paneling of D. G. set

1. Information will be given to Emergency control center.




HAZARD

SEVERITY & NO. OF

PERSONS EXPOSED


2. Secondary containment is done to prevent Diesel leakage from day tanks.

3. Adequate no. of fire extinguishers will be kept to handle emergency.

4. Entry access to the area will be only for Authorized personnel.

2. Power supply will be cut off to the storage area to prevent accidental fire.

3. All hot work around the area will be stopped and the area will be cordoned off

4. The concerned maintenance personnel will be carried repairs to mitigate the leakages.

5. Emergency Response Team will be kept on alert for swift response.

6. Periodical occupational health checks will be done to personnel working in the area to assess exposure to noise.

6] Electrical sub -station

Electric shock / fire

Low to Medium & 2 persons

1. Layout confirm to legal requirements as per Indian Electrical Rules.

2. Entry will be restricted to licensed and authorized personnel only.

3. Earthing will be provided for leakage of stray currents.

4. Electronic mimic panels will be installed for fault indication at the entry of the sub-station.


2. Power supply will be cut off from incoming source.

3. Electricity supply company will be alerted for cut off power supply in case of major risks

4. All hot work around the area will




HAZARD

SEVERITY & NO. OF

PERSONS EXPOSED


5. Insulating rubber mats confirming to IS: 15652- 2006 will be provided in front of all electrical panel boards.

6. Periodical inspection and maintenance will be carried out to ensure good health of the equipment.

7. CO2 / DCP fire extinguishers will be deployed to handle emergency fires

be stopped and the area is cordoned off.

5. The concerned maintenance personnel will be carried repairs to restore normalcy.

6. Emergency Response Team will be kept on alert for swift response

7] Hazardous waste storage shed

Fire/Leakage

Low to Medium & 1 Person

1. Storage shed will be at an isolated location.

2. Conditions specified in hazardous waste Authorization issued by SPCB will be implemented.

3. Compatible wastes will be stored in separate enclosures

4. Layout provides adequate ventilation and illumination

5. Secondary containment provided to prevent leakages / spillages

6. Storage quantity will be limited. 7. Periodical disposal of

accumulated waste will be sent


2. Power supply will be cut off from incoming source.

3. All hot work around the area will be stopped and the area is cordoned off

4. The concerned maintenance personnel will be carried repairs to restore normalcy

5. Fire hydrant system will be put in use

6. Emergency Response Team will be kept on alert for swift response.




HAZARD

SEVERITY & NO. OF

PERSONS EXPOSED


to authorize landfills. 8. Flame proof electrical fittings will

be installed to prevent fire / explosion hazards

9. Eye wash / body shower will be provided for decontamination in case of spillage on body parts.

10. PPE box will be equipped with gum boots, splash proof safety goggles, aprons for use during handling of chemicals.

11. Access to the area will be restricted to authorize personnel only.

12. Fire hydrant point with hose reels will be provided for fire mitigation

7. Support of external agencies will be sought in case situation poses major risks and is not controllable by in-house infrastructure



TABLE 7.2: LIST OF SOLVENTS/ CHEMICALS

S. No

Name of Chemical

Physical State

Mode of Storage

Max. Inventory in

Tons

Nature of Hazard

NFPA Rating

1 Ammonia Gas Cylinders 1 No. Toxic H: 3 F:0 R: 0

2 Sulfuric acid Liquid HDPE Tank 6 Corrosive H: 3 F:0 R : 2

3 Hydrogen peroxide (50%)

Liquid HDPE Carboys 0.5 Toxic H: 3 F:0 R : 1

4 Nitric acid (72%) Liquid HDPE

Carboys 1.2 Corrosive H: 4 F:0 R: 0

1 Toluene Liquid MS Tank 2 Flammable H: 2 F:3 R : 0

2 Acetic acid Liquid HDPE Carboys 0.5 Flammable H: 3 F:2 R : 1

7 Hydrochloric acid (32%) Liquid HDPE

Carboys 1.0 Corrosive H: 3 F:0 R : 1

7.3 Potential Hazards of solvents and chemicals

Toluene: It is a clear, volatile, flammable liquid. Vapors may form explosive mixtures

with air. Vapors are heavier than air and may travel along the ground to some

distance source of ignition and flash back. Keep away from heat. Keep away from

sources of ignition. Ground all equipment containing material. Do not ingest. Do not

breathe gas/fumes/ vapor/spray. Wear suitable protective clothing. In case of

insufficient ventilation wear suitable respiratory mask/ suit. On combustion may emit

toxic fumes of carbon monoxide and CO2.

This product causes irritation of eyes, skin, and mucous membranes in case of

contact. It will cause lung damage if swallowed. Do not breathe vapors.

Use foam, carbon dioxide or dry chemical. Suppress vapors/mists with a water spray

jet. If ingested, seek medical advice immediately and show the container or the label.

Avoid contact with skin and eyes.

Storage: Store in a segregated and approved area. Keep container in a cool, well-

ventilated area. Keep container tightly closed and sealed until ready for use. Avoid

all possible sources of ignition (spark or flame).

Toluene forms explosive reaction with concentrated nitric acid, sulfuric acid + nitric.

Boiling Point: 110.6 °C

Flash Point: 4.4 °C



Flammable Limits: LOWER: 1.1% UPPER: 7.1%

Acetic acid:

Above 39 °C explosive vapor/ air mixtures may be formed. Risk of fire and explosion

on contact with strong oxidants. It is flammable.

Above 39 °C use a closed system, ventilation and explosion-proof electrical

equipment. Remove all ignition sources.

Personal protection: chemical protection suit including self-contained breathing

apparatus. Do NOT let this chemical enter the environment. Collect leaking liquid in

sealable containers.

Cautiously neutralize spilled liquid with sodium carbonate only under the

responsibility of an expert.

Effects of short-term exposure: The substance is corrosive to the eyes, skin and

respiratory tract. Corrosive on ingestion. Inhalation may cause lung edema.

Protective Clothing:

Skin: Wear appropriate personal protective clothing to prevent skin contact.

Eyes: Wear appropriate eye protection to prevent eye contact.

Wash skin: The worker should immediately wash the skin when it becomes

contaminated.

Remove: Work clothing that becomes wet or significantly contaminated should be

removed and replaced.

Provide: Eyewash fountains should be provided in areas where there is any

possibility that workers could be exposed to the substance; this is irrespective of the

recommendation involving the wearing of eye protection.

Sulfuric acid:

Water Reaction

Reaction with water is negligible unless acid strength is above 70% then heat from

hydrolysis is extreme, may cause severe burns

Fire Hazard

It is highly reactive and capable of igniting finely-divided combustible materials on

contact. When heated, it emits highly toxic fumes. Avoid heat; water and organic

materials. Sulfuric acid is explosive or incompatible with an enormous array of



substances. Can undergo violent chemical change at elevated temperatures and

pressure. May react violently with water.

Health Hazard:

Corrosive to all body tissues. Inhalation of vapor may cause serious lung damage.

Contact with eyes may result in total loss of vision. Skin contact may produce severe

necrosis.

Fatal amount for adult: between 1 teaspoonful and one-half ounce of the

concentrated chemical. Chronic exposure may cause tracheobronchitis, stomatitis,

conjunctivitis, and gastritis. Those with chronic respiratory, gastrointestinal, or

nervous diseases and any eye and skin diseases are at greater risk.





contaminated.






Facilities for quickly drenching the body should be provided within the immediate

work area for emergency use where there is a possibility of exposure.

It is intended that these facilities provide a sufficient quantity or flow of water to

quickly remove the substance from anybody areas likely to be exposed.

Hydrochloric acid:

Water Reaction

An aqueous solution. Dilution may generate heat. Fumes in air.

Fire Hazard

Special Hazards of Combustion Products: Toxic and irritating vapors are generated

when heated.

Health Hazard

Inhalation of fumes results in coughing and choking sensation, and irritation of nose

and lungs. Liquid causes burns.

Reactivity Profile



Hydrochloric Acid is an aqueous solution of hydrogen chloride, an acidic gas. Reacts

exothermically with organic bases (amines, amides) and inorganic bases (oxides and

hydroxides of metals)

Reacts exothermically with carbonates (including limestone and building materials

containing limestone) and hydrogen carbonates to generate carbon dioxide

Reacts with sulfides, carbides, borides, and phosphates to generate toxic or

flammable gases

Reacts with many metals (including aluminum, zinc, calcium, magnesium, iron, tin

and all of the alkali metals) to generate flammable hydrogen gas

Protective Clothing: Skin: If chemical is in solution wear appropriate personal protective clothing to

prevent skin contact and to prevent skin from becoming frozen from contact with the

liquid or from contact with vessels containing the liquid.

Eyes: Wear appropriate eye protection to prevent eye contact with the liquid that

could result in burns or tissue damage from frostbite.

Wash skin: If the chemical is in solution, the worker should immediately wash the

skin when it becomes contaminated.

Remove: If chemical is in solution, work clothing that becomes wet or significantly

contaminated should be removed and replaced.

Provide: Eyewash fountains should be provided (when chemical is in solution) in

areas where there is any possibility that workers could be exposed to the substance;

this is irrespective of the recommendation involving the wearing of eye protection.

Facilities for quickly drenching the body should be provided (when chemical is in

solution) within the immediate work area for emergency use where there is a

possibility of exposure. It is intended that these facilities provide a sufficient quantity

or flow of water to quickly remove the substance from anybody areas likely to be

exposed.

Quick drench facilities and/or eyewash fountains should be provided within the

immediate work area for emergency use where there is any possibility of exposure to

liquids that are extremely cold or rapidly evaporating.

Nitric Acid:

Specific Hazards Arising from the Chemical Thermal decomposition can lead to

release of irritating gases and vapors.

The product causes burns of eyes, skin and mucous membranes.



Oxidizer: Contact with combustible/organic material may cause fire.

Hazardous Combustion Products Nitrogen oxides (NOx)

Thermal decomposition can lead to release of irritating gases and vapors

Protective Equipment and Precautions for Firefighters As in any fire, wear self-

contained breathing apparatus pressure.

Handling: Use only under a chemical fume hood. Wear personal protective

equipment. Do not get in eyes, on skin, or on clothing. Do not ingest. Do not breathe

vapors or spray mist. Keep away from clothing and other combustible materials.

Storage: Keep containers tightly closed in a cool, well-ventilated place.

Do not store near combustible materials.

Ammonia:

Appearance: Colorless gas

Main Routes of Exposure: Inhalation, Skin contact, Eye contact.

Inhalation: VERY TOXIC. Can cause severe irritation of the nose and throat. Can

cause life-threatening accumulation of fluid in the lungs (pulmonary edema).

Symptoms may include coughing, shortness of breath, difficult breathing and

tightness in the chest. Symptoms may develop hours after exposure and are made

worse by physical effort. Long-term damage may result from a severe short-term

exposure.

Skin Contact: CORROSIVE. The gas irritates or burns the skin. Permanent scarring

can result. Direct contact with the liquefied gas can chill or freeze the skin (frostbite).

Symptoms of more severe frostbite include a burning sensation and stiffness. The

skin may become waxy white or yellow. Blistering, tissue death and infection may

develop in severe cases.

Eye Contact: CORROSIVE. The gas irritates or burns the eyes. Permanent damage

including blindness can result. Direct contact with the liquefied gas can freeze the

eye. Permanent eye damage or blindness can result.

Flammable Properties: FLAMMABLE GAS. High airborne concentrations can be

ignited and pose a significant fire and explosion hazard, especially in a confined

space. A large and intense energy source is necessary to ignite ammonia gas.

Suitable Extinguishing Media: Carbon dioxide, dry chemical powder, appropriate

foam, water spray or fog.

Hazards: Heat from fire can cause a rapid build-up of pressure inside cylinders.

Explosive rupture and a sudden release of large amounts of gas may result. Cylinder



may rocket. In a fire, the following hazardous materials may be generated:

flammable hydrogen.

Eye/Face Protection: Wear chemical safety goggles. A face shield (with safety

goggles) is necessary.

Skin Protection: Wear chemical protective clothing e.g. gloves, aprons, boots.

Hydrogen peroxide (50%):

It is a clear colorless liquid and oxidizing agent.

Water Soluble

Contact with organic substances may cause fire or explosion. Contact with metals,

metallic ions, alkalis, reducing agents and organic matter (such as alcohols or

terpenes) may produce self-accelerated thermal decomposition.

On decomposition product releases oxygen which may intensify fire.

Health Hazard

Strong irritant to skin, eyes, and mucous membranes

Boiling Point: 114 °C





contaminated.






7.4 SAFE PRACTICES [HANDLING, STORAGE, TRANSPORTATION AND

UNLOADING OF CHEMICALS]

Liquid Raw materials will be transferred from the drums to the day tank situated at

the production block with the help of leak proof drum pumps / AODD pumps

/Vacuum .From day tank to process reactor unloading is by gravity.

7.4.1 Measures to Avoid Evaporation

All liquid chemicals/solvents stored in containers will be tightly closed.



Will Keep away from heat, sparks and flame

Will Keep away from sources of ignition

Ammonia will be stored in well ventilated area away from combustibles, oxidizable

materials etc.

7.4.2 Safety Systems

• Designated areas with proper indication & safety signs

• Double earthling systems for process reactors

• Flame proof transferring pumps for all flammable chemicals

• Pressure Gauges and temperature gauges on each reactor

• Safety valve & Rupture disc on each process reactor.

• Well ventilated warehouse with suitable fire extinguishers will be used for

storage of liquid chemicals.

7.4.3 TRANSPORTATION / UNLOADING

Highly inflammable chemicals will be transported by road. Therefore, adequate

safety precautions for transportation will be followed. During transportation of

hazardous chemicals, MSDS & TREM card will be provided to driver. As per Motor

Vehicle Rules, PESO rules and Factory Rules all safety precautions will be followed

during transportation of hazardous chemicals.

The following safety precautions are suggested during transportation of toxic,

inflammable and corrosive chemicals in tankers, while loading and unloading,

transportation and meeting the emergencies arising out of leakages and spillages of

hazardous materials:

• The name of the chemical along with pictorial sign denoting the dangerous

goods should be marked on the vehicle and the packing material.

• The name of the transporter, his address and telephone number should be

clearly written on the road tanker and on the vehicle.

• Only trained drivers and cleaners should transport hazardous chemicals.

• The Tanker / Vehicle should be checked for its fitness and safe condition

before loading.



• During loading and unloading, the tanker/vehicle should be braked and

isolated against any movement, while loading/unloading, use safety

appliances.

• Park the vehicle at designated place.

• Stop the engine.

• Check-up spark arrester.

• Provide earthing to tanker securely.

• Ensure that fireman is available near the place with proper equipment‘s.

• Connect the piping properly

• Before start unloading, check that, there should not be any leakage.

• In case of leakage, immediately attend the leakages & rectify it.

• After unloading is over, close the lid properly.

• Vehicle to be started only after removal of all pipelines connected with tanker.

7.4.4 SPILL CONTROL

• For all chemicals spill control procedures will be displayed. Spillage shall be

controlled as per concerned spill control procedure.

• Like any spilled materials to contain, absorb spilled liquid by dry absorbent

clay or vermiculite.

• Collect most of the contaminated absorbent with shovel for further

disposal/incineration.

• If material spills directly on the ground, dig up and remove saturated soil for

disposal/incineration.

7.4.5 EFFECT AND CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS

• In the plant handling and storage of hazardous chemicals such as Sulfuric

acid, Ammonia, Nitric acid, Acetic acid and flammable chemical Toluene are

the main hazards and Risks arising in handling of such chemicals and its

consequences.

• If Flammable chemicals are released into the atmosphere, they may cause

damage due to resulting fires or vapor clouds.

7.4.6 INVENTORY

• Inventory analysis is commonly used in understanding the relative hazards

and short listing of release scenarios.



• Inventory plays an important role in regard to the potential hazard.

• Larger the inventory of a vessel or a system, larger the quantity of potential

release.

• The potential vapor release [source strength] depends upon the quantity of

liquid release, the properties of the materials and the operating conditions

[pressure, temperature].

• If all these influencing parameters are combined into a matrix and vapor

source strength estimated for each release case, a ranking should become a

credible exercise.

7.4.7 LOSS OF CONTAINMENT

• Plant inventory can get discharged to environment due to Loss of

Containment.

• Certain features of materials to be handled at the plant need to the clearly

understood to firstly list out all significant release cases and then to short list

release scenarios for a detailed examination.

• Liquid release can be either instantaneous or continuous.

• Failure of a vessel leading to an instantaneous outflow assumes the sudden

appearance of such a major crack that practically all of the contents above the

crack shall be released in a very short time.

• The more likely event is the case of liquid release from a hole in a pipe

connected the vessel. The flow rate will depend on the size of the hole as well

as on the pressure, which is present, in front of the hole, prior to the accident.

Such pressure is basically dependent on the pressure head in the vessel.

• The vaporization of released liquid depends on the vapor pressure and

weather conditions.

In the study the largest potential hazard inventories have been considered for its

consequence Risk estimation how vulnerable the organization is to a specific

incident consequence.

There are a number of hazards that are present at the proposed project site that may

result in injury to people or a fatality in more serious cases. This study is only

concerned with ‘major hazards’, which are as follows:

• Pool fires, Vapor cloud explosion;



• Toxic vapor release

Pool Fires

If a liquid release has time to form a pool and is then ignited before the pool

Evaporates or drains away, then a pool fire results.

Because they are less well aerated, pool fires tend to have lower flame temperatures

and produce lower levels of thermal radiation than some other types of fire (such as

jet fires); however, this means that they will produce more smoke. Although a pool

fire can still lead to structural failure of items within the flame, this will take several

times longer than in a jet fire.

A burning liquid pool can spread along a horizontal surface or run down a vertical

surface to give a running fire. Due to the presence of kerbs, slopes, drains and other

obstacles; pool fire areas and directions can be unpredictable.

Vapour Cloud Explosion

The facility presently stores and also plans to store highly flammable Chemical

Toluene for a maximum credible loss scenario the release of such chemical is likely

to form a vapor cloud. If the cloud encounters an ignition source, the parts of the

cloud where the concentration is within the flammable range will burn and may in

some situations, also create an explosive force (blast wave). The effects of an

explosion, defined by blast overpressure, can be significant.

In most VCEs the expanding flame front travels more slowly than the pressure

Wave; this type of explosion is called a deflagration and the maximum Overpressure

is determined by the expansion ratio of the burning gases. If the flame front travels

fast enough to coincide with the pressure wave then the explosion is called a

detonation and very severe overpressures can be produced. Detonation is most

likely to occur with more reactive gases such as hydrogen.

Toxic vapor release:

Toxic vapor release due to Ammonia leakage the affected area, warehouse will have

more airborne concentration of Ammonia.

7.5 DAMAGE CRITERIA

In consequence analysis, it is made of a number of calculation models to estimate

the physical effects of an accident [spill of hazardous material] and to predict the



damage [lethality, injury, material destruction] of the effects. The calculations can

roughly be divided in three major groups.

• Determination of the source strength parameters;

• Determination of the consequential effects;

• Determination of the damage or damage distances.

TABLE 7.3: SEVERITY CATEGORIES OF CONSEQUENCE AND CRITERIA

Consequence Ranking Criteria Definition

Catastrophic 5 Multiple fatalities/permanent total disability Major 4 Single fatality/permanent total disability

Moderate 3 Short term hospitalization & rehabilitation leading to recovery

Minor 2 Medical treatment injuries Insignificant 1 First Aid treatment

Risk Evaluation

Based on ranking of likelihood and frequencies, each identified hazard has been

evaluated based on the likelihood of occurrence and the magnitude of

consequences. The significance of the risk is expressed as the product of likelihood

and the consequence of the risk event, expressed as follows:

Significance = Likelihood X Consequence

The below table illustrates all possible product results for the five likelihood and

consequence categories while the next table assigns risk significance criteria in three

regions that identify the limit of risk acceptability.

Depending on the position of the intersection of a column with a row in the risk

matrix, hazard prone activities have been classified as low, medium and high thereby

qualifying for a set of risk reduction / mitigation strategies.

Risk Matrix

Likelihood Consequence Frequent Probable Unlikely Remote Improbable

5 4 3 2 1 Catastrophic 5 25 20 15 10 5 Major 4 20 16 12 8 4 Moderate 3 15 12 9 6 3 Minor 2 10 8 6 4 2 Insignificant 1 5 4 3 2 1



RISK CRITERIA AND ACTION REQUIREMENTS S. No.

Risk Significance Criteria Definition & Action Requirements

1 High (16-25)

“Risk requires attention” – Project Management need to ensure that necessary mitigation are adopted to ensure that possible risk remains within acceptable limits.

2 Medium (10-15)

“Risk is tolerable” – Project Management to adopt necessary measures to prevent any change/modification of existing risk controls and ensure implementation of all practicable controls.

3 Low (5-9)

“Risk is acceptable” – Project related risks are managed by well established controls and routine processes/procedures. Implementation of additional controls can be considered.

4 Very Low (1-4)

“Risk is acceptable”- All risks are managed by well established controls and routine processes/procedures. Additional risk controls need not to be considered.

The basic physical effect models consist of the following. Source strength parameters

• Calculation of the outflow of liquid, vapor out of a vessel, in case of rupture.

Also two-phase outflow can be calculated.

• Calculation in case of liquid outflow, of the instantaneous flash evaporation.

• Calculation of the evaporation rate, as a function of volatility of the material,

pool dimensions and wind velocity.

Consequential effects

• Dispersion of gaseous material in the atmosphere as a function of source

strength, relative density of the gas, weather conditions and topographical

situation of the surrounding area.

• Intensity of heat radiation [in KW / m2] due to a pool fire, as a function of the

distance to the source.

• Energy of vapor cloud explosions [in KW / m2], as a function of the distance to

the distance of the exploding cloud.

• Concentration of gaseous material in the atmosphere, due to the dispersion of

evaporated chemical. The latter can be either explosive or toxic.

It may be obvious, that the types of models that must be used in a specific risk study

strongly depend upon the type of material involved:

• Gas, liquid, Solid



• Inflammable, explosive, toxic products

• Stored at high/low temperatures or pressure.

Selection of Damage Criteria

• The damage criteria give the relation between extent of the physical effects

(exposure) and the percentage of the people that will be killed or injured due

to those effects

• The knowledge about these relations depends strongly on the exposure. For

instance, much more is known about the damage caused by heat radiation,

than about the damage due to toxic exposure, and for these toxic effects, the

knowledge differs strongly between different materials.

In consequence analysis studies, in principle three types of exposure to hazardous

effects are distinguished:

• Heat radiation from pool fire

• Explosion

• Toxic effect from toxic materials or toxic combustion products.

Heat Radiation

The consequence caused by exposure to heat radiation is a function of:

• The radiation energy onto the human body [KW / m2]

• The exposure duration [sec]

• The protection of the skin tissue [clothed or naked body]

7.6 DAMAGES TO HUMAN LIFE DUE TO HEAT RADIATION

Injuries to People —Definition of Burn Degrees

First Degree: A mild level of skin burn affecting the epidermis, with persistent

redness but no formation of blisters. More severe first - degree burns will produce

some pain, but no permanent damage. Flaking or scaling of the outer skin layer will

occur several days after exposure.

Second Degree: An intermediate level of skin burn characterized by the formation of

blisters. The blister depth may be shallow (epidermis), with only the surface layers of

the skin damaged, or more severe with nearly the full depth of the skin destroyed

(epidermis and dermis).

Third Degree: Deep burns characterized by the destruction of all skin layers and by

charring. The underlying tissue may also be damaged.



TABLE 7.4: HEAT FLUX INTENSITY AND EXPOSURE TIME-DAMAGE CRITERIA FOR PEOPLE

Thermal Radiation Intensity (KW/m2) Type of Damage

1.6 No harm for long exposures. 4 to 5 Pain for 20 seconds exposure; first degree burn 9.5 Second degree burn after 20 Seconds

10 to 15 Potentially lethal with in 1 minute.

25 Significant injury in 10 seconds; 100 % lethality in 1 minute.

35 to 37.5 1 % lethality in 10 seconds. Since in practical situations, only the own employees will be exposed to heat

radiation in case of a fire, it is reasonable to assume the protection by clothing. It can

be assumed that people would be able to find a cover or a shield against thermal

radiation in 10 sec. time. Furthermore, 100% lethality may be assumed for all people

suffering from direct contact with flames, such as the pool fire, a flash fire or a jet

flame.

Explosion

In case of vapor cloud explosion, two physical effects may occur:

• A flash fire over the whole length of the explosive gas cloud;

• A blast wave, with typical peak overpressures circular around ignition source.

As explained above, 100% lethality is assumed for all people who are present within

the cloud proper.

The following damage criteria may be distinguished with respect to the peak

overpressures resulting from a blast wave:

TABLE 7.5: DAMAGE DUE TO OVERPRESSURE

PEAK OVERPRESSURE DAMAGE TYPE 0.83 bar Total destruction 0.30 bar Heavy damage 0.10 bar Moderate damage 0.03 bar Significant damage 0.01 bar Minor damage

7.7 MAXIMUM CREDIBLE LOSS ACCIDENT SCENARIOS

A Maximum Credible Accident (MCA) can be characterized as the worst credible

accident. In other words: an accident in an activity, resulting in the maximum

consequence distance that is still believed to be possible. A MCA-analysis does not

include a quantification of the probability of occurrence of the accident. Another

aspect, in which the pessimistic approach of MCA studies appears, is the



atmospheric condition that is used for dispersion calculations. The Maximum

Credible Loss (MCL) scenarios have been developed for the Facility. The MCL

cases considered, attempt to include the worst “Credible” incidents-what constitutes

a credible incident is always subjective. Nevertheless, guidelines have evolved over

the years and based on basic engineering judgment, the cases have been found to

be credible and modeling for assessing vulnerability zones is prepared accordingly.

The objective of the study is Emergency planning, hence only holistic & conservative

assumptions are used for obvious reasons. Hence, though the outcomes may look

pessimistic, the planning for emergency concept should be borne in mind whilst

interpreting the results.

In Consequence analysis, geographical location of the source of potential release

plays an important role. Consideration of a large number of scenarios in the same

geographical location serves little purpose if the dominant scenario has been

identified and duly considered.

The Consequence Analysis has been done for selected scenarios. The details of

software used for MCA analysis are described below.

• A computer based version ALOHA is used to calculate toxic and Thermal

radiation effect of the accidental release of liquid chemicals within the plant

area.

• ALOHA models key hazards-toxicity, flammability, thermal radiation (Heat),

and over pressure (expansion blast force)-related to chemical releases that

result in toxic gas dispersion, fire and/or explosion

7.8 RISK ANALYSIS

Risk Analysis –Ammonia/Nitric acid/Acetic acid/Solvent -Toluene

The main hazard Toxic gas release associated with the storage and handling of

Ammonia gas with respect to the proposed Unit.

Hazards associated with the storage and handlings of Flammable chemicals

Solvent-Toluene is pool fire and VCE’s resulting from the ignition of released

material. The hazards may be realized during drums handling and leaks/failures in

the storage containers and ancillary equipment such as transfer pumps, metering

equipment, etc. all of which can release significant quantities of flammable material

or toxic material on failure.



7.9 RISK MODELING SCENARIOS

In addition to overfill, the scenarios considered for liquid and gaseous.

Chemical leaks and catastrophic failures. Factors that have been identified as having

an effect on the integrity of tanks are related to design, inspection, maintenance, and

corrosion.

1. Ammonia, Acetic acid and Nitric acid have been considered for the consequences

analysis considering its hazardous nature, Storage conditions and threshold values.

2. Flammable chemical: Toluene has been considered for the consequences

analysis considering their flammable nature, Storage conditions and threshold

values.

RISK & VULNERABLE AREAS

SITE DATA:

Location: URMILA CHEMOPHARMA (P) LTD, SOLAPUR, INDIA

CHEMICAL DATA:

Chemical Name: TOLUENE

CAS Number: 108-88-3

Molecular Weight: 92.14 g/mol

Ambient Boiling Point: 110 °C

ATMOSPHERIC DATA:

Wind: 1.3 meters/second from N at 3 meters

Air Temperature: 43.8° C

Relative Humidity: 39%

SOURCE STRENGTH:

Direct Source: 1500 kilograms

Total Amount Released: 1500 kgs

THREAT ZONE:

Model Run: Heavy Gas

Red : 343 yards --- (3700 ppm = AEGL-3 [60 min])

Orange: 664 yards --- (560 ppm = AEGL-2 [60 min])

Yellow: 1369 yards --- (67 ppm = AEGL-1 [60 min])



The spillage of TOLUENE and its consequence considered as Major and its

likelihood is unlikely


= 3*4 = 12

As defined in Risk Criteria and action requirements

The risk significance is Medium.

“Risk is tolerable” –

Mitigation measure: Due to sudden leakage of Toluene containers while handling at

warehouse area, there would be leakage of contents on to the ground. This results in

formation toxic area of Toluene vapor cloud of AEGL value having more than 3700

ppm up to a distance of 313 mts in which people may experience eye exposure, skin

exposure, inhalation exposure and life threatening health effects within one hour

towards N side of the plant.

AEGL value having more than 560 ppm up to a distance of 607 mts in which people

may experience long lasting adverse health effects within one hour towards N side of

the plant.

During handling the Toluene containers a trained operator and his assistant should

wear respirator in the ware house as well as during transfer the containers to

production area. The ware house area should have ventilation rate of 50 m3/hr/m2.

To maintain this enough exhaust fans to be installed in the warehouse.



CHEMICAL DATA:

Chemical Name: TOLUENE



Ambient Boiling Point: 110° C

ATMOSPHERIC DATA:




SOURCE STRENGTH:


Total Amount Released: 1500 KGS

THREAT ZONE:

Threat Modeled: Overpressure (blast force) from vapor cloud explosion

Type of Ignition: ignited by spark or flame

Level of Congestion: congested


Orange: 237 yards --- (3.5 psi = serious injury likely)

Yellow: 289 yards --- (1.0 psi = shatters glass)

The spillage of TOLUENE and its consequence considered as Major and its



=3*4 =12






Mitigation measure: Due to sudden leakage of Toluene containers while handling at

warehouse area, there would be leakage of contents on to the ground. These results

in formation Vapor cloud of Toluene and incase due to any spark the cloud will get

ignited and vapor cloud explosion will occur in the N side of the plant.

The peak over pressure value having more than 3.5 psi will cause serious injuries to

the workmen up to a distance of 216 mts towards North side of the plant

The peak over pressure value having more than 1.0 psi will shatter the glass up to a

distance of 264 mts towards N side of the plant.

During handling the Toluene containers a trained operator and his assistant should

wear respirator in the ware house as well as during transfer the containers to


To maintain this enough exhaust fans to be installed in the warehouse. This will

avoid vapor cloud explosion.

CHEMICAL DATA:

Chemical Name: AMMONIA



Ambient Boiling Point: -34.5° C

ATMOSPHERIC DATA:




SOURCE STRENGTH:


Total Amount Released: 50 kgs

THREAT ZONE:

Model Run: Gaussian

Red : 88 yards --- (1100 ppm = AEGL-3 [60 min])

Orange: 231 yards --- (160 ppm = AEGL-2 [60 min])

Yellow: 471 yards --- (30 ppm = AEGL-1 [60 min])



The Leakage of Ammonia gas and its consequences are considered as Minor and its

likelihood is probable


=2*4 =8


The risk significance is low.

“Risk is Acceptable.”

Mitigation measure: During charging ammonia from cylinder to reactor if transfer pipe

is not fixed properly there may be sudden leakage of gas in to atmosphere. This

results in formation toxic area of Ammonia vapor cloud of AEGL Value 1100 ppm up

to a distance of 80 mts in which people may experience life threatening health

effects within hour.

AEGL value having AEGL Value more than 160 ppm up to a distance of 211 mts in

which people may experience long lasting adverse health effects within one hour


During transfer of material it is advisable to use tested transfer pipe and its end

connections should be ensured for leak proof. While charging the material

responsible officer should be present.

CHEMICAL DATA:

Chemical Name: ACETIC ACID

CAS Number: 64-19-7




Ambient Boiling Point: 116.2° C

ATMOSPHERIC DATA:




SOURCE STRENGTH:


Total Amount Released: 400 KGS

THREAT ZONE:


Red : 618 yards --- (250 ppm = ERPG-3)

Orange: 1258 yards --- (35 ppm = ERPG-2)

Yellow: 1.4 miles --- (5 ppm = ERPG-1)

The spillage of Acetic acid and its consequence considered as Major and its



=3*4 =12




Mitigation measure: Due to sudden leakage of Acetic acid containers while handling

at warehouse area, there would be leakage of contents on to the ground. This results

in formation toxic area of Acetic acid. The toxic vapor cloud of ERPG-3 value having



more than 250 ppm up to a distance of 565 mts in which people may experience eye

exposure, skin exposure, inhalation exposure and life threatening health effects

within one hour towards N side of the plant

ERPG-2 value having more than 35 ppm up to a distance of 1150 mts in which

people may experience Irreversible or other serious Health effects within one hour


During handling the Acetic acid containers a trained operator and his assistant

should wear respirator in the ware house as well as during transfer the containers to


To maintain this enough exhaust fans to be installed in the warehouse.

7.10 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH

Hazardous and toxic substances will be defined as those chemicals present in the

work place which are capable of causing harm.

• For handling hazardous chemicals and to take care of employee’s health, and

predictive maintenance looking to the nature of hazardous chemicals being

handled/processed. All the equipments in the plant areas shall be inspected /

tested by an outside agency.

• The various safety equipments like breathing apparatus and critical

instrumentation will be provided on various equipments are inspected and tested

frequently to ensure their operability all the time. Besides, all the first aid, fire

fighting devices will be inspected, tested and maintained by a competent third

party and kept all the time in ready to use condition.

• Health of all the employees in plant area will be monitored by outside physician.

If any abnormality is found necessary treatment is also being given time to time.

Necessary history cards, records will be maintained which is up-dated time to

time.

Common Hazards

• Physical such as ventilation, poor illumination, noise, extreme temperature,

humidity and radiation.

• Biological such as variety of pathogenic bacteria and parasites.

• Chemical due to hazardous gases and dusts.

• Ergonomic.



Industrial Hygiene Monitoring

• Industrial hygiene monitoring is to be located and identify source of exposure in

the workplace so that they can be corrected and to quantify the exposure of

employees to chemicals in the air.

• Air monitoring is conducted by industrial hygienists or other trained personnel.

Occupational Health Monitoring System

A. Air samples

Locations of samples – air samples are generally collected in one or three locations:

• At the breathing zone of the worker [Personal sample]

• In the general room air [Area sample]

• At the operation which is generating the hazardous substance [Area sample]

Lengths of samples – Air samples are generally collected for two lengths of time.

• Grab samples [instantaneous] measure conditions at one moment in time and

can be linked to a still photograph. They give only a picture of conditions at one

place at one instant in time.

• Continuous Samples [range from twenty minutes to 8 – 10 Hours].These is

used to evaluate all day exposure by a series of continuous samples.

B. Other sampling methods

Bulk samples

Bulk samples will be collected from settled dust in the work place or from drums or

bags. Their purpose is to analyze and identify the substances present. For example,

bulk samples are used to analyze the percent of asbestos in insulation, dust &

Chemical Powder. Usually, a substance which is greater than one percent of bulk

sample is considered a concern.

Wipe Samples

Wipe samples will be used when skin absorption or ingestion is a suspected route of

exposure. The purpose is to show whether skin, respirators, clothing, lunch rooms,

lockers, etc. are contaminated.

It can show which surfaces are clean and which are contaminated. It can also show

if some surfaces are more contaminated than others.



7.10.1 Sampling Devices

The general principle of sampling is to collect an amount of a contaminant onto a

medium from a known quantity of air.

Air samples will be collected using small pumps to suck air from the workroom. The

pump is attached by tubing to a sampling device which contains the sampling

medium; for example a glass tube containing charcoal.

The sampling method will be used depends on the physical form of the substance:

DUSTS –The sampling device is a filter of plastic or paper in s holder:

VAPORS –The sampling device is a glass tube containing activated charcoal

as a medium.

GASES –The sampling device is a bubbler containing a fluid medium to

dissolved or react with the gas

The collected samples will be sent to a laboratory where the amount of the

substance on the sampling medium [filter, tube, etc.] is measured.

In some cases air monitoring will be conducted by using direct reading instrument

such as a monitoring for carbon monoxide these instruments can measure the

amount of a contaminant in the air immediately without being sent to a laboratory.

• PELs [Permissible Exposure Limits] – these are legal’s limits which have been

established by OSHA.

• Recommended PELs – also reference to as RELs [Recommended Exposure

Limits] often these values are based on more recent scientific information than

the legal PELs enforced by OSHA.

• TLVs [Threshold Limit Values] – These are exposure limits put out by a

nongovernmental group, the ACGIH [American Conference of Governmental

Industrial Hygienists].

• IDLH [Immediate Dangerous to Life or Health] limits are prescribed by NIOSH

[National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health]

• PAC [Protective action criteria] for Hazardous chemicals prescribed by

Emergency management issues special interest group, UNITED STATES.

• AEGL [Acute exposure guideline levels] values given by U.S. Environmental

protection agency.



• ERPGs (Emergency response Planning Guidelines) are developed by the

Emergency Response Planning committee of the American Industrial Hygiene

Association.

• OEL (Occupational exposure limits) are set by the American Conference of

Governmental Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH).

TABLE 7.6: SOLVENT/ CHEMICAL EXPOSURE LIMITS

S. No SOLVENT NAME ACGIH [TLV ]ppm

OSHA [ PEL ] ppm

1 Ammonia 25 50 2 Toluene 50 200 3 Acetic acid 10 10 4 Nitric acid 2 2 5 Hydrochloric acid 2 5 6 Sulfuric acid 0.2 mg/m3 1 mg/m3

Notes:

All the above Values are in ppm

PPE Means Personal Protective Equipment like Helmets, Safety Google,

Breathing apparatus, Nose Masks, Gloves, Gum Shoes etc.,

EMP for the Occupational Safety & Health Hazards: Chemicals exposure can be

kept within permissible exposure level (PEL) / Threshold Limit value (TLV) so as to

protect health of workers.

1. It is proposed to formulate and implement an EMP for Occupational Safety and

Health with following aim:

• To keep air-borne concentration of toxic and hazardous chemicals below PEL

and TLV.

• Protect general health of workers likely to be exposed to such chemicals

• Providing training, guidelines, resources and facilities to concerned

department for occupational health hazards

• Permanent changes to workplace procedures or work location to be done if it

is found necessary on the basis of findings from workplace Monitoring Plan.

2. Proposed EMP will be incorporated in Standard Operating Procedure also

3. The proposed EMP will also include measure to keep air-borne concentration of

toxic and hazardous chemicals below its PEL and TLV, like

• Leak Surveys



• Separate storage for toxic chemicals

• Exhaust Ventilation

• Proper illumination

• Close processes to avoid spills and exposures

• On-line detectors toxic chemical like Anhydrous Ammonia

• Atomization of process operations to hazards of manual handling of chemicals

• Supply of proper PPEs like Air mask, Breathing canisters, Decontamination

procedure for empty drums and carboys.

• Regular maintenance program for pumps, equipment, instruments handling

toxic and corrosive chemicals

• Display of warning boards

• Training to persons handling toxic and corrosive chemicals.

.4. Workplace Monitoring Plan

• It is proposed that a Workplace Monitoring Plan to be prepared &

implemented accordingly.

• Each workplace must be evaluated to identify potential hazards from toxic

substances or harmful physical agents. Air-borne concentration of toxic

chemicals will be measured and record will be kept.

• The current state-of-the-art exposure measurement model is as follows: For

purposes of measuring worker exposure across a single shift it is sufficient to

place a reasonably accurate exposure measuring device near the worker’s

area, within the worker’s breathing zone, and have it operate for nearly the full

shift. Client has been proposed to study the exposure data when the plant is

operative.

5. Health Evaluation of Workers

• It is proposed that management will devise a plan to check and evaluate the

exposure specific health status evaluation of workers.

• Workers will be checked for physical fitness with special reference to the

possible health hazards likely to be present, where he/she is being expected

to work before being employed for that purpose. Basic examinations like

1. Liver Function tests

2. Chest X-ray



3. Audiometry

4. Spirometry Vision testing (Far & Near vision, color vision and any other

ocular defect)

5. ECG, etc. will be carried out.

However, the parameters and frequency of such examination will be decided in

consultation with Factory Medical Officer.

• While in work, all the workers will be periodically examined for the health with

specific reference to the hazards which they are likely to be exposed to during

work. Health evaluation will be carried out considering the bodily functions

likely to be affected during work. The parameters and frequency of such

examination will be decided in consultation with Factory Medical Officer. Plan

of monthly and yearly report of the health status of workers with special

reference to Occupational Health and Safety, will be maintained.

7.11 TREATMENT OF WORKERS AFFECTED BY ACCIDENTAL SPILLAGE OF CHEMICALS [Interim First Aid for General Injuries & Wounds]

Interim First Aid is essential in many injuries while injured waits for trained personnel

to arrive.

BLEEDING • Apply direct pressure on the wound with a clean dressing.

• If bleeding continues and you do not suspect a fracture, elevate the wound

above the victim’s heart and continue to apply direct pressure.

• If bleeding continues, apply pressure at a pressure point.

• Maintain body temperature.

• Do not use a tourniquet unless this is a serious amputation.

BREATHING PROBLEMS • Move victim to fresh air if smoke or dangerous gases are present.

• Otherwise, do not move victim.

• If victim loses consciousness, call doctor

• Never enter into a room with toxic gases released -call without protection

UNCONSCIOUS VICTIM • Move victim to fresh air if smoke or dangerous gases exist.

• Begin rescue breathing- is First Aid trained ahead of time

• Never enter into a room where toxic gases released



CHEMICAL BURNS • Have victim remain under a safety shower or flush skin with an available

water source for 15-30 minutes.

• Remove all contaminated clothing and jewellery.

• Cover burns with dry, loose dressings.

• Wash all clothing thoroughly before wearing it again.

ACID BURNS • In case of acid burn, the operators with all possible speed gets under a safety

shower and use the full flow of water. A small amount of water will incase

severity of the burn Water should be used until all traces of acid have been

washed from the burn. Alkaline solutions are not needed; if used at all they

will use only after all acid has been washed from the burn, it may to treat in

the same manner as a heat burn.

CHEMICAL INGESTIONS • Never enter into a room where toxic gases released, without protection

• Do not give victim any food or liquids without specific advice from physician.

EYE INJURIES FROM CHEMICALS • Get victim to a safety shower or eye wash immediately.

• Never enter into a room where toxic gases released

• Flush eye for 15-30 minutes with both lids held open. Keep the injured eye

lower than the uninjured eye.

• Keep the eyelids open hold fingers at top and bottom of the eyeball. Wrap a

bandage loosely around both eyes.

SAFE OPERATING PROCEDURES • Safe operating procedures will be available for all materials, operations and

equipment.

• The workers will be informed of consequences of failure to observe the safe

operating procedures.

• Safe operating procedures will be formulated and updated, specific to process

& equipment and distributed to concerned plant personnel.

• Safety procedures will be prepared and displayed meticulously in Telugu and

English languages.

FIRE PROTECTION • Well-designed pressured hydrant system comprising with jockey pump,

electrical & diesel pumps, hydrant, monitor etc. Will be installed at the plant.



• The fire fighting system and equipment will be tested and maintained as per

OISD-117 standard.

• Heat and smoke detectors will be provided at the plant and warehouse

(solvent storage area) and calibrated.

STATIC ELECTRICITY • All equipment and Storage tanks / Containers of flammable chemicals are will

be bounded and earthed properly.

• Electrical pits will be maintained clean and covered.

• Electrical continuity for earthing circuits shall be maintained.

• Periodic inspections shall be done for earth pits and record will be maintained.

7.12 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

Communication facilities will be checked periodically for its proper functioning.

7.13 SAFETY INSPECTIONS

The system will be initiated for checklist based routine safety inspection and internal

audit of the plant. Safety inspection team will be formed from various disciplines and

departments.

7.14 PREDICTIVE AND PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

Predictive and preventive maintenance schedule will be followed in religious manner.

ELECTRICAL SAFETY

• Insulation pad at HT panels will be replaced at regular interval.

• Housekeeping in MCC room will be kept proper for safe working conditions.

COLOUR CODING SYSTEM

Colour coding for piping and utility lines are will be followed in accordance with IS:

2379:1990.

DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

ONSITE EMERGENCY PLAN

OFFSITE EMERGENCY PLAN

7.15 ONSITE EMERGENCY PLAN

The details of Onsite emergency plan system are discussed in the following sections



DEFINING THE NATURE / LEVEL OF EMERGENCY

The levels of emergency can be classified in three categories

LEVEL-1

The leakage or emergency which is confinable the plant, premises. It may be due to-

• Small fire in the plant

• Low toxic gas release for short duration.

• Collapsing of equipment that do not affect outside premises.

LEVEL-2

The emergency which is confinable within the factory premises. It may arise due to

• Major fire inside the factory premises.

• Medium scale explosion confined to the factory premises.

• Heavy toxic/flammable gas leakage for short duration.

LEVEL-3

The emergency which is not confinable within the factory premises and general

public in the vicinity likely to be affected. It may arise due to

• Explosion of high magnitude affecting the adjacent area

• Heavy/profuse leakage of toxic/flammable gases for a long duration.

7.16 STRUCTURE OF EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

The company will develop an emergency management team. The management

structure includes the following personnel

• Site main Controllers

• Incident Controllers and Deputy Incident Controllers

• Key Personnel’s

• Essential Workers

The other elements of Disaster management plan are

• Assembly points

• Emergency control center

• Fire control center

• Medical arrangements

• Other arrangements



7.17 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM – ROLES & RESPONSIBILITIES

Roles and responsibilities of the responsible persons are described.

7.17.1 SITE MAIN CONTROLLER [SMC]

PLANT HEAD will be the site main controller. In absence of PLANT HEAD, EHS

HEAD will act as a SMC.

His task will be to co-ordinate all internal and external activities from the emergency

control centre at main security gate from where all operations will be directed. He

shall:

• Immediately on being informed of the emergency and its location, will arrive

at the scene and handle the situation.

• Relieve the incident controller from responsible of the main controller

• Co-ordinate to avail services from external agencies like fire brigade,

hospitals etc. is called for, following the declaration of major emergency. If

necessary, major installations in the vicinity may also be informed of the

situation.

• Exercise direct operational control of the unaffected section of the plant.

• In consultation with the advisory team, expedite the shutting down of

loading/unloading operations of tankers and if necessary, instruct the

supervisor/security/personnel to evacuate tankers.

• Ensure that all employees are evacuated from the affected area and the

casualties, if any, are given necessary medical attention. Instruct P&A

Assistant/security for rushing casualties to hospitals if required.

• Liaise with fire and police officials, pollution control board officials and other

statutory bodies and advise them of all possible consequence effects

outside the premises.

• Arrange for relief of personnel when emergency is prolonged

• Issue authorized statement or press release to the news –media

• Ensure preservation of evidence for enquiries to be conducted by statutory

authorities.

• Authorize the sounding of “All Clear” and “Evacuation Siren”

• Arrange for obtaining the head-count of all personnel within the premises

and cross-checking with the data from records available for no. of persons

within the premise.



7.17.2 INCIDENT CONTROLLER/ DEPUTY INCIDENT CONTROLLER

Role of Incident Controller [Plant Manager/ Shift in Charge]: He is the shift supervisor

of the plant. Assume the role of the incident controller and take charge of the

situation. Keep the SMC informed of the situation from time to time.

1. Proceed to the scene of emergency and assess the situation

2. Direct all operation within the affected area with the following priorities

• Safety of personnel

• Minimize damage to property and loss of material

• Arrange for rescue of trapped workers and those in a state of shock

• Get all non-essential persons safely evacuated after stopping all the

engineering/hot jobs.

• Set up a communication system with the main control center at the main

security gate through telephone or messenger system.

• Pending arrival of the main controller, direct the shutting down and

evacuation of the site

• Report all developments to the main controller

• Preserve all evidence for use in the subsequent enquiry.

• Intimate to the Emergency Control Center (Main Security Gate) the head

count of plant.

7.17.3 KEY PERSONNEL’S

• Key Personnel are required to provide and to implement the decisions made

by the SMC in the light of information received on the developing situation at

the time of emergency.

• As necessary, they will decide the actions needed to shut down plants,

evacuate personnel, carryout emergency engineering work, arrange for

supplies of equipment, utilities, carryout environment monitoring, provide

catering facilities, liaise with police, fire brigade and other local authorities,

relative of casualties, hospital, press & neighboring industries

• Action at assembly points, outside shelters and mutual aid center under the

direction of the SMC.

• All the key personnel and other called in so to assist shall report to the ECC.

• They shall be available at any time on duty or on call or on holiday.



7.17.4 ESSENTIAL WORKERS

A task force of essential trained workers [Expert’s team] is available to get the work

done by the Incident controller and the SMC. Such work will include:

• Fire fighting and spill control till a FIRE BRIGADE takes the charge

• To help FIRE BRIGADE and MUTUAL AID teams, if it is so required

• Shutting down plant and making it safe

• Emergency engineering work e.g. isolating equipments, material process,

providing temporary by pass lines, safe transfer of materials, urgent repairing

or replacement, electrical work, etc

• Provision of emergency power, water, lighting, instruments, equipments,

materials, etc

• Movement of equipment, special vehicle and transport to or from the scene of

the accident.

• Search, evacuation, rescue and welfare.

• The injured is given First Aid.

• Moving tankers or other vehicles from area of risk.

• Carrying out atmospheric test and pollution control.

• Manning of assembly points to record the arrival of evacuated personnel.

Manning for outside shelters and welfare of evacuated persons there.

• Assistance at causalities reception areas to record details of causalities.

• Assistance at communication centers to handle outgoing and incoming calls

and to act as messengers if necessary.

• Manning of works entrances in liaison with the police to direct emergency

vehicles entering the work. To control traffic leaving the works and to turn

away or make alternative safe arrangements for visitors for visitors,

contractors and other traffic arriving at the works.

• Inform neighboring factories and the public as directed by the Site Main

Controller.

• Any special help required.

7.18 OTHER ELEMENTS OF DMP

There are some other elements of DMP which are described as follows:



7.18.1 ASSEMBLY POINT

Assembly points are those locations where the persons who are not connected with

emergency operations can await either for further instructions or for rescue transport

and rehabilitation. Presently outside the plant area is considered as such assembly

points, taking into consideration of the size of the plant facilities. As the location of

security gate is far off the Assembly Point is not vulnerable for emergencies.

• The affected & vulnerable plants, all non-essential workers [who are not

assigned any emergency duty] will be evacuated from the area & they shall

report to specified Assembly point.

• Assembly Point shall be located at a safe place, well away from area of risk

and least affected by the down wind direction.

• To ensure that workers do not have to approach the affected area to reach

the Assembly point proper location and numbers have been marked at

Assembly point.

• Each Assembly Point is manned by a nominated person to record the names

and dept.

• At each Assembly point duties of in - charge shall be displayed in brief.

• Before reaching an Assembly point or subsequently, if it is required to pass

through an affected area or due to presence of toxic substances, suitable

PPE’s including respirators, helmet etc., are issued & made available with

workers.

7.18.2 EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER

The Emergency Control Center is the place or room from where the operations to

handle the emergency are directed and coordinated. Main Control Room has been

earmarked / identified as the Emergency Control Room. Fire Control Room shall be

earmarked / identified as the alternative Emergency Control Room to be operated in

case of unfavorable wind direction. Adequate Telecommunication System is

available in the Emergency Control Room.

The ECC center has been equipped with the following facilities.

1. Internal and external telephone including STD facility

2. Telephone directory

3. Factory layout plan

4. Map of the area



5. Employee blood group and their address

6. Messengers / Runners for sending messages

7. Adequate numbers of PPE’s

8. Telephone nos. of mutual aid centers, Statutory authorities & Hospitals

7.18.3 FIRE SERVICES

Fire Fighting, Gas leak Control and Rescue operation

A] Role of Manager [Fire and Safety/shift in-charge]

• Manager- Fire and Safety/ Shift In-charge will be the only person to direct

the fire fighting and emergency operation.

• Keep the constant touch with the chief emergency controller.

• Direct the crew members to the scene of emergency and arrange

replenishment of man power/equipment/extinguishing media etc.

B] Fire and Safety officer

• On being notified about the location of fire/gas leakage immediately

proceed to the scene of incident with fire tender and crew.

• Position the fire tender in upwind direction.

• Decide his line of action in consultation with incident controller and take

appropriate measures to handle the emergency.

• Assessing the severity of the incident immediately report to emergency

controller about the gravity of the situation.

• He will assess the extra requirement required if any from the neighboring

industry.

C] Fire Crew Members

• On hearing fire alarm, emergency siren they shall immediately report to

control room and proceed to the scene of emergency and work under the

direction of shift fire & safety officer.

• The personal availability at the scene of incident to be made optimize.

D] Emergency Squad Members

• On hearing Emergency Siren ,they shall immediately report to site main

controller, safety in charge or incident controller

• They shall combat the emergency situation as per the direction of site main

controller, Safety In- charge or Incident controller

• They shall help for safe evacuation



7.18.4 MEDICAL SERVICES

A] Role of Chief Medical Officer/Medical Officer

• He will contact immediately to chief emergency controller

• He will render necessary treatment as first aid center and hospital.

• He will arrange for hospitalization and treatment at outside hospitals if

required.

• He will mobilize extra medical assistance from outside if necessary.

• He will make arrangement for treating public if necessary.

B] Role of other Medical staff

• As directed by medical officers.

7.18.5 SECURITY SERVICES

Role of H.O.D. (Security) / Security Officers

• Receive message from the observer

• Initiate the emergency siren to declare the emergency

• Announce on the public address system

• Arrange to close all the gates and stop traffic

• Keep vehicle/ambulance ready and keep track of casualty sent to hospital

during off hours

• Ensure that unauthorized persons/vehicles do not enter the premises

• Organize the positioning and transport of vehicles near the main gate

• Depute security guard for controlling traffic at the scene of emergency

• Call up for additional help from the outside agency like fire brigade,

hospitals during off hours.

Role of Security Guard

• On hearing emergency siren contact security officer and work under his

directions

7.18.6 MUTUAL AID

In emergency situations, resources over and above those available at the works may

be needed. Emergency Coordinator would be contacting neighboring factories for

help. A survey of industries who can come to help and also the help, they can extend

is done as mentioned below.



• The help would be in the form of technical manpower, medical aid,

transport for rescue and Rehabilitation, fire fighting, additional special

protective wear or any other help as the case may be.

• Manager – Fire & Safety who is Emergency Coordinator is assigned with

this responsibility and he would maintain liaison during non-emergency

period and ensure co-operation

• Similarly, the help required from civil administration, in respect of medical

aid, transport, law and order, rehabilitation etc. are identified and liaison is

established with Mandal Revenue Officer and Police Officials.

7.19 EMERGENCY RESPONSE

Concept of operations deals with the possible steps associated with an emergency

response assuming the most severe emergency scenario. This includes:

• Accident initiation and rising of alarm

• Accident evaluation and emergency declaration

• Off site and external agency notification

• Implementation of onsite response actions

• Implementation of protective actions and evacuations

• Co-ordination of response action with external agencies

• Management of emergency resources

• Recovery and facilitate re-entry procedures

7.20 EMERGENCY CAPABILITIES

The primary emergency response facilities comprise with emergency control center

upon declaration of emergency, the main security gate office will become the

Emergency Control Center [ECC]. The ECC is located in a low /minimal risk zone of

the plant.

7.21 EMERGENCY HANDLING PROCEDURES

Action plan

• On hearing emergency declaration siren and announcement on public

address system, all key persons will rush to their nominated location and

start actions.

• The main controller will continuously assess the situation by taking

feedback from the incident controller. He will consult the advisory team



members to get essential information if required but if does not required to

take help from advisory team; he can assign other jobs to advisory team.

• Once the emergency is brought under control, Main Controller will inform to

security to give “ALL CLEAR” siren and announce on Public Address

System about termination of emergency.

In the case the emergency assumes off site dimensions and cannot be controlled,

then if the chief controller with his advisory team decides to evacuate the plant, he

will instruct the security to sound “EVACUATION SIREN”

Procedure in case emergency tends to have off site implications

• As per the sire plan and wind direction at the time of emergency, the likely

affected area will be identified and population within will estimated.

• The police will be informed so that in-coming traffic on highway can be

controlled from both the ends. The police force will be helpful in

evacuation of villages, factories or other public places in the vicinity

• The fire brigade will be informed and ambulance will be called and kept

ready to meet any eventuality.

• Neighboring factories will be communicated for sending help.

• Statutory authorities such as factory inspector, district collector and others

concerned to be intimated.

Procedure for salvage operations

• The salvage operation will be carried out under the guidance of the main

controller, his advisory team and incident controller.

They will conduct accident investigation; assess the damages-the clock by security

supervisors.

During emergency, the main controller and his advisory-team will confirm:

• Layout of facility, equipment and storages, displayed on table and wall

• Availability and location of personal protective equipment

• Self-contained breathing apparatus sets and the spare cylinders

• External telephone with direct dialing and STD facilities/Mobile phone

• Internal telephone

• List of important internal and external telephone numbers displayed on

table and wall.

• Transport facility



• Extra copies of plant layout for marking during emergency

• General stationary like paper, pencil etc.

• Nominal roll and address of all employees with contract telephone no’s

and blood group

• List of first aiders and emergency squad members

• Details of all contractors and their employees.

• Details of meteorological information during different seasons such as

wind speed, direction, temperature, humidity etc.

The location of ECC, Assembly point, availability of first aid boxes, fire extinguishers,

PPE should be marked onsite.

7.21.1 MITIGATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT DURING FIRE EMERGENCY

• In case of fire, prevent contact of fire with flammable material or prevent

of fire by other means

• Use water or suitable fire extinguisher to extinguish fire

• Contain the contaminated water or any other liquid to prevent it going to

soil or drain and divert it to ETP storage tank. If required treat it before

sending to ETP tank.

• Any solid waste generated should be collected, stored and send to TSDF

site.

• During fire emergency use necessary PPE.

• Bottom valve failure: mitigation of environment impact during failure of

between valves or tank failure.

• In case of material coming out of the bottom valve shall be contained

inside the dyke wall and will be transferred to HDPE plastic drum by help

of pump/piping.

• In case of acid spillage after pumping shall be neutralized and waste shall

be cleaned with help of water and send the water to ETP.

• The failed bottom valve shall be replaced or repaired and restart. After

tank is empty valve will be repaired, or replaced. In case of leakage form

tank body tank will be repaired.

• Preventions of failure: preventive maintenance of bottom value shall be

carried out as per schedule. To prevent any leakage from tank body,

thickness checking shall be same as per schedule.



• In case of bottom value failure or heavy leakages from tank body material

in the tank shall be transferred to the HDPE drums, by running the pump.

• Preventions of failure: preventive maintenance of bottom valve shall be

carried out as per schedule. To prevent any leakage from tank body,

thickness checking shall be same as per schedule.

• In case of any material leaching the soil it shall be neutralized and

washed with water.

RAISING THE ALARM

• Emergency alarm shall be raised in the event of an emergency.

• Any person noticing an unusual occurrence, fire, toxic or corrosive

substance leakage etc. shall inform the concerned department/section

head/shift in charge immediately and try to control/contain the incident.

• Departmental head/shift in charge will immediately go to the site of

incident, assess the situation and initiate the action to “blow the

emergency Alarm” by telephoning the main gate to security officer/Asst,

security officer/Security supervisor.

• In case of telephone failure a messenger will be sent running to main gate

to inform.

Details of siren are given below

Siren codes • Declaration of emergency: - A long short wailing siren for one minute will

mean that there is an emergency within the premises.

• All clear siren: - A long siren for one minute will mean that the emergency

declared is under control, i.e. all clear. This siren code will mean All clear,

normal condition.

• Evacuation siren: - A long short wailing siren for 3 [three] minutes, will

mean that emergency declared cannot be controlled. Hence all persons in

the premises will evacuate as per the plan.

7.22 DECLARING MAJOR EMERGENCY

Major emergency may be declared after sufficient thought because it activates many

agencies and the nominated persons to declare major emergencies.



7.23 TRANSPORT AND EVACUATION ARRANGEMENTS

• Arrangements shall be made for the transport and evacuation of persons in

case of any emergency situation arises in the factory.

• Those employees who have own vehicles will make arrangements to shift the

injured.

7.24 PLANT OPERATIONS

1. ROLE OF HOD • He will take plant related decisions, which will facilitate the fire fighting

operation.

2. PLANT EMPLOYEES They shall:

• On heaving the siren, report to plant supervisor

• Do as directed by plant supervisor

• Stop all hot works

• Remove unwanted persons from the affected area to the “Assembly Point

“near main security gate viz visitors, guests

• Stop all non-essential operations

3. NON-PLANT EMPLOYEES On hearing the siren, shall stop their work assemble at “Assembly Point” near main

security gate along with guests and visitors.

4. TELEPHONE MESSAGES Telephone operator has to pay vital role in case of emergency. After hearing the

siren/ hooter, he/ she should inform to all key personnel immediately on phone. He/

she should receiving be very sharp, precise, attentive and quick in & noticing the

message.

5. MOCK DRILL In spite of detailed training, it may be necessary to try out whether, the OSEP works

out and will there be any difficulties in execution of such plan. In order to evaluate

the plan and its effectives of meeting the objective of the OSEP, occasional mock

drills are contemplated. After a few pre- informed mock drills, few un-informed mock

drills would be taken. All this is to familiarize the employees with the concept and

procedures and to see their response. These scheduled and unscheduled mock

drills would be conducted during shift change, public holidays, in night shifts etc, to



improve preparedness. Emergency Coordinator [EHS] is responsible for organizing

planned and unplanned mock drills.

Two types of Mock drills are in practice. They are

1. Announced-Once in 3 months

2. Unannounced –Once in 6 months.

Mock drill observation

Mock drill observation team is constituted and they note down the action of various

coordinators in chronological order. The time of arrival of each coordinator and their

duties are detailed in a note. Immediately after mock drill, the advisory team and

emergency coordinators meet and review the mock drill records in chronological

order and take note of corrective action. The record of this meeting note is circulated

for compliance of concerned.

Role of Mock drill observers

• Note readings of plant instruments • Meteorological conditions • Time of emergency declaration and time when the personnel responded /

reported • Ambulance reported and time when additional vehicles reported • Collect information description of the event, estimated quantity of the gas

release, fire, contamination and effected levels at various locations, injuries and equipment damage.

7.25 OFFSITE EMERGENCY PLAN

“If the accident is such that its affects inside the factory are uncontrollable and it

may spread outside the factory premise, it is called as “OFFSITE EMERGENCY”

FLOWCHART FOR OFFSITE EMERGENCY PLAN



The Offsite emergency plan is made based on events, which could affect people and

Environment outside the premises. The off site plan is largely a matter of ensuring

the co-ordination of proposed services and their readiness as far as possible, for the

specific hazards and problems, which may arise in as incident. Briefly two main

purposes of the plan are as under:

To provide the local district authorities, police, fire brigade, doctors etc. the basic

Information of risk and environmental impact assessment and to appraise them of

the consequences and the protection / prevention measures and control plans and to

seek their help to communicate with the public in case of major emergency.

To assist with the district authorities, while preparing the Offsite emergency plan of

the district or particular area. We will make our key personnel and others fully aware

about this off-site emergency plan. The function of the offsite plans are as under:

Structure of the offsite emergency plan includes the following:-

• Organizational set up-Incident controller /Site main controller, Key personnel,

etc

• Communication facilities - List of important telephones

• Specialized emergency equipment - Firefighting equipment

• Specialized Knowledge - Trained people

• Voluntary Organization - Details of organization

• Chemical information - MSDS of hazardous substances

• Meteorological information - Weather condition such as Wind velocity, Wind

Speed, Humidity, Temperature etc

• Humanitarian arrangement - Transport, First aid and Ambulance

7.26 ROLE OF THE FACTORY MANAGEMENT

The Onsite and Offsite plans are come together so that the emergency services are

call upon at the appropriate time and are provided with accurate information and a

correct assessment of situation.

7.26.1 ROLE OF LOCAL AUTHORITY

Generally the duty to prepare the off-site plan lies with the local authority. They may

have appointed an Emergency Planning Officer (EPO) to prepare whole range of

different emergency within the local authority area.



7.26.2 ROLE OF FIRE AUTHORITY

The control of a fire is normally the responsibility of the senior fire brigade officer who

would take over the handling of fire from the Incident Controller on arrival at the site.

7.26.3 ROLE OF POLICE

The overall control of an emergency is normally assumed by the police with a senior

officer designated as emergency coordinating officer. Formal duties of the police

during emergency include protection of life and property and controlling traffic

movements.

7.26.4 ROLE OF HEALTH AUTHORITIES

Health authorities, including doctors, surgeons, hospitals, ambulances etc. have a

vital role to play following a major accident and they should form an integral part of

the emergency plan. Major off site incidents are likely to require medical equipments

and facilities in addition to those available locally.

7.26.5 ROLE OF THE “MUTUAL AID” AGENCIES

Some types of mutual aids are available from the neighboring factories, as per need,

as a part of the onsite and Offsite emergency plan.

7.26.6 ROLE OF THE FACTORY INSPECTORATE

In the event of an accident, the factory inspector will assist the District Emergency

Authority for information and help in getting mutual aid from neighboring factories.

Unit maintains the records of details of emergency occur, corrective preventive

measures taken and in future the same practice will be continued. Unit will be

displayed the details like list of assembly points, name of the persons involve in the

safety team like Site Controller, Incident controller etc.


PROJECT BENEFITS

CHAPTER -VIII


.CHAPTER – VIII

PROJECT BENEFITS

The proposed project will become beneficial to the surrounding area or community in

terms of employment, social development and other benefits as described hereunder;

8.1 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL

The proposed project has employment potential for skilled (16 persons), semi-skilled (7

persons) and unskilled (42 persons). The preference will be given to local population for

employment; this will increase the employment opportunity in the surrounding area.

Indirect employment is also bound to be generated to provide day-to-day needs and

services to the work force and industrial activity. This will also increase the demand for

essential daily utilities in the local market. The employed people will be benefited

financially.

8.2 CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY (CSR) & CORPORATE

ENVIRONMENT RESPONSIBILITY (CER)

Urmila Chemopharma Pvt. Ltd. not only carries out business but also understands

obligations towards the society. Unit will employ people from the nearby villages for the

proposed expansion project. The wages paid to direct and indirect workforce in the

proposed expansion project will fulfill their monetary requirements, which in turn leads to

socio economic development in the surrounding villages. The Project proponent is well

aware of the obligations towards the society and to fulfill the social obligations. Unit will

also try to generate maximum indirect employment in the nearby villages by appointing

local contractors during operation phase.

Unit will be contributing reasonably as part of their CSR & CER activities. Unit will spend

about 2% for CSR & 2% for CER activities like potable water supply & educational aid

and conduct medical camps & Self Help Skill Training to the nearby villages. CSR

activities identified and planned at present are described below Table.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VIII Page 205


CSR & CER BUDGET FROM URMILA CHEMOPHARMA PVT. LTD. Project Location : URMILA CHEMOPHARMA PVT. LTD.

CSR Plan Period : Five Years from the date of commercial production.

Project cost : Rs. 250 Lakhs (2.5 Crores)

Corporate Social Responsibility Budget : Rs. 5.0 Lakhs [2% of the Project cost] for 5 Years

Corporate Environment Responsibility Budget : Rs. 5.0 Lakhs [2% of the Project cost]

S. No

CSR & CER Activity

1st Year

2nd Year

3rd Year

4th Year

5th Year

Total (Rs. In Lakhs)

Proposed Action Plan

1 Drinking water supply to nearby villages.

0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 2.5 Proposed to establish RO plant for

drinking water supply to Chincholi and Kondi villages.

2 Educational to the school students

0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 2.5 Supply of books, uniforms and other

educational aides like computers with internet facilities to nearby village schools.

3 Medical Camps 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 2.5 Free Health checkup and supply of

medicines to the sick people in the nearby villages.

4 Self Help Skill Training 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 2.5

Based on local identified needs, we will set up training centre to impart skills such as tailoring, toys making, book binding and basic computer skills to local women and men

Self help skill Training : Unskilled /Semiskilled persons will be identified in



S. No

CSR & CER Activity

1st Year

2nd Year

3rd Year

4th Year

5th Year

Total (Rs. In Lakhs)

Proposed Action Plan

villages and given necessary training as per industry requirement and we will absorb the personnel in industry as and when need arises

Total CSR & CER Budget 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 10.0



8.3 DIRECT REVENUE EARNING TO THE NATIONAL AND STATE EXCHEQUER

This project will contribute additional revenue to the Central & State exchequer in the

form of Central GST & State GST. Thus, the proposed project will help the Government

by paying taxes from time to time, which is a part of revenue and thus, will help in

developing the area. Demand of the proposed products in foreign market is also

significant, which will boost the export potential of the company as well as country.

Export oriented units plays vital role in development of economy as well as local

physical infrastructure for further boosting of industrial development with sustainable

approach as the industries need to maintain good environment & safety environment to

get better foreign market.

8.4 IMPROVEMENTS IN THE PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE

The project site is equipped with sufficient infrastructural facilities including drinking

water, toilets, sanitation facilities, power, easily accessible approach roads, public

transport, communication, etc. Hence no major benefit to the public infrastructure is

anticipated due to the proposed project.

8.5 IMPROVEMENTS IN THE SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE

The proposed project will have many employment & trade opportunities from the

inception of the operational activities. Thus, these considerable employment & trade

opportunities will eventually result in appreciable economic benefits to the local people

& businesses/ contractors and helps to improve in the social infrastructure.

8.6 OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS

The proposed project will have many employment & trade opportunities with the

inception of the construction activities. Thus, these considerable employment & trade

opportunities will eventually result in appreciable economic benefits to the local people

& businesses/contractors. The country shall also benefit from increase in excise and

GST. Foreign exchange earnings from exports are envisaged to increase. Beside of the

economic benefits, the general social & cultural development of the area is anticipated

at least due to the CSR activities planned by the company. The CSR activities to be

planned by the company can be considerably beneficial for Education, Self Help Skill



Training & Environment, assistance to the disabled people etc. These all together with

the economic benefits of the proposed project will result in further benefits in terms of

the literacy level, primary and middle level education and on health facilities. A new

awareness generated can also have benefits to the social pattern. The long-term

implications of this change can be definitely considered as progressive.


ENVIRONMENT COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

CHAPTER -IX


CHAPTER - IX

ENVIRONMENT COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

9.0 COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

During the scoping stage; no recommendation of environmental cost benefit analysis is

suggested by the appraisal committee.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Chapter – IX Page 210

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

CHAPTER -X


CHAPTER – X

ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN

10.1 INTRODUCTION

Environmental Management Plan reflects the commitment of the management to

protect the environment within and outside the industrial premises. An environmental

management plan is required for formulation and monitoring of environmental

protection measures during and after construction / Modification and commissioning

of the projects. Hence, the construction and operational phase is considered for

outlining the Environmental Management Plan for the said industry. The plan

indicates the details as to how various measures have been taken by the industry to

mitigate the pollutants generated due to its operations.

The Potential Environmental Impacts from the construction and operational activities

of the industry are summarized below.

A. Construction / Modification Phase:

• Site preparation, sanitation, noise, construction equipment & waste and site

security.

B. Operation Phase:

• Air pollution due to emission of Particulate Matter, Sulphur dioxide, Nitrogen

oxide from the boiler stack and D. G. Set.

• Gaseous emissions from process leading to workroom air pollution.

• Noise pollution due to noise generating equipment operation.

• Disposal of effluent generated due to plant operations.

• Disposal of Solid Wastes generated due to the plant operation.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – X Page 211


FIGURE 10.1: FLOW CHART OF EMP

IDENTIFICATION OF THE

POTENTIAL IMPACTS

RECOMMENDED MITIGATION

MEASURES

DESCRIPTION OF MONITORING PROGRAM

• ENSURE COMPLIANCE WITH RELEVANT STANDARDS AND RESIDUAL IMPACTS

ALLOCATION OF RESOURCES AND RESPONSIBILITIES FOR

PLAN IMPLEMENTATION

IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE AND REPORTING

PROCEDURES

CONTINGENCY PLAN WHEN IMPACTS ARE GREATER THAN

EXPECTED



10.2 PRE- PROJECT ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

Construction related impacts

The industry is proposed Bulk Drug Intermediates manufacturing unit. The potential

for environment pollution during the construction is obviously considerably less than

when the plant is in operation. The following factors require control during the

construction phase.

10.2.1 Site Preparation

The leveling operation will involve stockpiling of backfill materials. All the disturbed

slopes shall be stabilized with grass cover and dust nuisance controlled.

10.2.2 Sanitation

The site will be provided with sufficient and suitable toilet facilities with proper

hygiene for construction workers. Adequate potable water supply will be provided for

onsite workers.

10.2.3 Noise

The total noise effect in the vicinity during construction stage will be negligible in the

site and the site is far away from the nearest human habitation.

10.2.4 Construction Equipment and Waste

It will be ensured that construction related vehicles are properly maintained to

minimize exhaust emissions. Combustible waste will be burnt in a controlled manner.

Other wastes will be disposed off in to a dedicated dump. Spent liquid waste if any

arising from chemical treatment of built-up portions for termite etc., will be correctly

neutralized and disposed off.

10.2.5 Site Security

The site will be secured by fencing and manned at entry points. 10.3. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT DURING OPERATION

10.3.1 AIR QUALITY

The emissions from boiler & D. G. Set are the sources likely to contribute to air

pollution. Adequate measures are being taken to minimize the impacts of these

emissions on the environment.



The baseline data collected during the study period indicate that all seven pollutants

namely PM2.5, PM10, SO2, NOX, CO, NH3 and VOCs.

The industry proposed to install 2.0 TPH Coal fired boiler for generation of steam.

The fuel requirement of 8.0 TPD will be met from local authorized sources.

DG set is proposed to install 1 x 125 KVA for usage during the power failures.

10.3.1.1 AIR POLLUTION CONTROL / MANAGEMENT

Following are the proposed pollution control schemes and which will be used to

minimize and control the emission of air pollutants as well as their effective

dispersion into the atmosphere.

A. Stack Design

The stack of height 20 mtrs with controlling equipment (cyclone separator followed

by Bag Filters) will be provided for the coal fired boiler with the approximate flue gas

exit velocity of 15 m/s ensures proper dispersion of the flue gas into atmosphere.

This design will ensure the ground level concentration of the pollutants to comply

with the ambient air quality standards.

DG Set Stack emission controlled by providing adequate stacks height to disperse

into atmosphere and maintain the air pollutants within the limits prescribed by CPCB.

B. Fugitive Emissions from Solvents

Various types of solvents will be used in the proposed Bulk Drug Intermediates

manufacturing process. The solvents will be stored in drums and Bulk quantities will

be stored in storage tanks with vent condensers. These are handled in closed

conditions thereby reducing the losses in the form of evaporation. The industry will

take measures for reduction of fugitive emissions by providing Chilled brine

circulation to the condensers, which ensures the recovery of 95% and also controlled

by closed operations and handling methods. Good ventilation will be provided to

reduce the workroom concentrations. The reactor generating solvent vapors will be

connected to condensers with receivers.

C. Storage and Transportation of Raw Materials

The Raw materials / chemicals will be received in Fiber drums, HDPE drums, PP

bags by trucks. The same will be stored in ware house under lock & key



arrangement. The handling of chemicals & solvents in a closed loop system will be

avoided leakages/ spillages. Providing proper roads for transportation to control Dust

and VOCs in air can be minimized by developing Greenbelt in and around the plant

premises.

10.3.2 NOISE POLLUTION

All the equipment in the plant would be designed as per the requirement of CPCB

standards.

NOISE ENVIRONMENT

Compressors, Boiler and DG set will be the major noise generating units in the plant,

of which generator will be functioning only at the time of power failure. There is no

need for the workers to be near the DG set & compressor units continuously. The

Generator sets will be placed in acoustic enclosures to maintain the noise levels as

permitted by CPCB.

NOISE POLLUTION CONTROL / MANAGEMENT

• The noise levels in the work place environment will be monitored periodically

and if necessary action will be taken in the form of regular maintenance

schedule to reduce noise and vibration in generating sources.

• The effects of the vibrations coming out of the base of the body over the

surrounding civil structures are minimized by providing Damping pads/Resilient

mounting at the time of installation.

• Under the general health check up scheme as per factory act, the workers will

however be checked up for any Noise induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) by a trained

ENT Doctor.

10.3.3 WATER QUALITY

Water is essentially used in Process, Boiler and cooling tower along with domestic

purpose. The total water required for the plant operations will be met from Surface

Water source.

WATER POLLUTION CONTROL / MANAGEMENT

The effluent generation is from process, boiler blow down, cooling tower bleed off,

Scrubbing System, washings and Domestic usages.



• The unit will provide proper wastewater collection and Treatment methods to

treat the trade effluent in the plant premises.

• Process effluent will be segregated based on COD & TDS concentration and

collected separately by gravity from all sources into a collection Pit.

• Collected waste water will be pumped in to the above ground level tanks

separately.

• The industry by opting ZLD treatment system to recover water for recycle and

reuse for plant operations and to conserve the scarce resource of water.

Treatment system

• The effluent will be neutralized, the HTDS/ HCOD effluent will be sent to

steam stripping Column for collection of Organic distillate which is mixed in

the waste water stream. After stripping, effluent will be sent to Multi Effect

Evaporation System; Stripped Organics collected and sent to cement industry/

TSDF incinerator.

• The concentrate from the MEE System will be sent to ATFD and salts from

the ATFD will be collected and sent to TSDF for safe disposal.

• The LTDS effluent along with MEE / ATFD condensate will be sent to

Biological treatment, treated effluent sent to RO for water recovery.

• The RO permeate will be reused and RO reject will be sent to MEE followed

by ATFD for further evaporation. MEE condensate collected along with RO

permeates for reuse. Salts from ATFD collected and sent to TSDF.

• All the treatment tanks etc. is constructed only with acid proof tiles and 1.5 to

2.5 meters above the ground Level.

• Roof Water Harvesting System will be put in practice to recharge the ground

water.

Strategic Control / Management • Minimizing water usage.

• Segregation and collection of effluent for proper treatment and to minimize waste generation at treatment facility and to recover water for recycle and reuse.

• Reducing the water consumption for the process by way of developing the

process and operation methods.

• Prepare SOPs for handling and treatment of effluent water.

• Minimize spillage and leakage of effluent to avoid Land pollution.



FIGURE 10.2: SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF PROPOSED WASTE WATER TREATMENT- ZLD SYSTEM

Salts to TSDF

Stripper

MEE 1.58 KLD

ATFD

Salts to TSDF

Organic Distillate to Cement Industry

0.03 KLD

Vapor Condensate @80%

1.26 KLD LTDS Effluent

9.21 KLD

BTP 10.47 KLD

Losses @5% 0.52 KLD

MEE 2.99 KLD

ATFD

RO System 9.95 KLD

RO permeate for Reuse @70% 6.96 KLD

RO Reject to MEE 2.99 KLD

Condensate @80% 2.39 KLD

Water for Reuse 9.35 KLD

HTDS Effluent 1.61 KLD



FIGURE 10.3: FLOW CHART FOR HTDS EFFLUENT TREATMENT



FIGURE 10.4: FLOW CHART FOR LTDS EFFLUENT TREATMENT



10.3.3.1 DETAILS OF ZLD SYSTEM

All the effluent generated from the plant are collected in the Effluent collection pits

and from those pits effluent will be pumped to the above ground storage tanks

through the closed HDPE pipe lines. All these effluent collection pits are lined with

acid proof tiling or HDPE lining.

The Industry will construct the above ground storage tanks to store the collected

effluent from various streams. The tanks consist of 6 Compartments and are used to

store the HTDS in two compartments and LTDS in four compartments effluents

separately. These tanks can accumulate more than 4 days generation of effluent.

The HTDS effluent consists of COD will be sent to the Stripping Column for the

removal of same and thereafter the effluent will be sent to the MEE system which

consists of 3 Calendrias and the condensate will be collected. The concentrate will

be sent to ATFD for separation of salts. The condensate collected from MEE &

ATFD sent to ETP for treatment. The salts generated from the ATFD will be stored &

disposed to TSDF for secure Land Fill.

Now, the Condensate water from the MEE system along with the LTDS effluent will

be sent to the BTP system for the removal of BOD etc., The BTP system consists of

Aeration and Clarification. After this the treated effluent from biological system is

passed through the Sand Filter, Carbon Filter and Micron Filters and finally sent to

RO System.

70% water recovered as RO permeates. Remaining 30% reject water will be sent to

MEE followed by ATFD system for Evaporation. In this ZLD treatment we can

recover 70% of the water for recycle and reuse in the plant Utilities.

FIGURE 10.5: FLOW CHART FOR EFFLUENT TREATMENT

Effluent Type Treatment Flow

HTDS

Collection Equalization & neutralization Stripper MEE ATFD TSDF MEE/ATFD Condensate sent to Biological Treatment followed by RO.

LTDS

Collection BTP (Biological Treatment) Sand Filter Carbon Filter Cartridge Filter RO Plant RO Reject to MEE. RO Permeate for Re-usage.



10.3.3.2 THE TECHNICAL DETAILS OF THE SYSTEMS ARE AS FOLLOWS:

MEE System Capacity: 10 KLD

RO System Capacity: 15 KLD

10.3.3.3 MEE PLANT CONFIGURATION

Part – A: Stripper Unit with Flash Condenser, Re boiler and Recirculation Pump

Part–B: Triple Effect Forced Circulation Evaporation Plant with Thermo

Compressor, Required Equipment & Components.

Part – C: Agitated Thin Film Dryer

10.3.3.4 PROCESS DESCRIPTION (Part – A)

1. Feed will enter to the series of Pre heaters of Evaporator P4, P3, P2 and then

P1 using Feed Pump. From Discharge of Feed Pump Feed will be heated

through Series of Pre heater using Vapour from Jacket of respective

Calendria. Feed will be heated to the boiling point and will enter to the

recirculation loop of Stripper.

2. Recirculation Loop of Stripper will comprise of Flash Vessel, Recirculation

Pump and Re boiler.

3. Feed coming out from Pre heater of Evaporation Plant will re-circulated

through boiler and heated up using Steam.

4. Heated Feed will allow flashing in Flash Vessel and by flashing high volatiles

and Water will convert to vapour. Vapour will travel from bottom to top of

Stripping column where feed liquid will flow from top to bottom. Random

packing inside the stripping column provide mass transfer surface to vapor

liquid interface.

5. Rich organic vapour with some water vapour will come out from the top of

Stripper column. This vapour will be condensed in Flash Condenser at the top

of Stripper column.

6. Condensed organic rich liquid will be collected in Reflux pot from condenser.

From Reflux pot partly it will be withdraw according to the desired Water

Vapour/ Organic ratio and remaining will enter to the column as reflux.



10.3.3.5 PROCESS DESCRIPTION (Part - B)

1. From Discharge of Stripper recirculation Pump feed will enter to the

Evaporation Plant. Feed will enter to the Evaporation Plant from Discharge of

recirculation pump of Stripper.

2. First Effect is a Forced Circulation Type comprising of Calendria-1, Vapour

Separator-1 and Recirculation Pump– 1. Liquid will re-circulate continuously a

through Calendria Tubes at high velocity and will get heated using Heat of

Condensation of First Effect Jacket. This Heated Mass will allow flashing in

Vapour Separator and Water Vapour being generated.

3. This Flash Vapour will partly recompressed to the Jacket of First Effect using

Thermo compressor which will convert high pressure motive steam to low

pressure and will create suction and take part of the water vapour from

Vapour Separator -1.

4. Condensate from Jacket of First Effect will travel to 2nd Effect using pressure

difference available between these two Jackets.

5. Concentrate will be coming out from 1st Effect will be sent to Balance Tank -1

which will be placed between 1st and 2nd Effect.

6. Second Effect also is a Forced Circulation Type comprising of Calendria-2,

Vapour Separator-2 and Recirculation Pump– 2. Liquid will re-circulate

continuously a through Calendria Tubes at high velocity and will get heated

using Heat of Condensation of Second Effect Jacket. This Heated Mass will

allow flashing in Vapour Separator and Water Vapour being generated.

7. Concentrate coming out from 2nd Effect will be below saturation level and

there will not be any crystallization takes place in 2nd effect.

8. This Heated Mass will allow flashing in Vapour Separator and Water Vapour

being generated.

9. Concentrate will be coming out from 2nd Effect will be sent to Balance Tank -2

which will be placed between 2nd and 3rd Effect

10. Condensate coming out from 3rd Effect Jacket is a mixture of Steam utilized in

Thermo compressor and Evaporated Water Vapour from 2nd and 3rd effect.

Condensate will be taken out from plant using Condensate Outlet Pump and

send for Storage.

11. Concentrate from Evaporation will be taken out from the Plant using

Concentrate Outlet Pump and send to ATFD.



12. Water Vapour from Last Effect will be condensed in surface type condenser

using Cooling Water as condensing media. Steam Jet Ejectors/ Water ring

Vacuum Pump will maintain vacuum in the plant back to the condenser.

10.3.3.6 PROCESS DESCRIPTION (Part - C)

1. Feed Pump will be gear/ roto type pump to handle viscous Feed. Feed will not

required to preheat as it will come at 85-90 Deg C from the tank. Feed will

enter to the Vertical ATFD first for initial evaporation. Feed will splash to the

Heat Transfer Surface of ATFD using liquid distributor.

2. V-ATFD will be a hollow cylindrical Jacketed Vessel having Agitator and

specially designed Scrapper blades to wipe out the Surface of ATFD all the

time to keep it clean. This will maintain consistent performance of ATFD for a

long time.

3. ATFD Scrapper will rotate at medium RPM using Gear Box for reduction of

RPM which will be govern by Variable Frequency Drive.

4. ATFD Heat Transfer Surface will be heated through Steam in Jacket. Vapour

outlet will be connected with Entrainment Separator to avoid product

contamination in Condensate. Vapor will be condensed in Condenser and

Negative draft will be maintained by Water Ring Vacuum Pump.

5. Product coming out from bottom of Vertical ATFD. Steam will be applied in

Jacket of same to allow the product dry.



FIGURE 6: SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF MEE SYSTEM



10.4 HAZARDOUS & SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT

Generation of hazardous & Solid Wastes

The hazardous & solid waste generation from process, spent carbon, used oils, ETP

sludge, Evaporation Salts, ash from boiler; will be sent to TSDF/ Cement plants/

Brick manufacturers as per respective waste category.

Resource Conservation / Waste Minimization

The unit will also implement the concept of waste minimization circle including:

• Volatiles in the by-products will be condensed and reused.

• Volatile raw materials will be separated by rectification and these can be

recycled into process.

• Good House Keeping practices make the system easier and less costly.

Some of these are as follows:

Solid wastes e.g. powders, spills, etc. in process, and packaging will be

separately collected and disposed off instead of allowing these to join

effluent streams. This will reduce load and increase the efficiency of

treatment system.

• Search for future recycling schemes and evaluate their worth and

implement such schemes wherever a promise of economic feasibility

exists.

Discarded Container / Barrels/ Liners Management

• Discarded containers/ barrels/ liners will be kept at a designated place

with paved surface.

• These will be decontaminated (washed/ cleaned) and stored in the

designated area in scrap yard. Washed water sent to BTP.

• These will be sold to the actual users/ recyclers as per the Hazardous

Waste (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules,

2016.

• The record of discarded containers/ barrels/ liners stored in scrap yard

shall be maintained and also, inventory of their selling to the registered

recyclers shall be maintained. The same shall be reviewed by the HSE

Department of the project.



Handling of Solid Waste and Hazardous Waste

• The solid wastes and hazardous wastes will be packed in double lined

PP bags and stored in dedicated area. As and when sufficient stock is

accumulated, Organic Waste will be sent to Cement Industry for

incineration and Inorganic waste will be sent to TSDF for further

treatment and safe land fill.

• Industry will enter into an agreement with concerned Hazardous Waste

Management unit.

10.5 EB [ECOLOGY & BIODIVERSITY]

The project activity does not require tree cutting. Also, the study zone does not have

any ecologically sensitive location and hence, the plant activities are not expected to

have any impact on ecology and biodiversity.

Air emissions, liquid effluent disposal and solid waste generation are likely to have

some impact on terrestrial ecosystems. However there will be no net increase in air

pollution. Proponent will develop greenbelt around 35.8 % of its total area.

Management

• Raw material dispensing stations will be equipped with vacuum duct

hoods with top cover.

• All tanks vents being used for storage flammable chemicals will be

connected to respective condensers to avoid VOCs in the plant area.

10.6 SE [SOCIO-ECONOMIC ASPECTS]

This project will have positive impacts on Socio-Economic Environment.

Positive impacts

• Direct employment generation potential of the project will be for about 65

persons, wherein the first preference will be given to the Qualified People from

within the Study Area.

• Various modes of indirect employment i.e. providing Conveyance,

Transportation, Goods and Services will also increase.

• Overall improvement in quality of life of people of the study area will increase.



10.7 HG [HYDROGEOLOGY, GROUND WATER & WATER CONSERVATION]

The entire Solapur District is occupied by lava flows of Deccan Basalt formation,

which constitute the main rock formation of the district. The important Water bearing

formations are Deccan Trap basalt and Alluvium.

Groundwater in Deccan Traps mostly occurs in the weathered and fractured parts

down to 10-15 m depth bgl. At places potential zones are encountered at deeper

levels in the form of fractures and inter flow zones which are generally confined

down to 60-80 mts in the district. The weathered portions of both vesicular and

massive units have better porosity and permeability. Intensity of weathering is less in

hilly regions of the district while it is higher in plain areas. The yield of dug wells

tapping phreatic aquifer ranges between 18-150 Cum/day, which have 1-12 mts

depth range. The above wells are generally drilled down to 40-60 mts tapping

weathered and fractured vesicular zones, these wells have a discharge of 120 -150

lpm. It is noticed and reported that the yields of wells drastically get reduced in

summer months beginning from March up to June end.

The width of the streams is narrow and follows the weak planes within the hard rock

formations.

Ground Water Conditions

Groundwater occurs under water table conditions in shallow aquifer and semi-

confined to confined conditions in fractured zones (Deeper Aquifers). The fractured

jointed vesicular basalt and massive basalt when overlain by red bole bed of

considerable thickness develops semi confined to confined conditions. Hence, the

red bole bed acts as a confining layer. The red bole bed being clayey in nature also

acts as a good barrier for the downward movement of water. The weathered and

jointed zone of massive basalt unit and vesicular basalt unit constitute the

unconfined aquifer, which are generally tapped by dug wells. The semi confined to

confined aquifers is tapped by dug cum bore well and bore wells. Twelve bore wells

were inventoried in the project and study area to assess the groundwater

conditions. The depth to water levels was found to be 15- 36 m during pre monsoon

while in summer it is reported between 20-40 m with yield ranges of 50 – 150 lpm.

The quality of water is found to be potable.



The proposed area is categorized as safe by the Central Groundwater Board and

scope for development & stage of groundwater is 60%. MIDC Supplies water to the

industry. The Management already adopted roof top harvesting of monsoon by

constructing artificial recharge pit. The industry enclosure has vast open space which

itself acts as natural recharge pit. However, the artificial recharge structures are

depicted on EMP Map Plate-5 which might be taken up by the Management in

consultation with local government authorities.

Possible Impacts on Ground water & Mitigation

• The proposed project activity does not have any impact on Geology as the

project process does not involve any breaking of ground except grading of

land for infrastructure development. The project area is over Basalt.

• The generation of ash from the industry will have sedimentation affect over

the wind ward side on the soil regime as well as the study area over a period

of time affecting the Green cover/ plantation thereby affecting the growth of

plants / crops.

• The chemically loaded waste water leakage from the industry will adversely

affect the soil, surface and groundwater.

• There is no pumping of ground water on site and the entire water requirement

is met from the MIDC supply as the industry is located in notified Industrial

Park.

• The management is suggested to harvest the roof top water by constructing

water harvesting pit.

• The spillage of chemicals is to be totally avoided at the storage site for

possible contamination with the groundwater.

• Ash generation and storage will be monitored closely to avoid leakages and

will be disposed safely to the brick manufacturing industries and infrastructure

projects.

• The ash spreading in and around the plant will be avoided by storing under

closed conditions at dedicated place till it is disposed to users. The prevention

suggested is not to allow the waste water leakage from the industry by

implementing proper storage tanks for wastewater collection system.



10.8 GEO [GEOLOGY]

The area exposes ten Basaltic Lava Flows of Diveghat Formation belonging to

Sahyadri Group of Deccan Traps (Upper Cretaceous to Lower Eocene). These lava

flows on account of differential weathering give rise to undulating relief. Alluvium is

confined to major Rivers. There are no evidences of any structural disturbances like

folding and faulting. However, Few joints were observed in the study area.

Stratigraphy of the Area:

Alluvium - Quaternary

Basalt Flows (Diveghat Formation) Sahyadri Group Upper Cretaceous to Eocene

(Ten Flows) (Deccan Traps)

Local Geology: The area is occupied by single litho unit Basalt of Deccan Traps.

10.9 SC [SOIL CONSERVATION]

The site is already isolated from the adjacent area by a compound wall. There is a

gentle gradient from west to the east. As the site located in a dry semiarid region

there are no chances of flooding or water logging. Natural drainage pattern shall be

maintained by retaining the present slope. Runoff water shall be diverted to the

greenbelt for percolation, soil and nutrient retention. The greenbelt area shall be kept

at lower level than the rest of the area in order to divert the rain water to the

greenbelt for trees and percolation. Suspended solids as well as the dissolved solids

shall be trapped in the greenbelt plots in which trees are grown. The plant litter shall

also be used as mulch and as organic fertilizer. Thus, it is proposed to integrate

greenbelt development with soil, nutrient and water conservation and rain water

harvesting. Farmyard manure and compost shall be applied liberally to enhance

porosity of the soil.

Top soil: Entire topsoil is going to be used within the project site for leveling.

Physicochemical characteristics of the soil samples obtained from 7 areas in the

study area and one from the project site reveals that all basically Clay and Silt Clay

10.10 RH [RISK & HAZARDS MANAGEMENT]

All the provisions as per the Factories act, 1948 manufacture, storage and import

of hazardous chemicals [MSIHC] Rules, 1989 and amendments thereafter and



also, the Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Transboundary

Movement) Rules, 2016 will be followed.

Work environment monitoring as well as noise monitoring will be carried out on

regular interval through third party.

Following hazards may occur during the operation.

• Fire Hazards

• Chemicals handling and Storage

• Road accidents

• Process hazards

• Health hazards

Following procedures will be followed for effective management of any disaster in

the plant.

• Identification of Hazards and Risk assessment

• Identification of persons at risk

• Mitigation measures to minimize or elimination of Risk

• Disaster management plan

10.11 GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT

10.11.1 OBJECTIVE

The purpose of a green belt around the plant site is to capture the fugitive emissions

emanating from Plant operations, attenuate the noise generated and improve the

aesthetics.

Environmental protection has been considered as an important domain for industrial

and other developmental activities in India. Ministry of Environment, Forest and

Climate Change (MoEF&CC) has taken several policy initiatives and promoted

integration of environmental concerns in developmental projects. One such initiative

is the notification on Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) of developmental

projects issued in 1994 and further revised notification in year 2006 under the

provisions of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 EIA Guidance Manual for building,

construction, townships and area development projects proactively talks about the

importance of greenbelts in such projects.

Greenbelt in India refers to a Study area created beyond which industrial activity may

not be carried on. This concept has developed through a long line of cases and


http://greencleanguide.com/tag/moef/




today, greenbelts are present not only for the purpose of protecting sensitive areas

to maintain ecological balance, but are also be found in urban areas so as to act as a

sink for the harmful gases released by vehicles and industries operating in the city

area. In this regard, comprehensive Guidelines for Developing Greenbelts have been

compiled by the Central Pollution Control Board.

10.11.2 ACTION PLAN

The primary objective of management of flora and fauna is to conserve RET species,

if any. One CR bird (GIB) and two Schedule I mammals (Blackbuck and Wolf) have

been reported from the GIBS. But the boundary of the GIBS and the boundary of the

MIDC are contiguous and there are several industries within a short distance of about

100 m from the boundary of the MIDC. Compared with the established and existing

units adjacent to the GIBS, the proposed industry is at a distance of 2.45 Km from the

GIBS. It is a green field project and a thick greenbelt of 7 m is proposed to be

developed on all sides of the project site. Out of the total project site of 6000 Sq. m,

greenbelt shall be developed in an area of 2148 Sq. m (35.8% of total project site of

6000 Sq. m) at spacing of 2 m x 3 m (1500 trees per Ha). A total of about 320 trees

can be grown in the greenbelt after leaving some space for movement of men and

materials. Pits of 50 cm x 50 cm x 50 cm shall be dug out along the boundary and

filled with a mixture of garden soil, farmyard manure or compost up to a depth of 20

cm. The porous laterite rocks can be easily removed to make the pits. The final depth

of the pits shall be 30 cm and after transplantation of the saplings, the depth over the

top of the soil shall be 10 cm. This will serve to retain water and nutrients around the

saplings. Runoff water shall be diverted to the plantation easily and there is adequate

natural gradient. Because of the presence of porous laterite rock, rain water easily

percolates into the ground. Work on greenbelt shall be undertaken after the required

alternations / modifications and repairs. An amount of Rs. 4,00,000/- is allocated for

greenbelt and the amount will be spent in four years after construction, erection and

fabrication of the industrial units at the rate of Rs. 1,50,000/- each during the first two

years and Rs. 50,000/- each during the third and fourth years. Thereafter, the

Environment management cell will take care of maintenance.

A list of plants suitable for greenbelt and to the local agroclimatic conditions is given in

Table 10.1. Neem (Azadirachta indica), Peepal (Ficus religiosa) and Saptaparni

(Alstonia scholaris) are extensively gown and performing well in the area.



Year wise plan for greenbelt development is given in Table 10.2

TABLE 10.1: LIST OF PLANTS RECOMMENDED FOR GREENBELT AND AVENUE PLANTATION

Scientific name Common / local name Main purpose Acacia auriculiformis Australian wattle Pulpwood Alstonia scholaris Saptaparni Ornamental Azadiracta indica Neem Multipurpose Bambusa vulgaris Yellow Bamboo Yellow Bamboo Borassus flabellifer Palmyrah palm Multipurpose Ficus benghalensis Banyan tree Shlter for birds Ficus benjamina Weeping fig Easy propagation Ficus elastica Rubber plant Ornamental Ficus racemosa Cluster fig Edible fruit Ficus religiosa Peepal Mythological & food for

bird Grevellia robusta Silver oak Ornamental tree Jacaranda mimosaefolia Jacaranda Ornamental tree Kigelia pinnata Sausage tree Ornamental tree Lagerstroemia parviflora Queen’s Flower Ornamental tree Leucaena leucocephala Subabul Fodder & Pulp Melia dubia Malabar Neem Timber Muntingia calabura Singapore cherry Fruits edible Phoenix sylvestris Wild date Aesthetic Putranjiva roxburghii Lucky bean Tree Ornamental tree Roystonea regia Royal palm Ornamental Palm Swietenia macrophylla Large-leaved

Mahogany Multipurpose

Swietenia mahagoni Mahogany Timber Syzygium cumini Neredu Valuable fruit tree

TABLE 10.2: YEAR-WISE TARGET AND BUDGET ALLOCATION FOR DEVELOPMENT OF GREENBELT AND BLOCK PLANTATIONS

Year Area in Sq. m

Number of plants

Capital cost Recurring Yearly

total (Rs) First 2148 Only preparation

of land, pits, filling with potting mix and water supply

1,50,000 ---- 1,50,000

Second 360 1,50,000 --- 3,00,000 Third Gap Filling 50 Gap filling 50,000 3,50,000 Fourth Maintenance 50,000 4,00,000 Total cost of plantations (320 Trees) 4,00,000 1. From the fifth -year regular maintenance on contract basis shall be awarded to aprofessional agency. The expenditure shall be budgeted under maintenance account. 2. STP treated water and the rain water shall be used for greenbelt and avenueplantations 3. Total water demand for routine maintenance during the dry period shall be 2



Year Area in Sq. m

Number of plants

Capital cost Recurring Yearly

total (Rs) KLD during the dry season. 4. Drip irrigation shall be provided.

10.12 POST PROJECT MONITORING

Regular monitoring of all significant environmental parameters is essential to check

the compliance status vis-à-vis the environmental laws and regulation. The objective

of the monitoring will be as follows.

To verify the results of the impact assessment study with respect to the

proposed project.

To study the trend of concentration values of the parameters, which have

been, identified as critical and planning the mitigate measures.

To check and assess the efficacy of pollution control equipment.

To implement the EMP, a structured Environment Management Cell (EMC)

interwoven with the management system will be created.

EMC will undertake regular monitoring of the proposed pollution control

system and conduct yearly audit of the environmental performance of the

system. It will also check that the stipulated measures are being satisfactory

implemented and operated.

A comprehensive environmental monitoring program that will be prepared for the

purpose of implementation in the proposed manufacturing unit by the EMC is

described below.

10.12.1 AIR POLLUTION MONITORING

The Stack emissions from boiler & DG Set will be monitored once in a month for PM,

NOX & SO2. The ambient air at the plant site will be monitored once in a month for

PM, NOX & SO2. The Fugitive Emissions like VOC’s will be monitored in Production

block, Raw Material and Finished goods section.

10.12.2 WASTE WATER MONITORING

The quantity of waste generated from ETP unit will be regularly measured using flow

meters. Wastewater samples will be collected and analyzed for critical parameters

like pH, TDS, BOD, COD, Oil and Grease, Chlorides, Sulphates etc.,



10.12.3 GROUND WATER MONITORING

Ground water quality of bore well will be regularly monitored preferably once in a 6 /

12 months.

10.12.4 HAZARDOUS & SOLID WASTE MONITORING

Hazardous & Solid waste generated from the plant will be monitored once in a

month/change of the product.

TABLE 10.3: DETAILS OF THE MONITORING PROGRAM

S. No

Type of Monitoring

Location of Monitoring

station

Frequency of

Sampling

Duration of

Sampling Instrument Parameters

to be tested

1 Ambient Air 3 Places at 120o angle

Once in a month

8 hrs/ 24 hrs RDS PM10, PM2.5,

SO2 & NOX

2 Work room concentration

Production Block, Store rooms

Once in 3 Months --- Personal

Sampler VOCs

3 Stack Monitoring

Boilers, D. G. Set, Scrubber vents

Once in a month ---

Stack Monitoring Instrument

PM, SO2, NOX and Scrubbing gases.

4 Noise Levels

D. G. Set, Compressors, Chillers, Boilers section, Production block, Admin. block, ETP area, Open area etc.

Once in a month --- Noise

meter

Day – Night Noise levels in Leq

5 Effluent

Raw HTDS & LTDS effluent, Condensate, Treated wastewater

Daily ---

Internal & External Lab

Physical and Chemical Parameters 6 Ground

water Nearest Bore well

Once in six months ---

7 Solid Waste Sludge from Process & ETP

Once in six months ---

All the above observations will be complied and documented by the EMC to serve

the following purposes.

Identification of any environmental problems that are occurring in the area.

Initiating or providing solution to those problems through designed channels

and verification of the implementation status.



Controlling activities inside the plant, until the environmental problem is

corrected.

Suitably responds to emergency situations.

The industry will engage recognized laboratories to carry out all necessary

monitoring parameters. Qualified staff will be appointed for the purpose of Operation

and maintenance of the pollution control facilities. Stand-by facilities are provided to

all the facilities so as to ensure fail proof treatment.

10.13 MANAGEMENT OF PUBLIC INTERESTS

10.13.1 OBJECTIVE

To assure the neighboring communities that the promoters and management have

high consideration for the welfare of this region, the following commitments are made

by the project promoters.

10.13.2 PREFERENCE TO LOCAL POPULATION

For the recruitment of semi-skilled and unskilled workers preference will be given for

the local people.

10.13.3 HEALTH CAMPS

Health camps will be organized along with the local administration and voluntary

organizations like Red Cross, Rotary Club etc., in the surrounding villages.

10.13.4 PUBLIC AMENITIES

The management will support the local administration with funds and other forms of

assistance for the development of public amenities in this region.

10.13.5 PUBLIC RELATIONS

The management will set up a public relations office to maintain to good line of

communication between the management and the public on matters of

environmental concern.

10.14 WATER REQUIREMENT

The total water requirement for the industry is 35.43 KLD will be met through MIDC

water supply.



TABLE 10.4: PROPOSED WATER CONSUMPTION DETAILS

S. No Purpose Water input KLD

1 Process 1.43 2 Washings 3.00 3 Boiler make up 14.00 4 Cooling tower make up 11.00 5 Scrubbing system 1.00 6 Domestic 3.00 7 Gardening 2.00

Total 35.43

Recovered water 9.35 KLD from ZLD system is reused.

Fresh water requirement = 35.43 – 9.35

= 26.08 KLD

The fresh water of 26.08 KLD will be met from Maharashtra Industrial Development

Corporation (MIDC) water supply.

10.15 PROCESS EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM

a) No. of scrubbers and capacity: 1 No. of scrubber installed.

300 mm (Diameter) X 3 meters (Height)

b) Type of scrubber: Scrubber material of construction is PP+FRP with one inch poly

propylene rings as packing material with a circulation pump.

c) Chemical used in scrubber: Alkali solution

FIGURE 10.7: SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF EMISSION CONTROL SCRUBBINGSYSTEM



10.16 FUGITIVE EMISSIONS

Various types of solvents will be used in the manufacturing process. The solvents

will be stored in storage tanks with vent condensers. These are handled in closed

conditions. The industry will take measures for reduction of fugitive emissions by

providing chilled brine circulation to the condensers which, ensures the recovery of

95%. Good ventilation will be provided to reduce the workroom concentrations. The

reactor generating solvent vapors will be connected to condensers with reflux

system. Dyke walls will be provided to the solvent storage tanks. The solvent like

Toluene will be recovered up to 95% by using distillation and the remaining 5% will

be the loss.

10.17 SOLVENT MANAGEMENT PLAN

Solvent management consists of the following:

• Unloading

• Storage

• Handling / transferring

• Process / Reaction

• Recovery

i) Unloading

Solvents are received in drums / tankers

Drums

• Before unloading the drums from the truck, check the drums condition.

• Drums may be MS or HDPE Carboys

• Drums / barrels will be unloaded from the vehicles onto the unloading platform

by using the drum lifter provided for the purpose. Under no circumstances

drums shall be dropped or rolled on the ground or on any other material

• Carboys will not be dropped or allowed to strike against each other and shall

be unloaded on the pallets

• Personal protective equipments like safety goggles, hand gloves, PVC aprons

and safety shoes will be used while handling chemicals.

Road tankers

• Security will ensure that vehicle personnel shall not carry any match box /

lighters



• The store personnel, has to check the paper work before unloading to confirm

that the correct chemical received as well as discharged into the dedicated

tank.

• Barriers and flags should be positioned to warn personnel at the unloading.

• Brakes should be set and the wheels chocked.

• The truck should be earthed.

• Tanker should be kept under inert gas flushing through vent while unloading

• Make sure that the inert gas valve remains open during the entire unloading

period of delivery is by gravity or by pumping.

• Connect the flexible hose to the tanker and to the transfer pump

• Check liquid level gauge on storage tank to ensure liquid is being transferred

• When tanker is empty, stop pump and close valves on tanker, close valves in

transfer line.

[For flammable material, stop inert gas purge]

• Disconnect flexible hose and put into proper catch container to ensure no

product is lost on to the ground.

• Remove choked warning signs, earthing and switch locks

• Read storage tank liquid level gauge and record reading

ii) Storage/ handling/ transferring

Storage Tanks

• 2 or 3 Square meter condenser [depends on solvent volatility] with cooling

water circulation is connected to each solvent storage tank to prevent solvent

vapors escaping from tank surface in to atmosphere. The condensed solvent

will go to respective tank. This results in recovery of solvent and prevention of

VOCs into the atmosphere.

• The solvent pump which is having mechanical seal will be used for

transferring the solvent to the Day Tank of the respective reactor as and when

required. The entire solvent transfer takes place in a closed system. There is

no manual handling.

The above management will results in recovery of solvent more than or equal to

95%.



Drums

• As and when required the solvent drums in closed condition will be transferred

to the respective reactor.

• By using AODD pump the solvent will be transferred in to the reactor. Hence,

there is no loss of solvent during transfer.

iii) Reaction /Recovery

• During reaction stage the solvent vapors will be sent to a primary condenser

having cooling water circulation and later to secondary condenser having

temperature < 50 C chilled brine circulation.

• Above system will eliminate solvent losses during reaction stage and recovery

will be the maximum extent possible.

The above management will results in recovery of solvent more than or equal to 95%.

Solvents

• Solvent drums will be stored in ware house below 25 ⁰C

• As and when required the solvent drums in closed condition will be transferred

to the respective reactor. By using AODD pump the solvent will be transferred

in to the reactor. Hence, there is no loss of solvent during transfer.

• During reaction stage the solvent vapors will be sent to two primary

condensers which are arranged in parallel having cooling water circulation

followed by a secondary condenser having brine circulation at temperature of

5 ⁰C.

System will eliminate solvent losses during reaction and recovery will be the

maximum extent possible.

The above management will results in recovery of solvent more than or equal to

95%.

10.18 EMISSIONS – UTILITIES

For generation of Steam, the industry proposed to install 2.0 TPH Coal fired boiler.

The total fuel requirement is 8.0 TPD will be met from local authorized sources.

The unit is proposed to install 1 x 125 KVA DG set for usage during the power

failures.

The emission details are presented in below Table 10.5 & 10.6.



TABLE 10.5: STACK EMISSION DETAILS OF PROPOSED BOILER

Particulars Units 2.0 TPH Coal Fired Boiler Type of Fuel -- Indian Coal with CV of 4000

kcal/kg to 5000 kcal/kg Coal Consumption TPD 8.0 Ash Content % 35 Sulphur Content % 0.4 No. of Stacks No 1 Height of the stack m 20 Diameter of the stack m 0.3 Temperature of Flue Gas oC 125 Velocity of Flue Gas m/s 15 Emission Rate Particulate Matter gm/sec 0.13 Sulphur dioxide gm/sec 0.59 Oxides of Nitrogen gm/sec 1.22 Control Equipment Pollution control equipment -- Cyclone separator followed

by suitable pack of Bag filters


Capacity in KVA


Emission Of SO2 in mg/Nm3

Emission of NOx

in mg/Nm3

Stack dia. in m

Flue Gas Temp. in

OC

Stack Height in m


125 KVA 50 70 85 0.2 190 8.0 14

10.19 WASTE WATER LOADS

The waste water generation will be 10.82 KLD which is from process, washings,

cooling tower bleed off, boiler blow down, scrubber and domestic usage. The effluent

generation and its HTDS & LTDS effluent details are given in below Table 10.7.

TABLE 10.7: EFFLUENT GENERATION DETAILS

S. No Purpose Effluent Details KLD


Total 10.82



TABLE 10.8: EXPECTED HTDS & LTDS EFFLUENT GENERATION DETAILS & TREATMENT METHOD

Unit HTDS KLD

LTDS KLD


Process 0.61 0.71 1.32 ZLD System: HTDS effluents sent to MEE system followed by ETP. LTDS effluents treated in ETP – RO Plant. RO Rejects to MEE System and RO permeate to reuse, Condensate from MEE to reuse and MEE concentrated to ATFD.

Washings 0.00 3.00 3.00




Domestic 0.00 2.50 2.50

Total 1.61 9.21 10.82

The pollution loads for various pollutants viz., TDS, In-organics, Organics; COD for

proposed products has worked out based on the material balance.

10.20 STAGE WISE EFFLUENT CHARACTERISTICS

The stage wise effluent characteristics have been arrived for the proposed products

based on the material balance, which is given in Chapter-II.

10.21 HAZARDOUS & SOLID WASTE DETAILS

The Hazardous & Solid waste generated and disposal methods from proposed

project are given in below Table 10.9.

TABLE 10.9: EXPECTED HAZARDOUS & SOLID WASTE GENERATION DETAILS & DISPOSAL METHOD





2 Spent Carbon 3.0 3 Solvent Distillation Residue 10

4 Organic distillate from Stripper 30

5 ETP Sludge 50 Will be sent to TSDF

6 MEE Salts 197








Solid Waste details


Hazardous & Solid waste will be segregated. Detoxified containers, HDPE Drums/

Bags will be stored in the covered and raised platform with Leachate collection

system and disposed to authorized parties. Non- incinerable solid waste will be

disposed to TSDF for secured landfill.

The Hazardous & solid waste will be disposed off through 7-copy manifest system

within 90 days from the generation. All records will be maintained properly.

10.22 PROPOSED ROOF WATER HARVESTING

To augment the declining ground water levels and water harvesting is the need of

the hour.

Rainwater harvesting is a mechanism involved in collecting, storing and using. A

rainwater harvesting system comprises various stages – flow of rainwater through

pipes or drains, filtration and storage in tanks for reuse or recharge. There are five

components in rainwater harvesting namely catchment, conveyance, filtration,

storage and recharge.

Roof top area is considered for harvesting rainwater for this project and other areas

are excluded due to possibility of chemical contamination. Roof top rainwater

harvesting is one of the appropriate options for augmenting ground water recharge/

storage in urban areas where natural recharge is considerably reduced due to

increased urban activities and not much land is available for implementing any other

artificial recharge measure. Roof top rainwater harvesting can supplement domestic

requirements in rural areas as well.

Design of Roof Water Harvesting Structure

Quantity of Rain water collection and recharging depends upon

Average rainfall

Catchment area



Run-off coefficient

Infiltration rate

Evapo Transpiration

Porosity

Permeability

Generally used Rain water harvesting structures are like Recharge Pits, Invert Well,

Surface storage pond (where areas are large and Optimum rainfall), Check Dams,

Nalla Bunds.

The rain water from the Roof top will be collected through PVC pipes and transferred

to the proposed roof water harvesting pits through steps of eliminating suspended

particles, oil & grease through finally to the ground.

Since the area of harvesting is small the above parameters are not studied in detail

and only applicability as to conserve and harvest the available quantum is

considered and suitable structure suggested Based on IMD Climatological Normal,

Solapur 1981-2010.

Normal Annual Rainfall = 742.5 mm (0.7425 m)

TABLE 10.10: AVAILABLE RAINWATER (ANNUAL) FOR HARVESTING

Description Area (m2) Rainfall

(m/Annum) Runoff

coefficient Total Rainwater

(m3/Annum) Roof Area 768.32 0.7425 0.8 456.4

Total available rainwater (in m3/annum) 456 Details of Roof water harvesting pits:

Size of pits 8m x 4m x 3m

Size of Bore 350 mm dia.

Size of pipe 150 mm dia.



FIGURE 10.8: ROOF WATER HARVESTING STRUCTURE

10.23 INVESTMENT

The proposed total gross investment in Buildings and Plant & Machinery will be

approximately Rs. 2.5 Crores. Industry will allocate an amount of about Rs. 56

Lakhs for Environmental Protection measures. Recurring cost will be about Rs. 11

Lakhs per annum.

10.23.1 BUDGETARY ALLOCATION

The management will be set aside adequate funds in its annual budget to fully meet

the stated objectives of the environmental policy. The capital equipment for

environmental management include effluent treatment plants, pipelines and channels

for waste water discharge, green belt development and the environment laboratory.

TABLE 10.11: PROPOSED BUDGET FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN [EMP]

S. No




1 Pollution Control Equipment (Scrubber, Cyclone separator, Bag filter, Sampling port arrangements etc.,)

8.0 2.0

2 ZLD System (MEE & RO system)

40 4.0

3 Rain Water Harvesting (Roof top water harvesting collection pits)

2.0 1.0

4 Green Belt Development (Plantation and Maintenance)

3.0 1.0



S. No




5 Health & Safety (PPEs, Medical Surveillances Expenses etc.,)

3.0 1.0

6

Environmental Monitoring (Air, Water, Noise, VOCs, Boiler Stack flue gases, DG sets stack monitoring expenses etc.,)

--- 2.0

Total 56 11 10.24 MITIGATION PLAN

There will be few gaseous emissions generated or released from the manufacturing

process. The industry will provide the efficient scrubbers for controlling the gaseous

emissions and plant will be well ventilated to improve the work zone environment

and layout is worked out in such a way that the workman works in a comfortable

atmosphere by using adequate personal protective equipment. Industry will be taking

all precautions to minimize the emissions on handling of various chemicals etc.

Sufficient fire extinguishers and fire hydrants will be provided in the plant to handle

any emergency.

Full-Fledge ZLD Treatment system will be provided for treating the effluents

generated from the industrial activity. Full-Fledge Treatment facility will be

constructed above ground level to prevent seepage.

First aid kits will be provided in all the departments and training on First aid will also

provide to all the employees for early treatment.

Candidates to be recruited to work in the factory will be subjected to pre employment

medical checkup. Only those certified to be medically fit will be recruited. Candidates

on recruitment safety training will be given for one week on handling of chemicals.

Urmila Chemopharma Pvt. Ltd will strictly follow the safety norms as per the

guidelines of the Director of Factories for a process industry and will provide all the

necessary safety equipment for the protection of the Industrial establishment as well

as the personnel working in the plant premises. Personnel Protective Equipment will

be provided to all its employees who are involved in the handling of hazardous

activities. The storage and handling of various chemicals will be according to the



norms of MSDS and the Inspector of Factories. Personnel involved in the production

will be provided with protective clothing, helmets, goggles, masks, gloves, etc.

These handling operations will be carried out under the strict supervision of the

trained and highly skilled personnel. Supervision will be provided to ensure the

usage of these PPE’s. Necessary fire fighting facilities like extinguishers, sand

buckets, etc. will be provided to meet the on-site emergencies. A detailed On-site

Emergency plan will be prepared and implemented comply the provisions of

Factories Act. An agreement with a nearest hospital for treating the employees due

to unforeseen emergencies will be entered into.

10.25 SOCIO-ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES

Socio-Economic Development activities will be implementing in coordination with the

NGOs, Village Panchayats and other Governmental Entities.

A. SOCIAL ACTIVITIES:

• Health check up camps and Medical facilities to Infants and senior citizens,

free medicine supply etc., will be provide on regular basis.

• Help Implement and Run a Safe Drinking Water in Chincholi village where the

project site is located to facilitate Healthy Water for both Drinking & Cooking

Purposes.

• Contribution towards any development activity useful for village development.

B. ECONOMIC ACTIVITIES:

• The company will give preference to the local people for employment.

• The company will be giving contract works like civil, machine repair,

transportation, canteen, etc. to the local people / parties.

• The proposed project will create jobs for at least 65 persons.

10.26 WASTE MINIMIZATION / RESOURCE CONSERVATION 5 R Concept

(Recycle / Refuse / Reduce / Reuse / Reform)

In our company, the 5R, representing five environment-conscious words starting with

the letter R, has been adopted as a keyword for environmental activities. The five

environment-conscious words include the three R words of the 3R, the keyword for

establishing a recycling-oriented society, and two additional words that are "Refuse"

and "Reform".



Refuse: Avoid purchase of environmentally burdensome materials whenever possible Reduce: Reduce waste material Reuse: Reuse waste material without processing Reform: Reuse materials in a different form Recycle: Reuse materials as resources We will achieve the above concept; all efforts will be made by the industry to carryout

R&D on the isolated by-products / wastes

FIGURE 10.9: 5 R CONCEPTS

The units shall also implement the waste minimization circle including:

• Good House Keeping: Proper housekeeping practices make the system

easier and less costly.

• Roof water harvesting system shall be adopted to reduce the fresh water

requirement.

• Cleaner production technology may be adopted for the resource conservation

and pollution control.

10.27 CONCLUSION

The industrialization plays an important role in their development process. The

countries with rapidly growing industrial sector were able to manage the

development problems particularly employment, poverty and inequality. The

Industrial development as legitimate objective to solve economic and social

problems, therefore project Management have appropriately decided to setup a

manufacturing unit. The infrastructure like roads, water and regular supply of power

are available at the project site. Availability of adequate skilled, semi-skilled man

power at reasonable salaries and wages, local amenities at reasonable cost, has



encouraged the technocrat. Importantly, the helping hand extended to the most

experienced and reputed person in the bulk drugs manufacturing industrial belt, by

the state Government in meeting the needs of the aspirant.

The likely adverse effects due to the operations of the unit are marginal. More over

the residential area is far away. However, the effective implementation of the

recommended Environment Management Plan and Monitoring Program, by which all

the negative effects on the environment, will be minimized.


SUMMARY & CONCLUSION [SUMMARY OF EIA REPORT]

CHAPTER -XI


CHAPTER – XI

PROJECT SUMMARY & CONCLUSIONS

Urmila Chemopharma Pvt. Ltd. is proposed Bulk Drug Intermediates manufacturing

unit with the manufacturing capacity of 10 TPM respectively.

11.1 SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT

S. No

Contents Details

1 Name of the Project:

Urmila Chemopharma Pvt. Ltd. Plot No.: F-24, MIDC, Chincholi Industrial Area, Chincholi Village, Mohal Taluk, Solapur District, Maharashtra state.

2 Details of Applicant

Mr. Lolabhattu Chinna Butchiraju (Managing Director) Office Address: Flat No. 46, Hiramoti Tower, 04th Floor, Vidigharkul, Near Hyderabad market yard, Sonia Nagar, Solapur District – 413 005, Maharashtra State

3 Status

Urmila Chemopharma Pvt. Ltd. is proposed Bulk Drug Intermediates manufacturing unit at Plot No.: F-24, MIDC, Chincholi Industrial Area, Chincholi Village, Mohal Taluk, Solapur District, Maharashtra state.

4 Type of Land & Status Industrial Land Proposed Land: 1.48 Acres (6000 Sq. m)

5 Capital Investment of the Project, Rs. in Crores

2.5 Crores

6 Capital cost for EMP, Rs. in Lakhs

56 Lakhs

7 Recurring cost/ Annum for EMP, Rs. in Lakhs

11 Lakhs

8 Employment opportunity 65 persons

9 Green belt Development It is envisaged to develop greenbelt on all sides of the industry in an area of about 0.53 Acres (2148.2 Sq. m).

10 Pollution control measures adopted

Flue gas emission control Adequate stack of height of 20 mts are provided for wider dispersion of pollutants.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter -XI Page 249


S. No

Contents Details

For PM control, provided cyclone separator followed by bag filter

Process gas emission control

Two stage scrubbers installed for process gas emissions

Fugitive emission control Vent condensers to the storage tanks and reactors. Solvents and chemicals are handling in closed system

Hazardous waste management

All the hazardous waste will be collected, stored, handled, transported and disposed to TSDF as per the Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016, amended time to time etc are major Act/rules/notification applicable to industry.

11 Expenditure for CSR activities

Rs. 5.0 Lakhs

12 Expenditure for CER activities

Rs. 5.0 Lakhs

11.2 CONCLUSIONS

It can be concluded on a positive note that due to the adequate provision and efficient

operation of Environmental Management Systems and after the implementation of the

proposed mitigation measures and environmental management plans, the project

activities during the construction and operation phase would have manageable & largely

have reversible impacts on the environment, and on balance the project would be

beneficial to surrounding communities and the region.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter -XI Page 250

ENCLOSURES

LAND DOCUMENT

ENCLOSURE - I

INDUSTRIAL GO

ENCLOSURE - II

GIB DISTANCE LETTER

ENCLOSURE - III

WILDLIFE REPORT SUBMITTED TO STANDING

COMMITTEE OF NBWL/ SBWL

ENCLOSURE - IV

General DetailsA.

Project DetailsA-1.

(i). Forest Clearance Required?: No

(ii). Proposal No. : FP/MH/IND/3695/2018

(iii). Name of Project: Urmila Chemopharma Pvt. Ltd.

(iv). Short narrative of the Project : Proposed Bulk Drug and Intermediates Manufacturing Unit.

(v). State : Maharashtra

(vi). Category of the Project : Industry

(vii). Shape of project land : Non Linear

(viii). Distance of the project from the boundary of the Protected Area (in km.): 2.6

(ix). Estimated cost of the Project(Rupees in lacs) : 250

(x). Total period for which clearance is required (in year): 5

(xi). Total Project Area(in ha.): 0.6

(xii). Project Area under Protected Area (in ha.): 0

(xiii). Project Area under Non-Protected Area (in ha.): 0.6

(xviii). Project Area inside Wildlife Sanctuaries(in ha.): 0

(xiv). Project Area outside Wildlife Sanctuaries(in ha.): 0.6

(xv). Project Area inside Conservation Reserve(in ha.): 0

(xvi). Project Area outside Conservation Reserve(in ha.): 0

Wild Life Report

Form for seeking recommendation of Standing Committee of NBWL/SBWL.

PART - I & II(To be filled up by User Agency)

(xvii). Project Area inside National Park(in ha.): 0

(xviii). Project Area outside National Park(in ha.): 0

(xix). Project Area inside Ecologically Sensitive Zone(in ha.): 0

(xx). Project Area outside Ecologically Sensitive Zone(in ha.): 0

Details of User AgencyA-2.

(i). Name : URMILA CHEMOPHARMA PRIVATE LIMITED

(ii). Address1 : Plot No.: F-24, MIDC Chincholi Industrial area, Chincholi village, Mohal Taluk

(iii). Address2 : Solapur District, Maharashtra state

(iv). State : Maharashtra

(v). District : Solapur

(vi). Pin : 413255

(vii). Landmark : MIDC Chincholi

(viii). Email address : [email protected]

(ix). Landline Telephone No. : 447101

(x). Fax No. : NIL

(xi). Mobile No. : 9885560011

(xii). Website (if any) : NIL

(xiii). Legal status of User Agency : Private

Details of Person Making ApplicationA-3.

(i). First Name: Chinnabutchiraju

(ii). Middle Name: NIL

(iii). Last Name: Shriramarajulolabhattu

(iv). Gender: Male

(v). Designation: ManagingDirector

(vi). Address 1: Plot No. F-24, MIDC Chincholi Industrial area, Chincholi village

(vii). Address 2: NIL

(viii). State: Maharashtra

(ix). District: Solapur

(x). Pin: 413255

(xi). Landmark: NIL

(xii). Email Address: [email protected]

(xiii). Landline Telephone No.: 447101

(xiv). Fax No.: NIL

(xv). Mobile No.: 9885560011

(xvi). Upload a copy of documents in support of the competence/authority of the person making thisapplication to make application on behalf of the User Agency: Annexure copy of documents in support ofthe competence

Details of Land required for the ProjectB.

Details of Protected AreaB-1.

No. of Divisions involved in Protected AreaB-1.1

Division wise details of land

S.no Division Name Protected AreaName

Project Areaunder Protected

Area

1. Solapur Great IndianBustard Sanctuary

0

Details of Districts involvedB-1.2

District wise breakup

S.no DistrictName

Project Area underProtected Area(ha.)

Project Area under Non-Protected Area(ha.)

Component wise breakupB-1.3

Component wise breakup

S.no Component Project Area Project Area

http://forestsclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/FormA/UserAgencydoc/Doc..pdf

under ProtectedArea(ha.)

under Non-ProtectedArea(ha.)

1 Plot No. F-24 0 0.6

Maps of protected areaC.

Division 1. : Solapur

(i). Project Area under Protected Area (in ha.) : NIL

(ii). Nature of the Project : Non Linear

(a). No. of patches : NIL

Patch wise details

Patch No. Area of Patch(in ha.) Kml File of Patches

(iv). copy of Survey of India Toposheet indicating boundary of protected area:Annexure Survey of India Toposheet

(v). scanned copy of the Geo-referenced map of the protected area prepared byusing DGPS or Total Station: Annexure scanned copy of the Geo-referenced map

Justification for locating the Project in protected area and details of alternatesexamined :D.

(i). copy of note containing justification for locating the Project in protected area: Annexure Justification

Employment likely to be generatedE.

(i). Whether project is likely to generate employment ?: Yes

(a). Permanent/Regular Employment(Number of persons): 60

(b). Temporary Employment(Number of person-days): 20

Displacement of People due to the project, if anyF.

(i). Whether project involve displacement?: No

Status of Environmental clearanceG.

(i). Whether the Project requires Clearance under the Environment (Protection) Act 1986 ? : Yes

(a). Status of the Environmental Clearance to the Project : EC under process

(ii).Environmental Clearance File No.: IA/MH/IND2/83027/2018

Whether proposal is for investigation/surveyH.

http://forestsclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/FormA/DetailsOfMaps/111612491223IQKGWTopo.pdf

http://forestsclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/FormA/DetailsOfMaps/111612491223VB3YSGISFile.pdf

http://forestsclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/FormA/Justification/1117121120FP1Q0Justification.pdf

Details of the Bio diversity Impact Assessment report in case the proposal involves use of morethan 50 ha. NP/WLS.

(H-2).

(a).Copy of the Bio diversity Impact Assessment report: Annexure Copy of Bio diversity ImpactAssessment report

Information on the projects undertaken by the proponent agency in the past in Protected Areas(H-3).

(a).Upload file: Annexure Information on the projects undertaken by the proponent agency in the past inProtected Areas

Details regarding compliance of the conditions on each proposal(H-4).

(a).Upload file: Annexure Details regarding compliance of the conditions on each proposal

(H-5).Whether any matter related to the project is sub judice in any court of law?: No

Documents

S.No Uploaded Additional Info. Files Remarks

1 Additional Info. Part I and II

2 Additional Info. Plot Allotment

3 Additional Info. Project Note

4 Additional Info. Mudra Shulk

5 Additional Info. Environmental ClearanceForm I

6 Additional Info. Google Image

7 Additional Info. Plot Layout, Products,Raw Materials &

Manufacturing Process

8 Additional Info. MIDC Layout

Print page

http://forestsclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/wildlife/Userdetail/11171211120G4XDZBiodiversityImpactReport.pdf

http://forestsclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/wildlife/Userdetail/11171211120G4XDZformat1.pdf

http://forestsclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/wildlife/Userdetail/11171211120G4XDZformat2.pdf

http://forestsclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/Addinfo/0_0_111712111201WildlifePartI&II.pdf

http://forestsclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/Addinfo/0_0_111712151201Doc.pdf

http://forestsclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/Addinfo/0_0_111712161201Projectote.pdf

http://forestsclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/Addinfo/0_0_111712431201MudraShulk.pdf

http://forestsclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/Addinfo/0_0_111712451201FormI.pdf

http://forestsclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/Addinfo/0_0_111712481201GoogleImage.pdf

http://forestsclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/Addinfo/0_0_111712561201PlotLayout,Products,ManuProcess.pdf

http://forestsclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/Addinfo/0_0_111712591201SitePlan.pdf

NABET ACCREDITATION CERTIFICATE

ENCLOSURE - V

Quality Council of India

QCI National Accreditation Board for Education & Training

· .. · ... . . ....... ·.·.. .

. <Gt!llTIFIC.AIE OF A<GCREDITATIQN ... Rightsource Industrial Solutions Private limited

Plot No.203, H.No.S-36/203, Prashanthi Nagar, IDA Kukatpally Hyderabad- 500072, Telangana

Accredited as Category c A organization under the QCI-NABET Scheme for Accreditation of EIA

Consultant Organizations· Version 3 for preparing EIA-EMP reports in the following Sectors· 51.

Sector Description Sector (as per)

Cat. No. NABET MoE FCC

1 Mining of minerals including opencast I underground mining 1 1 (a) (i) B

2 Pesticides industry and pesticide specific intermediates (excluding

17 5 (b) A formulations)

Synthetic organic chemicals industry (dyes & dye intermediates;

bulk drugs and intermediates excluding drug formulations; 3

synthetic rubbers; basic organic chemicals, other synthetic organic 21 5 (f) A

chemicals and chemical intermediates)

Isolated storage & handling of Hazardous chemicals. (As per

4 threshold planning quantity indicated in column 3 of schedule 2 & 28 6 (b) B 3 of MSIHC Rules 1989 amended 2000)

5 Common Effluent Treatment Plants (CETPs) 36 7 (h) B

6 Building and construction projects 38 8 (a) B Note: Names of approved EIA Coordmators and Functional Area Experts are mf!ntlonf!d m RA AC mmutf!s dated July 20, 2018 posted on QCI-NABET website.

The Accreditation shall remain in force subject to continued compliance to the terms and conditions mentioned in QCI-NABET's letter of accreditation bearing no. QCI/NABET/ENV/AC0/18/0741 dated Sep. 07, 2018. The accreditation needs to be renewed before the expiry date by Rightsource Industrial Solutions Private Limited, Hyderabad, following due process of assessment.

Certificate No. NABET/ EIA/1821/ RA 0100

Valid till 25.02.2021

For the updated list of Accredited EIA Consultant Organizations with approved Sectors please refer to QCI-NABET website.